advertisement
BLADEOS™
ISCLI Reference
RackSwitch™ G8124
Version 6.3
Part Number: BMD00186-B, April 2010
2350 Mission College Blvd.
Suite 600
Santa Clara, CA 95054 www.bladenetwork.net
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Copyright © 2010 BLADE Network Technologies, Inc., 2350 Mission College Blvd., Suite 600,
Santa Clara, California, 95054, USA. All rights reserved. Part Number: BMD00186-B.
This document is protected by copyright and distributed under licenses restricting its use, copying, distribution, and decompilation. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form by any means without prior written authorization of BLADE Network Technologies, Inc. Documentation is provided “as is” without warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including any kind of implied or express warranty of non-infringement or the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
U.S. Government End Users: This document is provided with a “commercial item” as defined by FAR
2.101 (Oct. 1995) and contains “commercial technical data” and “commercial software documentation” as those terms are used in FAR 12.211-12.212 (Oct. 1995). Government End Users are authorized to use this documentation only in accordance with those rights and restrictions set forth herein, consistent with FAR 12.211- 12.212 (Oct. 1995), DFARS 227.7202 (JUN 1995) and DFARS
252.227-7015 (Nov. 1995).
BLADE Network Technologies, Inc. reserves the right to change any products described herein at any time, and without notice. BLADE Network Technologies, Inc. assumes no responsibility or liability arising from the use of products described herein, except as expressly agreed to in writing by BLADE
Network Technologies, Inc. The use and purchase of this product does not convey a license under any patent rights, trademark rights, or any other intellectual property rights of BLADE Network
Technologies, Inc.
BLADE Network Technologies, the BLADE logo, BLADEHarmony, BNT, NMotion, RackSwitch,
Rackonomics, RackSwitch Solution Partner, ServerMobility, SmartConnect and VMready are trademarks of BLADE Network Technologies. All other names or marks are property of their respective owners.
Originated in the USA.
2 BMD00186-B, April 2010
Contents
13
Who Should Use This Book
13
How This Book Is Organized
13
Typographic Conventions
14
How to Get Help
17
19
Accessing the ISCLI
19
ISCLI Command Modes
20
Global Commands
22
Command Line Interface Shortcuts
24
CLI List and Range Inputs
24
Command Abbreviation
24
Tab Completion
25
User Access Levels
25
Idle Timeout
26
Chapter 2: Information Commands
27
System Information
29
SNMPv3 System Information
31
SNMPv3 USM User Table Information
33
SNMPv3 View Table Information
34
SNMPv3 Access Table Information
35
SNMPv3 Group Table Information
36
SNMPv3 Community Table Information
37
SNMPv3 Target Address Table Information
38
SNMPv3 Target Parameters Table Information
39
SNMPv3 Notify Table Information
40
SNMPv3 Dump Information
41
General System Information
42
BMD00186-B, April 2010 3
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Show Recent Syslog Messages
44
User Status
45
Layer 2 Information
46
AMP Information
49
Show AMP Global Information
50
Show AMP Group Information
51
FDB Information
52
Show All FDB Information
53
Clearing Entries from the Forwarding Database
53
Link Aggregation Control Protocol Information
54
Link Aggregation Control Protocol
55
Layer 2 Failover Information
56
Layer 2 Failover Information
57
Hot Links Information
58
LLDP Information
59
LLDP Remote Device Information
60
Unidirectional Link Detection Information
61
UDLD Port Information
61
OAM Discovery Information
62
OAM Port Information
62
Spanning Tree Information
63
RSTP/MSTP/PVRST Information
66
Common Internal Spanning Tree Information
69
Trunk Group Information
72
VLAN Information
73
Layer 3 Information
75
IP Routing Information
77
Show All IP Route Information
78
ARP Information
80
ARP Address List Information
81
Show All ARP Entry Information
81
BGP Information
82
BGP Peer information
83
BGP Summary information
83
Dump BGP Information
84
OSPF Information
85
OSPF General Information
87
OSPF Interface Information
88
OSPF Database Information
88
OSPF Information Route Codes
90
4 Contents BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPFv3 Information
91
OSPFv3 Information Dump
93
OSPFv3 Interface Information
93
OSPFv3 Database Information
94
OSPFv3 Route Codes Information
95
Routing Information Protocol
96
RIP Routes Information
96
RIP Interface Information
97
IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Cache Information
98
IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Cache Information
98
ECMP Static Route Information
99
Interface Information
99
IP Information
100
IGMP Multicast Group Information
101
IGMP Querier Information
103
IGMP Group Information
104
IGMP Multicast Router Information
105
VRRP Information
106
Quality of Service Information
107
802.1p Information
108
Access Control List Information Commands
110
Access Control List Information
110
RMON Information Commands
112
RMON History Information
113
RMON Alarm Information
114
RMON Event Information
116
Link Status Information
117
Port Information
118
Port Transceiver Status
119
Virtual Machines Information
120
VM Information
120
VMware Information
121
VMware Host Information
122
vNIC Information
123
Virtual NIC (vNIC) Information
124
vNIC Group Information
125
Converged Enhanced Ethernet Information
126
DCBX Information
126
DCBX Control Information
127
DCBX Feature Information
128
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Contents 5
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
DCBX ETS Information
129
DCBX PFC Information
130
DCBX Application Protocol Information
131
ETS Information
133
PFC Information
134
FCoE Information
135
FIP Snooping Information
135
Information Dump
136
Chapter 3: Statistics Commands
137
Port Statistics
138
Active MultiPath Statistics
140
Bridging Statistics
141
Ethernet Statistics
142
Interface Statistics
145
Link Statistics
147
RMON Statistics
148
Layer 2 Statistics
151
Active MultiPath Statistics
153
Active MultiPath Group Statistics
154
FDB Statistics
155
LACP Statistics
156
Hotlinks Statistics
157
LLDP Port Statistics
158
OAM Statistics
159
Layer 3 Statistics
160
IPv4 Statistics
164
Route Statistics
166
ARP statistics
166
DNS Statistics
167
ICMP Statistics
167
TCP Statistics
170
UDP Statistics
172
IGMP Statistics
173
OSPF Statistics
174
OSPF Global Statistics
175
OSPFv3 Statistics
180
VRRP Statistics
185
Routing Information Protocol Statistics
186
6 Contents BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Management Processor Statistics
187
MP Packet Statistics
188
TCP Statistics
190
UDP Statistics
190
CPU Statistics
191
Access Control List Statistics
192
ACL Statistics
192
VMAP Statistics
193
Fiber Channel over Ethernet Statistics
193
SNMP Statistics
194
NTP Statistics
198
Statistics Dump
199
Chapter 4: Configuration Commands
201
Viewing and Saving Changes
202
System Configuration
203
System Error Disable and Recovery Configuration
205
System Host Log Configuration
206
SSH Server Configuration
207
RADIUS Server Configuration
208
TACACS+ Server Configuration
210
LDAP Server Configuration
214
NTP Server Configuration
216
System SNMP Configuration
217
SNMPv3 Configuration
220
User Security Model Configuration
222
SNMPv3 View Configuration
223
View-based Access Control Model Configuration
224
SNMPv3 Group Configuration
226
SNMPv3 Community Table Configuration
227
SNMPv3 Target Address Table Configuration
228
SNMPv3 Target Parameters Table Configuration
229
SNMPv3 Notify Table Configuration
231
System Access Configuration
232
Management Network Configuration
233
User Access Control Configuration
234
System User ID Configuration
235
Strong Password Configuration
236
HTTPS Access Configuration
237
Custom Daylight Savings Time Configuration
239
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Contents 7
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
sFlow Configuration
240
sFlow Port Configuration
241
Server Port Configuration
241
Port Configuration
242
Port Error Disable and Recovery Configuration
244
Port Link Configuration
245
Temporarily Disabling a Port
246
UniDirectional Link Detection Configuration
247
Port OAM Configuration
248
Port ACL Configuration
248
Port Spanning Tree Configuration
249
Quality of Service Configuration
250
802.1p Configuration
250
DSCP Configuration
251
Access Control Configuration
252
Access Control List Configuration
253
ACL Mirroring Configuration
253
Ethernet Filtering Configuration
254
IPv4 Filtering Configuration
255
TCP/UDP Filtering Configuration
257
ACL Metering Configuration
258
ACL Re-Mark Configuration
259
Re-marking In-Profile Configuration
260
Re-Marking Out-of-Profile Configuration
261
VMAP Configuration
262
Port Mirroring
263
Port-Mirroring Configuration
264
Layer 2 Configuration
265
Active Multipath Configuration
266
RSTP/MSTP/PVRST Configuration
270
Common Internal Spanning Tree Configuration
271
CIST Bridge Configuration
272
CIST Port Configuration
273
Spanning Tree Configuration
275
Bridge Spanning Tree Configuration
276
Spanning Tree Port Configuration
278
Forwarding Database Configuration
280
Static FDB Configuration
280
LLDP Configuration
281
LLDP Port Configuration
283
8 Contents BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
LLDP Optional TLV configuration
283
Trunk Configuration
285
IP Trunk Hash Configuration
287
Layer 2 IP Trunk Hash Configuration
287
Link Aggregation Control Protocol Configuration
289
LACP Port Configuration
290
Layer 2 Failover Configuration
291
Failover Trigger Configuration
292
Failover Manual Monitor Port Configuration
292
Failover Manual Monitor Control Configuration
294
Hot Links Configuration
295
Hot Links Trigger Configuration
296
Hot Links Master Configuration
297
Hot Links Backup Configuration
298
VLAN Configuration
299
Private VLAN Configuration
301
Layer 3 Configuration
303
IP Interface Configuration
305
IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Configuration
307
Default Gateway Configuration
309
IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Configuration
311
IPv4 Static Route Configuration
313
IP Multicast Route Configuration
315
ARP Configuration
316
ARP Static Configuration
317
IP Forwarding Configuration
318
Network Filter Configuration
318
Routing Map Configuration
320
IP Access List Configuration
322
Autonomous System Filter Path Configuration
323
Routing Information Protocol Configuration
324
Routing Information Protocol Interface Configuration
325
RIP Route Redistribution Configuration
327
Open Shortest Path First Configuration
328
Area Index Configuration
330
OSPF Summary Range Configuration
332
OSPF Interface Configuration
333
OSPF Virtual Link Configuration
335
OSPF Host Entry Configuration
337
OSPF Route Redistribution Configuration.
338
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Contents 9
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPF MD5 Key Configuration
339
Open Shortest Path First Version 3 Configuration
339
OSPFv3 Area Index Configuration
342
OSPFv3 Summary Range Configuration
344
OSPFv3 AS-External Range Configuration
345
OSPFv3 Interface Configuration
346
OSPFv3 Virtual Link Configuration
348
OSPFv3 Host Entry Configuration
350
Border Gateway Protocol Configuration
353
BGP Peer Configuration
354
BGP Redistribution Configuration
357
BGP Aggregation Configuration
358
IGMP Configuration
359
IGMP Snooping Configuration
360
IGMPv3 Configuration
362
IGMP Static Multicast Router Configuration
363
IGMP Filtering Configuration
364
IGMP Filter Definition
365
IGMP Filtering Port Configuration
366
IGMP Querier Configuration
367
Domain Name System Configuration
369
Bootstrap Protocol Relay Configuration
370
VRRP Configuration
371
Virtual Router Configuration
372
Virtual Router Priority Tracking Configuration
375
Virtual Router Group Configuration
376
Virtual Router Group Priority Tracking Configuration
378
VRRP Interface Configuration
379
VRRP Tracking Configuration
380
IPv6 Default Gateway Configuration
381
IPv6 Static Route Configuration
382
IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Cache Configuration
383
Converged Enhanced Ethernet Configuration
384
ETS Global Configuration
384
ETS Global Priority Group Configuration
385
Priority Flow Control Configuration
386
802.1p PFC Configuration
386
DCBX Port Configuration
387
Fiber Channel over Ethernet Configuration
388
FIPS Port Configuration
389
10 Contents BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
RMON History Configuration
390
RMON Event Configuration
391
RMON Alarm Configuration
392
Virtualization Configuration
394
Virtual NIC Configuration
396
Virtual NIC Group Configuration
398
VM Group Configuration
400
VM Profile Configuration
402
VM Ware Configuration
403
Configuration Dump
404
Saving the Active Switch Configuration
405
Restoring the Active Switch Configuration
405
Chapter 5: Operations Commands
407
Operations-Level Port Commands
408
Operations-Level FCoE Commands
409
Operations-Level VRRP Commands
410
Operations-Level BGP Commands
410
VMware Operations
411
413
Scheduled Reboot of the Switch
414
Netboot Configuration
415
Updating the Switch Software Image
417
Loading New Software to Your Switch
417
Selecting a Software Image to Run
418
Uploading a Software Image from Your Switch
418
Selecting a Configuration Block
419
Resetting the Switch
420
Accessing the BLADEOS CLI
420
Changing the Switch Profile
421
Using the Boot Management Menu
422
Recovering from a Failed Upgrade
422
Chapter 7: Maintenance Commands
425
Forwarding Database Maintenance
426
Debugging Commands
427
LLDP Cache Manipulation
429
ARP Cache Maintenance
430
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Contents 11
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IP Route Manipulation
431
IGMP Snooping Maintenance
432
IGMP Multicast Routers Maintenance
433
Uuencode Flash Dump
433
TFTP or FTP System Dump Put
434
Clearing Dump Information
435
Unscheduled System Dumps
435
437
12 Contents BMD00186-B, April 2010
Preface
The BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference describes how to configure and use the BLADE OS 6.3 software with your Blade Network Technologies RackSwitch G8124. This guide lists each command, together with the complete syntax and a functional description, from the IS Command
Line Interface (ISCLI).
For documentation on installing the switches physically, see the Installation Guide for your G8124.
For details about the configuration and operation of the G8124, see the BLADE OS 6.3 Application
Guide.
Who Should Use This Book
This book is intended for network installers and system administrators engaged in configuring and maintaining a network. The administrator should be familiar with Ethernet concepts, IP addressing, the IEEE 802.1D Spanning Tree Protocol, and SNMP configuration parameters.
How This Book Is Organized
describes how to connect to the switch and access the information and configuration commands. This chapter provides an overview of the command syntax, including command modes, global commands, and shortcuts.
Chapter 2, “Information Commands,”
shows how to view switch configuration parameters.
Chapter 3, “Statistics Commands,”
shows how to view switch performance statistics.
Chapter 4, “Configuration Commands,”
shows how to configure switch system parameters, ports,
VLANs, Spanning Tree Protocol, SNMP, Port Mirroring, IP Routing, Port Trunking, and more.
Chapter 5, “Operations Commands,”
shows how to use commands which affect switch performance immediately, but do not alter permanent switch configurations (such as temporarily disabling ports). The commands describe how to activate or deactivate optional software features.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 13
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
describes the use of the primary and alternate switch images, how to load a new software image, and how to reset the software to factory defaults.
Chapter 7, “Maintenance Commands,”
shows how to generate and access a dump of critical switch state information, how to clear it, and how to clear part or all of the forwarding database.
” includes pointers to the description of the key words used throughout the book.
Typographic Conventions
The following table describes the typographic styles used in this book.
Table 1 Typographic Conventions
Typeface or Symbol Meaning plain fixed-width text
This type is used for names of commands, files, and directories used within the text. For example: bold fixed-width text
View the readme.txt file.
It also depicts on-screen computer output and prompts.
This bold type appears in command examples. It shows text that must be typed in exactly as shown. For example: bold body text italicized body text block body text angle brackets < > show sys-info
This bold type indicates objects such as window names, dialog box names, and icons, as well as user interface objects such as buttons, and tabs.
This italicized type indicates book titles, special terms, or words to be emphasized.
Indicates objects such as window names, dialog box names, and icons, as well as user interface objects such as buttons and tabs.
Indicate a variable to enter based on the description inside the brackets. Do not type the brackets when entering the command.
Example: If the command syntax is
ping <IP address> you enter ping 192.32.10.12
14 Preface BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 1 Typographic Conventions
Typeface or Symbol braces { }
Meaning
Indicate required elements in syntax descriptions where there is more than one option. You must choose only one of the options. Do not type the braces when entering the command.
brackets [ ]
Example: If the command syntax is
show portchannel {<1-12>|hash|information} you enter:
show portchannel <1-12> or show portchannel hash or show portchannel information
Indicate optional elements in syntax descriptions. Do not type the brackets when entering the command.
Example: If the command syntax is
show ip interface [<1-128>] you enter
show ip interface or
show ip interface <1-128>
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Preface 15
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 1 Typographic Conventions
Typeface or Symbol vertical line
|
Meaning
Separates choices for command keywords and arguments. Enter only one of the choices. Do not type the vertical line when entering the command.
Example: If the command syntax is
show portchannel {<1-12>|hash|information} you must enter:
show portchannel <1-12> or show portchannel hash or show portchannel information
16 Preface BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
How to Get Help
If you need help, service, or technical assistance, call BLADE Network Technologies Technical
Support:
US toll free calls: 1-800-414-5268
International calls: 1-408-834-7871
You also can visit our web site at the following address: http://www.bladenetwork.net
Click the Support tab.
The warranty card received with your product provides details for contacting a customer support representative. If you are unable to locate this information, please contact your reseller.
Before you call, prepare the following information:
Serial number of the switch unit
Software release version number
Brief description of the problem and the steps you have already taken
Technical support dump information (# show tech-support)
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Preface 17
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
18 Preface BMD00186-B, April 2010
C
HAPTER
1
ISCLI Basics
Your RackSwitch G8124 is ready to perform basic switching functions right out of the box. Some of the more advanced features, however, require some administrative configuration before they can be used effectively.
This guide describes the individual ISCLI commands available for the G8124.
The ISCLI provides a direct method for collecting switch information and performing switch configuration. Using a basic terminal, the ISCLI allows you to view information and statistics about the switch, and to perform any necessary configuration.
This chapter explains how to access the IS Command Line Interface (ISCLI) for the switch.
Accessing the ISCLI
The first time you start the G8124, it boots into BLADEOS CLI. To access the ISCLI, enter the following command and reset the G8124:
Main# boot/mode iscli
To access the BLADEOS CLI, enter the following command from the ISCLI and reload the G8124:
Router(config)# boot cli-mode bladeos-cli
The switch retains your CLI selection, even when you reset the configuration to factory defaults.
The CLI boot mode is not part of the configuration settings.
If you downgrade the switch software to an earlier release, it will boot into BLADEOS CLI.
However, the switch retains the CLI boot mode, and will restore your CLI choice.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 19
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
ISCLI Command Modes
The ISCLI has three major command modes listed in order of increasing privileges, as follows:
User EXEC mode
This is the initial mode of access. By default, password checking is disabled for this mode, on console.
Privileged EXEC mode
This mode is accessed from User EXEC mode. This mode can be accessed using the following command: enable
Global Configuration mode
This mode allows you to make changes to the running configuration. If you save the configuration, the settings survive a reload of the G8124. Several sub-modes can be accessed from the Global Configuration mode. For more details, see
.
Router>
Privileged EXEC
Each mode provides a specific set of commands. The command set of a higher-privilege mode is a superset of a lower-privilege mode—all lower-privilege mode commands are accessible when using a higher-privilege mode.
lists the ISCLI command modes.
Table 2 ISCLI Command Modes
Command Mode/Prompt
User EXEC
Command used to enter or exit
Default mode, entered automatically on console
Exit: exit or logout
Enter Privileged EXEC mode, from User EXEC mode: enable
Router#
Global Configuration
Router(config)#
Interface IP
Router(config-ip-if)#
Exit to User EXEC mode: disable
Quit ISCLI: exit or logout
Enter Global Configuration mode, from Privileged EXEC mode: configure terminal
Exit to Privileged EXEC: end or exit
Enter Interface IP Configuration mode, from Global Configuration mode: interface ip <interface number>
Exit to Global Configuration mode: exit
Exit to Privileged EXEC mode: end
20 Chapter 1: ISCLI Basics BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Command Mode/Prompt
Interface port
Router(config-if)#
Table 2 ISCLI Command Modes
Command used to enter or exit
Enter Port Configuration mode, from Global Configuration mode:
interface port <port number or alias>
VLAN
Router(config-vlan)#
Exit to Privileged EXEC mode: exit
Exit to Global Configuration mode: end
Enter VLAN Configuration mode, from Global Configuration mode:
vlan <VLAN number>
Exit to Global Configuration mode: exit
Router OSPF
Router(config-router-ospf)#
Router OSPFv3
Router(config-router-ospf3)#
Router RIP
Exit to Privileged EXEC mode: end
Enter OSPF Configuration mode, from Global Configuration mode: router ospf
Exit to Global Configuration mode: exit
Exit to Privileged EXEC mode: end
Enter OSPFv3 Configuration mode, from Global Configuration mode: ipv6 router ospf
Exit to Global Configuration mode: exit
Exit to Privileged EXEC mode: end
Enter RIP Configuration mode, from Global Configuration mode: router rip
Router(config-router-rip)#
Route Map
Router(config-route-map)#
Router VRRP
Router(config-vrrp)#
Exit to Global Configuration mode: exit
Exit to Privileged EXEC mode: end
Enter Route Map Configuration mode, from Global Configuration mode:
route-map <1-32>
Exit to Global Configuration mode: exit
Exit to Privileged EXEC mode: end
Enter VRRP Configuration mode, from Global Configuration mode: router vrrp
Exit to Global Configuration mode: exit
Exit to Privileged EXEC mode: end
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 1: ISCLI Basics 21
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Global Commands
Some basic commands are recognized throughout the ISCLI command modes. These commands are useful for obtaining online help, navigating through the interface, and for saving configuration changes.
For help on a specific command, type the command, followed by help.
Table 3 Description of Global Commands
Command Action
? list exit
Provides more information about a specific command or lists commands available at the current level.
Lists the commands available at the current level.
Go up one level in the command mode structure. If already at the top level, exit from the command line interface and log out.
copy running-config startup-config
Write configuration changes to non-volatile flash memory.
logout ping
Exit from the command line interface and log out.
Use this command to verify station-to-station connectivity across the network. The format is as follows:
ping <host name>|<IP address> [-n <tries (0-4294967295)>]
[-w <msec delay (0-4294967295)>] [-l <length
(0/32-65500/2080)>] [-s <IP source>] [-v <tos (0-255)>] [-f]
[-t] [-ma|-mgta|-mb|-mgtb|-d|-data]
Where:
-n: Sets the number of attempts (optional).
-w: Sets the number of milliseconds between attempts (optional).
-l: Sets the ping request payload size (optional).
-s: Sets the IP source address for the IP packet (optional).
-v: Sets the Type Of Service bits in the IP header.
-f: Sets the don’t fragment bit in the IP header (only for IPv4 addresses).
-t: Pings continuously (same as -n 0).
By default, the -ma or -mgta option for management port A is used.
To use data ports, specify the -d or -data option.
22 Chapter 1: ISCLI Basics BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 3 Description of Global Commands
Command traceroute
Action
Use this command to identify the route used for station-to-station connectivity across the network. The format is as follows: telnet
traceroute <hostname>|<IP address> [<max-hops (1-32)>
[<msec-delay (1-4294967295)>]]
[-ma|-mgta|-mb|-mgtb|-d|-data]
Where hostname/IP address is the hostname or IP address of the target station, max-hops (optional) is the maximum distance to trace (1-32 devices), and msec-delay (optional) is the number of milliseconds to wait for the response. By default, the -ma or -mgta option for management port A is used. To use data ports, specify the -d or -data option.
As with ping, the DNS parameters must be configured if specifying hostnames.
This command is used to form a Telnet session between the switch and another network device. The format is as follows: show history show who
telnet {<hostname>|<IP address>} [<port>]
[-ma|-mgta|-mb|-mgtb|-d|-data]
Where IP address or hostname specifies the target station. Use of a hostname requires DNS parameters to be configured on the switch.
Port is the logical Telnet port or service number.
By default, the -ma or -mgta option for management port A is used.
To use data ports, specify the -d or -data option.
This command displays the last ten issued commands.
Displays a list of users who are currently logged in.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 1: ISCLI Basics 23
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Command Line Interface Shortcuts
The following shortcuts allow you to enter commands quickly and easily.
CLI List and Range Inputs
For VLAN and port commands that allow an individual item to be selected from within a numeric range, lists and ranges of items can now be specified. For example, the vlan command permits the following options:
# vlan 1,3,4094
# vlan 1-20
# vlan 1-5,90-99,4090-4094
# vlan 1-5,19,20,4090-4094
(access VLANs 1, 3, and 4094)
(access VLANs 1 through 20)
(access multiple ranges)
(access a mix of lists and ranges)
The numbers in a range must be separated by a dash: <start of range>-<end of range>
Multiple ranges or list items are permitted using a comma: <range or item 1>,<range or item 2>
Do not use spaces within list and range specifications.
Ranges can also be used to apply the same command option to multiple items. For example, to access multiple ports with one command:
# interface port 1-4 (Access ports 1 though 4)
Note – Port ranges accept only port numbers, not port aliases.
Command Abbreviation
Most commands can be abbreviated by entering the first characters which distinguish the command from the others in the same mode. For example, consider the following full command and a valid abbreviation:
Router(config)# spanning-tree stp 2 bridge hello 2 or
Router(config)# sp stp 2 br h 2
24 Chapter 1: ISCLI Basics BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Tab Completion
By entering the first letter of a command at any prompt and pressing <Tab>, the ISCLI displays all available commands or options that begin with that letter. Entering additional letters further refines the list of commands or options displayed. If only one command fits the input text when <Tab> is pressed, that command is supplied on the command line, waiting to be entered.
If multiple commands share the typed characters, when you press <Tab>, the ISCLI completes the common part of the shared syntax.
User Access Levels
To enable better switch management and user accountability, three levels or classes of user access have been implemented on the G8124 . Levels of access to CLI, Web management functions, and screens increase as needed to perform various switch management tasks. Conceptually, access classes are defined as follows:
user
Interaction with the switch is completely passive—nothing can be changed on the G8124 . Users may display information that has no security or privacy implications, such as switch statistics and current operational state information.
oper
Operators can make temporary changes on the G8124 . These changes are lost when the switch is rebooted/reset. Operators have access to the switch management features used for daily switch operations. Because any changes an operator makes are undone by a reset of the switch, operators cannot severely impact switch operation.
admin
Administrators are the only ones that may make permanent changes to the switch configuration—changes that are persistent across a reboot/reset of the switch. Administrators can access switch functions to configure and troubleshoot problems on the G8124 . Because administrators can also make temporary (operator-level) changes as well, they must be aware of the interactions between temporary and permanent changes.
Access to switch functions is controlled through the use of unique surnames and passwords. Once you are connected to the switch via local Telnet, remote Telnet, or SSH, you are prompted to enter a password. The default user names/password for each access level are listed in the following table.
Note – It is recommended that you change default switch passwords after initial configuration and as regularly as required under your network security policies.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 1: ISCLI Basics 25
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 4 User Access Levels
User Account Description and Tasks Performed
User The User has no direct responsibility for switch management.
He or she can view all switch status information and statistics, but cannot make any configuration changes to the switch.
Password user
Operator The Operator can make temporary changes that are lost when the switch is rebooted/reset. Operators have access to the switch management features used for daily switch operations.
Administrator The superuser Administrator has complete access to all command modes, information, and configuration commands on the RackSwitch G8124, including the ability to change both the user and administrator passwords.
admin
Note – With the exception of the “admin” user, access to each user level can be disabled by setting the password to an empty value.
Idle Timeout
By default, the switch will disconnect your Telnet session after ten minutes of inactivity. This function is controlled by the following command, which can be set from 1 to 60 minutes:
system idle <1-60>
Command mode: Global Configuration
26 Chapter 1: ISCLI Basics BMD00186-B, April 2010
C
HAPTER
2
Information Commands
You can view configuration information for the switch in both the user and administrator command modes. This chapter discusses how to use the command line interface to display switch information.
Table 5 Information Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show interface link
Displays configuration information about each port, including:
Port alias and number
Port speed
Duplex mode (half, full, or auto)
Flow control for transmit and receive (no, yes, or both)
Link status (up, down, or disabled)
Command mode: All
.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 27
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 5 Information Commands (continued)
Command Syntax and Usage show interface information
Displays port status information, including:
Port alias and number
Whether the port uses VLAN Tagging or not
Port VLAN ID (PVID)
Port name
VLAN membership
Fast Fowarding status
FDB Learning status
Flood Blocking status
Command mode: All
.
show transceiver
Displays the status of the port transceiver module on each port.
Command mode: All
. show information-dump
Dumps all switch information available (10K or more, depending on your configuration).
If you want to capture dump data to a file, set your communication software on your workstation to capture session data prior to issuing the dump commands.
Command mode: All
28 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
System Information
The information provided by each command option is briefly described in
pointers to where detailed information can be found.
Table 6 System Information Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show sys-info
Displays system information, including:
System date and time
Switch model name and number
Switch name and location
Time of last boot
MAC address of the switch management processor
IP address of management interface
Hardware version and part number
Software image file and version number
Configuration name
Log-in banner, if one is configured
Command mode: All
.
show logging messages
Displays most recent syslog messages.
Command mode: All
.
show access user
Displays configured user names and their status.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 29
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Error Disable and Recovery Information
These commands allow you to display information about the Error Disable and Recovery feature for interface ports.
Table 7 Error Disable Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage show errdisable recovery
Displays a list ports with their Error Recovery status. show errdisable timers
Displays a list of active recovery timers, if applicable. show errdisable information
Displays all Error Disable and Recovery information.
30 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 System Information
SNMP version 3 (SNMPv3) is an extensible SNMP Framework that supplements the SNMPv2 framework by supporting the following:
a new SNMP message format
security for messages
access control
remote configuration of SNMP parameters
For more details on the SNMPv3 architecture please refer to RFC2271 to RFC2276.
Table 8 SNMPv3 commands
Command Syntax and Usage show snmp-server v3 user
Displays User Security Model (USM) table information.
Command mode: All
To view the table, see
show snmp-server v3 view
Displays information about view, subtrees, mask and type of view.
Command mode: All
To view a sample, see
show snmp-server v3 access
Displays View-based Access Control information.
Command mode: All
To view a sample, see
show snmp-server v3 group
Displays information about the group, including the security model, user name, and group name.
Command mode: All
To view a sample, see
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 31
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 8 SNMPv3 commands (continued)
Command Syntax and Usage show snmp-server v3 community
Displays information about the community table information.
Command mode: All
To view a sample, see
show snmp-server v3 target-address
Displays the Target Address table information.
Command mode: All
To view a sample, see
show snmp-server v3 target-parameters
Displays the Target parameters table information.
Command mode: All
To view a sample, see
show snmp-server v3 notify
Displays the Notify table information.
Command mode: All
To view a sample, see
show snmp-server v3
Displays all the SNMPv3 information.
Command mode: All
To view a sample, see
32 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 USM User Table Information
The User-based Security Model (USM) in SNMPv3 provides security services such as authentication and privacy of messages. This security model makes use of a defined set of user identities displayed in the USM user table. The following command displays SNMPv3 user information: show snmp-server v3 user
Command mode: All
The USM user table contains the following information:
the user name
a security name in the form of a string whose format is independent of the Security Model
an authentication protocol, which is an indication that the messages sent on behalf of the user can be authenticated
the privacy protocol usmUser Table:
User Name Protocol
-------------------------------- -------------------------------adminmd5 HMAC_MD5, DES PRIVACY adminsha HMAC_SHA, DES PRIVACY v1v2only NO AUTH, NO PRIVACY
Field
User Name
Protocol
Table 9 USM User Table Information Parameters
Description
This is a string that represents the name of the user that you can use to access the switch.
This indicates whether messages sent on behalf of this user are protected from disclosure using a privacy protocol. BLADEOS supports DES algorithm for privacy. The software also supports two authentication algorithms: MD5 and
HMAC-SHA.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 33
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 View Table Information
The user can control and restrict the access allowed to a group to only a subset of the management information in the management domain that the group can access within each context by specifying the group’s rights in terms of a particular MIB view for security reasons.
The following command displays the SNMPv3 View Table: show snmp-server v3 view
Command mode: All
View Name Subtree Mask Type
----------------- ------------------ -------------- -------iso 1.3 included v1v2only 1.3 included v1v2only 1.3.6.1.6.3.15 excluded v1v2only 1.3.6.1.6.3.16 excluded v1v2only 1.3.6.1.6.3.18 excluded
Table 10 SNMPv3 View Table Information Parameters
Field Description
View Name Displays the name of the view.
Subtree Displays the MIB subtree as an OID string. A view subtree is the set of all
MIB object instances which have a common Object Identifier prefix to their names.
Mask
Type
Displays the bit mask.
Displays whether a family of view subtrees is included or excluded from the MIB view.
34 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 Access Table Information
The access control sub system provides authorization services.
The vacmAccessTable maps a group name, security information, a context, and a message type, which could be the read or write type of operation or notification into a MIB view.
The View-based Access Control Model defines a set of services that an application can use for checking access rights of a group. This group's access rights are determined by a read-view, a write-view and a notify-view. The read-view represents the set of object instances authorized for the group while reading the objects. The write-view represents the set of object instances authorized for the group when writing objects. The notify-view represents the set of object instances authorized for the group when sending a notification.
The following command displays SNMPv3 access information: show snmp-server v3 access
Command mode: All
Group Name Model Level ReadV WriteV NotifyV
---------- ------- ------------ ---------- ---------- ---------v1v2grp snmpv1 noAuthNoPriv iso iso v1v2only admingrp usm authPriv iso iso iso
Table 11 SNMPv3 Access Table Information
Field Description
Group Name
Model
Level
ReadV
WriteV
NotifyV
Displays the name of group.
Displays the security model used, for example, SNMPv1, or SNMPv2 or
USM.
Displays the minimum level of security required to gain rights of access. For example, noAuthNoPriv, authNoPriv, or authPriv.
Displays the MIB view to which this entry authorizes the read access.
Displays the MIB view to which this entry authorizes the write access.
Displays the Notify view to which this entry authorizes the notify access.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 35
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 Group Table Information
A group is a combination of security model and security name that defines the access rights assigned to all the security names belonging to that group. The group is identified by a group name.
The following command displays SNMPv3 group information: show snmp-server v3 group
Command mode: All
Sec Model User Name Group Name
---------- ------------------------------- -------------------snmpv1 v1v2only v1v2grp usm adminmd5 admingrp usm adminsha admingrp
Field
Sec Model
User Name
Table 12 SNMPv3 Group Table Information Parameters
Group Name
Description
Displays the security model used, which is any one of: USM, SNMPv1,
SNMPv2, and SNMPv3.
Displays the name for the group.
Displays the access name of the group.
36 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 Community Table Information
This command displays the community table information stored in the SNMP engine.
The following command displays SNMPv3 community information: show snmp-server v3 community
Command mode: All
Index Name User Name Tag
---------- ---------- -------------------- ---------trap1 public v1v2only v1v2trap
Field
Index
Name
User Name
Tag
Table 13 SNMPv3 Community Table Information Parameters
Description
Displays the unique index value of a row in this table
Displays the community string, which represents the configuration.
Displays the User Security Model (USM) user name.
Displays the community tag. This tag specifies a set of transport endpoints from which a command responder application accepts management requests and to which a command responder application sends an SNMP trap.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 37
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 Target Address Table Information
The following command displays SNMPv3 target address information: show snmp-server v3 target-address
Command mode: All
This command displays the SNMPv3 target address table information, which is stored in the SNMP engine.
Name Transport Addr Port Taglist Params
---------- --------------- ---- ---------- --------------trap1 47.81.25.66 162 v1v2trap v1v2param
Field
Name
Transport Addr
Port
Taglist
Params
Table 14 SNMPv3 Target Address Table Information Parameters
Description
Displays the locally arbitrary, but unique identifier associated with this snmpTargetAddrEntry.
Displays the transport addresses.
Displays the SNMP UDP port number.
This column contains a list of tag values which are used to select target addresses for a particular SNMP message.
The value of this object identifies an entry in the snmpTargetParamsTable. The identified entry contains SNMP parameters to be used when generating messages to be sent to this transport address.
38 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 Target Parameters Table Information
The following command displays SNMPv3 target parameters information: show snmp-server v3 target-parameters
Command mode: All
Name MP Model User Name Sec Model Sec Level
--------------- -------- -------------- --------- --------v1v2param snmpv2c v1v2only snmpv1 noAuthNoPriv
Field
Name
MP Model
User Name
Sec Model
Sec Level
Table 15 SNMPv3 Target Parameters Table Information
Description
Displays the locally arbitrary, but unique identifier associated with this snmpTargeParamsEntry.
Displays the Message Processing Model used when generating SNMP messages using this entry.
Displays the securityName, which identifies the entry on whose behalf
SNMP messages will be generated using this entry.
Displays the security model used when generating SNMP messages using this entry. The system may choose to return an inconsistentValue error if an attempt is made to set this variable to a value for a security model which the system does not support.
Displays the level of security used when generating SNMP messages using this entry.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 39
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 Notify Table Information
The following command displays the SNMPv3 Notify Table: show snmp-server v3 notify
Command mode: All
Name Tag
-------------------- -------------------v1v2trap v1v2trap
Field
Name
Tag
Table 16 SNMPv3 Notify Table Information
Description
The locally arbitrary, but unique identifier associated with this snmpNotifyEntry.
This represents a single tag value which is used to select entries in the snmpTargetAddrTable. Any entry in the snmpTargetAddrTable that contains a tag value equal to the value of this entry, is selected. If this entry contains a value of zero length, no entries are selected.
40 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 Dump Information
The following command displays SNMPv3 information: show snmp-server v3
Command mode: All usmUser Table:
User Name Protocol
-------------------------------- -------------------------------adminmd5 HMAC_MD5, DES PRIVACY adminsha HMAC_SHA, DES PRIVACY v1v2only NO AUTH, NO PRIVACY vacmAccess Table:
Group Name Model Level ReadV WriteV NotifyV
---------- ------- ------------ ---------- ---------- ---------v1v2grp snmpv1 noAuthNoPriv iso iso v1v2only admingrp usm authPriv iso iso iso vacmViewTreeFamily Table:
View Name Subtree Mask Type
-------------------- --------------- ------------ -------------iso 1.3 included v1v2only 1.3 included v1v2only 1.3.6.1.6.3.15 excluded v1v2only 1.3.6.1.6.3.16 excluded v1v2only 1.3.6.1.6.3.18 excluded vacmSecurityToGroup Table:
Sec Model User Name Group Name
---------- ------------------------------- ----------------------snmpv1 v1v2only v1v2grp usm adminmd5 admingrp usm adminsha admingrp snmpCommunity Table:
Index Name User Name Tag
---------- ---------- -------------------- ---------snmpNotify Table:
Name Tag
-------------------- -------------------snmpTargetAddr Table:
Name Transport Addr Port Taglist Params
---------- --------------- ---- ---------- --------------snmpTargetParams Table:
Name MP Model User Name Sec Model Sec Level
-------------------- -------- ------------------ --------- -------
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 41
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
General System Information
The following command displays system information: show sys-info
Command mode: All
System Information at 13:41:04 Fri Jan 20, 2010
Time zone: America/Barbados
Daylight Savings Time Status: Disabled
Blade Network Technologies RackSwitch G8124
Switch has been up for 0 days, 17 hours, 10 minutes and 45 seconds.
Last boot: 20:41:01 Thu Jan 19, 2000 (power cycle)
MAC address: 00:25:03:49:83:00 IP (If 1) address: 0.0.0.0
MGMT-A Port MAC Address: 00:25:03:49:83:ee
MGMT-A Port IP Address (if 127): 172.16.2.45
MGMT-B Port MAC Address: 00:25:03:49:83:ef
MGMT-B Port IP Address (if 128):
Revision: 1
Switch Serial No: CH49380010
Hardware Part No: BAC-00045-02 Spare Part No: BAC-00045-02
Manufacturing date: 09/40
Software Version 6.3.0 (FLASH image1), active configuration.
Fans are in Forward AirFlow, Warning at 85 C and Recover at 100 C
Temperature Sensor 1: 28.0 C
Temperature Sensor 2: 33.0 C
Temperature Sensor 3: 37.75 C
Temperature Sensor 4: 42.75 C
Temperature Sensor 5: 36.50 C
Speed of Fan 1: 8231 RPM
Speed of Fan 2: 8294 RPM
Speed of Fan 3: 8256 RPM
Speed of Fan 4: 8231 RPM
Speed of Fan 5: 8411 RPM
Speed of Fan 6: 8530 RPM
State of Power Supply 1: Off
State of Power Supply 2: On
Note – The display of temperature will come up only if the temperature of any of the sensors exceeds the temperature threshold. There will be a warning from the software if any of the sensors exceeds this temperature threshold. The switch will shut down if the power supply overheats.
42 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
System information includes:
System date and time
Switch model
Switch name and location
Time of last boot
MAC address of the switch management processor
Software image file and version number, and configuration name.
IP address of the management interface
Hardware version and part number
Log-in banner, if one is configured
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 43
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Show Recent Syslog Messages
The following command displays system log messages: show logging messages
Command mode: All
Date Time Criticality level Message
Jul 8 17:25:41 NOTICE system: link up on port 1
Jul 8 17:25:41 NOTICE system: link up on port 8
Jul 8 17:25:41 NOTICE system: link up on port 7
Jul 8 17:25:41 NOTICE system: link up on port 2
Jul 8 17:25:41 NOTICE system: link up on port 1
Jul 8 17:25:41 NOTICE system: link up on port 4
Jul 8 17:25:41 NOTICE system: link up on port 3
Jul 8 17:25:41 NOTICE system: link up on port 6
Jul 8 17:25:41 NOTICE system: link up on port 5
Jul 8 17:25:41 NOTICE system: link up on port 4
Jul 8 17:25:41 NOTICE system: link up on port 1
Jul 8 17:25:41 NOTICE system: link up on port 3
Jul 8 17:25:41 NOTICE system: link up on port 2
Jul 8 17:25:41 NOTICE system: link up on port 3
Jul 8 17:25:42 NOTICE system: link up on port 2
Jul 8 17:25:42 NOTICE system: link up on port 4
Jul 8 17:25:42 NOTICE system: link up on port 3
Jul 8 17:25:42 NOTICE system: link up on port 6
Jul 8 17:25:42 NOTICE system: link up on port 5
Jul 8 17:25:42 NOTICE system: link up on port 1
Jul 8 17:25:42 NOTICE system: link up on port 6
Each syslog message has a criticality level associated with it, included in text form as a prefix to the log message. One of eight different prefixes is used, depending on the condition that the administrator is being notified of, as shown below.
EMERG
ALERT
CRIT
ERR
WARNING
NOTICE
INFO
DEBUG
Indicates the system is unusable
Indicates action should be taken immediately
Indicates critical conditions
Indicates error conditions or errored operations
Indicates warning conditions
Indicates a normal but significant condition
Indicates an information message
Indicates a debug-level message
44 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
User Status
The following command displays user status information: show access user
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Usernames:
user - enabled - offline
oper - disabled - offline
admin - Always Enabled - online 1 session
Current User ID table:
1: name paul , dis, cos user , password valid, offline
Current strong password settings:
strong password status: disabled
This command displays the status of the configured usernames.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 45
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Layer 2 Information
Table 17 Layer 2 Information Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show spanning-tree
Displays Spanning Tree information, including the status (on or off), Spanning Tree mode
(STP/PVST+, RSTP, PVRST, or MSTP), and VLAN membership.
In addition to seeing if STG is enabled or disabled, you can view the following STG bridge information:
Priority
Hello interval
Maximum age value
Forwarding delay
Aging time
You can also see the following port-specific STG information:
Port alias and priority
Cost
State
Port Fast Forwarding state
Command mode: All
show spanning-tree stp <1-128> information
Displays information about a specific Spanning Tree Group.
Command mode: All
.
46 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 17 Layer 2 Information Commands (continued)
Command Syntax and Usage show spanning-tree mstp cist information
Displays Common Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) information, including the MSTP digest and VLAN membership.
CIST bridge information includes:
Priority
Hello interval
Maximum age value
Forwarding delay
Root bridge information (priority, MAC address, path cost, root port)
CIST port information includes:
Port number and priority
Cost
State
Command mode: All
.
show portchannel information
When trunk groups are configured, you can view the state of each port in the various trunk groups.
Command mode: All
For details, see
show vlan
Displays VLAN configuration information for all configured VLANs, including:
VLAN Number
VLAN Name
Status
Port membership of the VLAN
Command mode: All
.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 47
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 17 Layer 2 Information Commands (continued)
Command Syntax and Usage
show failover trigger <1-8>
Displays Layer 2 Failover information.
Command mode: All
For details, see
show hotlinks information
Displays Hot Links information.
Command mode: All
For details, see
show layer2 information
Dumps all Layer 2 switch information available (10K or more, depending on your configuration).
If you want to capture dump data to a file, set your communication software on your workstation to capture session data prior to issuing the dump commands.
Command mode: All
48 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
AMP Information
Use these commands to display Active MultiPath Protocol (AMP) information for the switch.
Table 18 AMP Information Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show active-multipath information
Displays global Active MultiPath (AMP) information.
Command mode: All
show active-multipath group [<AMP group number>] information
Displays AMP group information.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 49
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Show AMP Global Information
The following command displays global Active MultiPath (AMP) information: show active-multipath information
Command mode: All
Active Multipath Protocol: enabled
Protocol version : 2
Switch id : 00:22:00:ee:cd:00
Switch type : aggregator
Switch priority : 100
Packet interval : 50 centiseconds
Timeout count : 4
Aggr. precedence : 1
Aggr. link : PoCh 2 (Ports 12 13)
No. of groups : 3
Group State Ports
----- ----- -----
1 up PoCh 1
2 up PoCh 13 [LACP 100]
3 up 21
Port State PoCh
----- ----- -----
1 fwd 1
2 fwd 1
12 fwd 2
13 fwd 2
17 fwd 13
18 fwd 13
21 fwd
This displays show global AMP information for an AMP aggregator switch. AMP global information includes the following:
Active MultiPath Protocol information:
AMP status (enabled or disabled)
Protocol version
Switch ID (MAC address)
Switch type (access or aggregator)
Priority
Interval between AMP keep-alive packets
Timeout count
Aggregator precedence (1 or 2)
50 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Aggregator links
Number of active (enabled) AMP groups
Group information
Group number
Group state (up or DOWN)
Ports/portchannels in the group
Link information
Port number
State (fwd, BLOCK, or DOWN)
Portchannel (trunk) number
Show AMP Group Information
The following command displays Active MultiPath (AMP) Group information:
show active-multipath group [<AMP group number>] information
Command mode: All
Group 3: enabled, topology UP
Port 10: access
State : forwarding
Peer : 00:22:00:ac:d7:00
aggregator, priority 100
Port 11: access
State : forwarding
Peer : 00:25:03:49:82:00
aggregator, priority 1
This display shows AMP group information for an AMP access switch. AMP group information includes the following:
AMP group number and topology status (UP or DOWN)
AMP link 1:
Switch type (access/aggregator)
State (forwarding, BLOCKING, or DOWN)
Peer information (MAC address, switch type, AMP priority)
AMP link 2:
Switch type (access/aggregator)
State (forwarding, BLOCKING, or DOWN)
Peer information (MAC address, switch type, AMP priority)
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 51
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
FDB Information
The forwarding database (FDB) contains information that maps the media access control (MAC) address of each known device to the switch port where the device address was learned. The FDB also shows which other ports have seen frames destined for a particular MAC address.
Note – The master forwarding database supports up to 16K MAC address entries on the MP per switch.
Table 19 FDB Information Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show mac-address-table address <MAC address>
Displays a single database entry by its MAC address. You are prompted to enter the MAC address of the device. Enter the MAC address using the format, xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx.
For example, 08:00:20:12:34:56
You can also enter the MAC address using the format, xxxxxxxxxxxx.
For example, 080020123456
Command mode: All
show mac-address-table port <port alias or number>
Displays all FDB entries for a particular port.
Command mode: All
show mac-address-table vlan <VLAN number>
Displays all FDB entries on a single VLAN.
Command mode: All
show mac-address-table state {unknown|forward|trunk}
Displays all FDB entries for a particular state.
Command mode: All
52 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 19 FDB Information Commands (continued)
Command Syntax and Usage show mac-address-table multicast
Displays all Multicast MAC entries in the FDB.
Command mode: All show mac-address-table
Displays all entries in the Forwarding Database.
Command mode: All
For more information, see page 53
.
Show All FDB Information
The following command displays Forwarding Database information: show mac-address-table
Command mode: All
MAC address VLAN Port Trnk State Permanent
----------------- ---- ---- ---- ----- ---------
00:04:38:90:54:18 1 4 FWD
00:09:6b:9b:01:5f 1 13 FWD
00:09:6b:ca:26:ef 4095 1 FWD
00:0f:06:ec:3b:00 4095 1 FWD
00:11:43:c4:79:83 1 4 FWD P
An address that is in the forwarding (FWD) state, means that it has been learned by the switch. When in the trunking (TRK) state, the port field represents the trunk group number. If the state for the port is listed as unknown (UNK), the MAC address has not yet been learned by the switch, but has only been seen as a destination address.
When an address is in the unknown state, no outbound port is indicated, although ports which reference the address as a destination will be listed under “Reference ports.”
Clearing Entries from the Forwarding Database
To clear the entire FDB, refer to “Forwarding Database Maintenance” on page 426
.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 53
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Link Aggregation Control Protocol Information
Use these commands to display LACP status information about each port on the G8124 .
Table 20 LACP Information Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show lacp aggregator <port alias or number>
Displays detailed information about the LACP aggregator used by the selected port.
Command mode: All
show interface port <port alias or number> lacp information
Displays LACP information about the selected port.
Command mode: All show lacp information
Displays a summary of LACP information.
Command mode: All
.
54 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Link Aggregation Control Protocol
The following command displays LACP information: show lacp information
Command mode: All port mode adminkey operkey selected prio aggr trunk status
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
1 active 30 30 yes 32768 17 19 up
2 active 30 30 yes 32768 17 19 up
3 off 3 3 no 32768 -- -- --
4 off 4 4 no 32768 -- -- --
...
LACP dump includes the following information for each port in the G8124:
mode adminkey
operkey
selected
Displays the port’s LACP mode (active, passive, or off).
Displays the value of the port’s adminkey.
Shows the value of the port’s operational key.
Indicates whether the port has been selected to be part of a Link Aggregation
Group.
Shows the value of the port priority.
prio
aggr
trunk
status
Displays the aggregator associated with each port.
This value represents the LACP trunk group number.
Displays the status of LACP on the port (up or down).
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 55
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Layer 2 Failover Information
Table 21 Layer 2 Failover Information commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show failover trigger <1-8>
Displays detailed information about the selected Layer 2 Failover trigger.
Command mode: All show failover trigger
Displays a summary of Layer 2 Failover information. For details, see
.
Command mode: All
56 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Layer 2 Failover Information
The following command displays Layer 2 Failover information: show failover trigger
Command mode: All
Trigger 1 Auto Monitor: Enabled
Trigger 1 limit: 0
Monitor State: Up
Member Status
--------- ----------trunk 1
2 Operational
3 Operational
Control State: Auto Disabled
Member Status
--------- -----------
1 Operational
2 Operational
3 Operational
4 Operational
...
A monitor port’s Failover status is Operational only if all the following conditions hold true:
Port link is up.
If Spanning-Tree is enabled, the port is in the Forwarding state.
If the port is a member of an LACP trunk group, the port is aggregated.
If any of the above conditions are not true, the monitor port is considered to be failed.
A control port is considered to be operational if the monitor trigger state is Up. Even if a port’s link status is Down, Spanning-Tree status is Blocking, and the LACP status is Not Aggregated, from a teaming perspective the port status is Operational, since the trigger is Up.
A control port’s status is displayed as Failed only if the monitor trigger state is Down.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 57
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Hot Links Information
The following command displays Hot Links information: show hotlinks information
Command mode: All
Hot Links Info: Trigger
Current global Hot Links setting: ON bpdu disabled sndfdb disabled
Current Trigger 1 setting: enabled name "Trigger 1", preempt enabled, fdelay 1 sec
Active state: None
Master settings: port 1
Backup settings: port 2
Hot Links information includes the following:
Hot Links status (on or off)
Status of BPDU flood option
Status of FDB send option
Status and configuration of each Hot Links trigger
58 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
LLDP Information
Table 22 LLDP Information commands
Command Syntax and Usage show lldp port
Displays Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) port information.
Command mode: All show lldp receive
Displays information about the LLDP receive state machine.
Command mode: All show lldp transmit
Displays information about the LLDP transmit state machine.
Command mode: All show lldp remote-device
Displays information received from LLDP -capable devices. To view a sample display, see
.
show lldp information
Displays all LLDP information.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 59
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
LLDP Remote Device Information
The following command displays LLDP remote device information: show lldp remote-device
Command mode: All
LLDP Remote Devices Information
LocalPort | Index | Remote Chassis ID | RemotePort | Remote System Name
----------|-------|-------------------|------------|---------------------------
2 | 210 | 00 16 ca ff 7e 00 | 15 | BNT Gb Ethernet Switch...
4 | 12 | 00 16 60 f9 3b 00 | 20 | BNT Gb Ethernet Switch...
LLDP remote device information provides a summary of information about remote devices connected to the switch. To view detailed information about a device, as shown below, follow the command with the index number of the remote device.
Local Port Alias: 1
Remote Device Index : 15
Remote Device TTL : 99
Remote Device RxChanges : false
Chassis Type : Mac Address
Chassis Id : 00-18-b1-33-1d-00
Port Type : Locally Assigned
Port Id : 23
Port Description : 23
System Name :
System Description :
System Capabilities Supported : bridge, router
System Capabilities Enabled : bridge, router
Remote Management Address:
Subtype : IPv4
Address : 10.100.120.181
Interface Subtype : ifIndex
Interface Number : 128
Object Identifier :
60 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Unidirectional Link Detection Information
Table 23 UDLD Information commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show interface port <port alias or number> udld
Displays UDLD information about the selected port.
Command mode: All show udld
Displays all UDLD information.
Command mode: All
UDLD Port Information
The following command displays UDLD information for the selected port:
show interface port <port alias or number> udld
Command mode: All
UDLD information on port 1
Port enable administrative configuration setting: Enabled
Port administrative mode: normal
Port enable operational state: link up
Port operational state: advertisement
Port bidirectional status: bidirectional
Message interval: 15
Time out interval: 5
Neighbor cache: 1 neighbor detected
Entry #1
Expiration time: 31 seconds
Device Name:
Device ID: 00:da:c0:00:04:00
Port ID: 1
UDLD information includes the following:
Status (enabled or disabled)
Mode (normal or aggressive)
Port state (link up or link down)
Bi-directional status (unknown, unidirectional, bidirectional, TX-RX loop, neighbor mismatch)
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 61
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OAM Discovery Information
Table 24 OAM Discovery Information commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show interface port <port alias or number> oam
Displays OAM information about the selected port.
Command mode: All show oam
Displays all OAM information.
Command mode: All
OAM Port Information
The following command displays OAM information for the selected port:
show interface port <port alias or number> oam
Command mode: All
OAM information on port 1
State enabled
Mode active
Link up
Satisfied Yes
Evaluating No
Remote port information:
Mode active
MAC address 00:da:c0:00:04:00
Stable Yes
State valid Yes
Evaluating No
OAM port display shows information about the selected port and the peer to which the link is connected.
62 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
Spanning Tree Information
The following command displays Spanning Tree information:
show spanning-tree stp <1-128> information
Command mode: All
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
-----------------------------------------------------------------upfast disabled, update 40
Pvst+ compatibility mode enabled
------------------------------------------------------------------
Spanning Tree Group 1: On (PVRST)
VLANs: 1
Current Root: Path-Cost Port Hello MaxAge FwdDel
8000 00:22:00:ee:cc:00 2000 1 2 20 15
Parameters: Priority Hello MaxAge FwdDel Aging
32769 2 20 15 300
Port Prio Cost State Role Designated Bridge Des Port Type
----- ---- --------- ----- ---- ---------------------- -------- ----
1 128 2000! FWD ROOT 8000-00:22:00:ee:cc:00 8001 P2P
2 128 2000! DISC ALTN 8000-00:22:00:ee:cc:00 8002 P2P
3 128 2000! DISC ALTN 8000-00:22:00:ee:cc:00 8003 P2P
10 128 2000! DISC DESG 8001-00:22:00:7d:5f:00 800a P2P
11 128 2000! DISC DESG 8001-00:22:00:7d:5f:00 800b P2P
! = Automatic path cost.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Spanning Tree Group 128: Off (PVRST), FDB aging timer 300
VLANs: 4095
Port Prio Cost State Role Designated Bridge Des Port Type
----- ---- --------- ----- ---- ---------------------- -------- ----
MGTA 0 0 FWD *
* = STP turned off for this port.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 63
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
The switch software uses the IEEE 802.1D Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). If IEEE 802.1w Rapid
Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), the IEEE 802.1s Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), or Per
VLAN Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (PVRST) are turned on, see “RSTP/MSTP/PVRST
When STP is used, in addition to seeing if STG is enabled or disabled, you can view the following
STG bridge information:
Table 25 Spanning Tree Bridge Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Current Root
Priority (bridge)
Hello
MaxAge
FwdDel
Aging
Description
The Current Root shows information about the root bridge for the
Spanning Tree. Information includes the priority (in hexadecimal notation) and the MAC address of the root.
The Bridge Priority parameter controls which bridge on the network will become the STG root bridge.
The Hello Time parameter specifies, in seconds, how often the root bridge transmits a configuration bridge protocol data unit (BPDU). Any bridge that is not the root bridge uses the root bridge hello value.
The Maximum Age parameter specifies, in seconds, the maximum time the bridge waits without receiving a configuration bridge protocol data unit before it reconfigure the STG network.
The Forward Delay parameter specifies, in seconds, the amount of time that a bridge port has to wait before it changes from listening to learning and from learning state to forwarding state.
The Aging Time parameter specifies, in seconds, the amount of time the bridge waits without receiving a packet from a station before removing the station from the Forwarding Database.
64 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
The following port-specific information is also displayed:
Table 26 Spanning Tree Port Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Priority (port)
Cost
FastFwd
State
Designated Bridge
Designated Port
Description
The Port Priority parameter helps determine which bridge port becomes the designated port. In a network topology that has multiple bridge ports connected to a single segment, the port with the lowest port priority becomes the designated port for the segment.
The Port Path cost parameter is used to help determine the designated port for a segment. Generally speaking, the faster the port, the lower the path cost. A setting of 0 indicates that the cost will be set to the appropriate default after the link speed has been auto negotiated.
The Fast Forward field shows whether the port is in Fast Forwarding mode or not, which permits the port that participates in Spanning Tree to bypass the Listening and Learning states and enter directly into the
Forwarding state.
The State field shows the current state of the port. The state field can be
BLOCKING, LISTENING, LEARNING, FORWARDING, or DISABLED.
The Designated Bridge shows information about the bridge connected to each port, if applicable. Information includes the priority (in hexadecimal notation) and MAC address of the Designated Bridge.
The Designated Port field shows the port on the Designated Bridge to which this port is connected.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 65
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
RSTP/MSTP/PVRST Information
The following command displays RSTP/MSTP/PVRST information:
show spanning-tree stp <1-128> information
Command mode: All
-----------------------------------------------------------------upfast disabled, update 40
Pvst+ compatibility mode enabled
------------------------------------------------------------------
Spanning Tree Group 1: On (RSTP)
VLANs: 1
Current Root: Path-Cost Port Hello MaxAge FwdDel
0000 00:16:60:ba:6c:01 2026 1 2 20 15
Parameters: Priority Hello MaxAge FwdDel Aging
32768 2 20 15 300
Port Prio Cost State Role Designated Bridge Des Port Type
----- ---- --------- ----- ---- ---------------------- -------- ----
1 128 2000! FWD ROOT fffe-00:13:0a:4f:7d:d0 8013 P2P
23 128 2000! FWD DESG 8000-00:13:0a:4f:7e:10 8017 P2P
24 128 2000! FWD DESG 8000-00:13:0a:4f:7e:10 8018 P2P
------------------------------------------------------------------
Spanning Tree Group 128: Off (RSTP), FDB aging timer 300
VLANs: 4095
Port Prio Cost State Role Designated Bridge Des Port Type
----- ---- --------- ----- ---- ---------------------- -------- ----
MGTA 0 0 FWD *
* = STP turned off for this port.
! = Automatic path cost.
You can configure the switch software to use the IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol
(RSTP), the IEEE 802.1s Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), or Per VLAN Rapid Spanning
Tree Protocol (PVRST).
66 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
If RSTP/MSTP/PVRST is turned on, you can view the following bridge information for the
Spanning Tree Group:.
Table 27 RSTP/MSTP/PVRST Bridge Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Current Root
Priority (bridge)
Hello
MaxAge
FwdDel
Aging
Description
The Current Root shows information about the root bridge for the
Spanning Tree. Information includes the priority (in hexadecimal notation) and the MAC address of the root.
The Bridge Priority parameter controls which bridge on the network will become the STP root bridge.
The Hello Time parameter specifies, in seconds, how often the root bridge transmits a configuration bridge protocol data unit (BPDU). Any bridge that is not the root bridge uses the root bridge hello value.
The Maximum Age parameter specifies, in seconds, the maximum time the bridge waits without receiving a configuration bridge protocol data unit before it reconfigures the STP network.
The Forward Delay parameter specifies, in seconds, the amount of time that a bridge port has to wait before it changes from listening to learning and from learning state to forwarding state.
The Aging Time parameter specifies, in seconds, the amount of time the bridge waits without receiving a packet from a station before removing the station from the Forwarding Database.
The following port-specific information is also displayed:
Table 28 RSTP/MSTP/PVRST Port Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Prio (port)
Cost
Description
The Port Priority parameter helps determine which bridge port becomes the designated port. In a network topology that has multiple bridge ports connected to a single segment, the port with the lowest port priority becomes the designated port for the segment.
The port Path Cost parameter is used to help determine the designated port for a segment. Generally speaking, the faster the port, the lower the path cost. A setting of 0 indicates that the cost will be set to the appropriate default after the link speed has been auto negotiated.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 67
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Parameter
State
Role
Type
Table 28 RSTP/MSTP/PVRST Port Parameter Descriptions (continued)
Designated Bridge
Designated Port
Description
The State field shows the current state of the port. The State field in RSTP or MSTP mode can be one of the following: Discarding (DISC), Learning
(LRN), Forwarding (FWD), or Disabled (DSB).
The Role field shows the current role of this port in the Spanning Tree.
The port role can be one of the following: Designated (DESG), Root
(ROOT), Alternate (ALTN), Backup (BKUP), Disabled (DSB), Master
(MAST).
The Designated Bridge shows information about the bridge connected to each port, if applicable. Information includes the priority (in hexadecimal notation) and MAC address of the Designated Bridge.
The port ID of the port on the Designated Bridge to which this port is connected.
Type of link connected to the port, and whether the port is an edge port.
Link type values are AUTO, P2P, or SHARED.
68 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Common Internal Spanning Tree Information
The following command displays Common Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) information: show spanning-tree mstp cist information
Command mode: Al l
Mstp Digest: 0xac36177f50283cd4b83821d8ab26de62
Common Internal Spanning Tree:
VLANs MAPPED: 1-4094
VLANs: 1 2 4095
Current Root: Path-Cost Port MaxAge FwdDel
8000 00:11:58:ae:39:00 2026 0 20 15
Cist Regional Root: Path-Cost
8000 00:11:58:ae:39:00 0
Parameters: Priority MaxAge FwdDel Hops
32768 20 15 20
Port Prio Cost State Role Designated Bridge Des Port Hello Type
----- ---- --------- ----- ---- ---------------------- -------- ----- ----
1 128 2000! FWD ROOT fffe-00:13:0a:4f:7d:d0 8011 2 P2P#
23 128 2000! DISC ALTN fffe-00:22:00:24:46:00 8012 2 P2P#
MGTA 0 0 FWD *
* = STP turned off for this port.
! = Automatic path cost.
# = PVST Protection enabled for this port.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 69
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
In addition to seeing if Common Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) is enabled or disabled, you can view the following CIST bridge information:
Table 29 CIST Parameter Descriptions
Parameter Description
CIST Root
CIST Regional Root The CIST Regional Root shows information about the root bridge for this
MSTP region. Values on this row of information refer to the regional root.
Priority (bridge) The bridge priority parameter controls which bridge on the network will become the STP root bridge.
Hello
The CIST Root shows information about the root bridge for the Common
Internal Spanning Tree (CIST). Values on this row of information refer to the CIST root.
MaxAge
The hello time parameter specifies, in seconds, how often the root bridge transmits a configuration bridge protocol data unit (BPDU). Any bridge that is not the root bridge uses the root bridge hello value.
The maximum age parameter specifies, in seconds, the maximum time the bridge waits without receiving a configuration bridge protocol data unit before it reconfigure the STP network.
FwdDel
Hops
The forward delay parameter specifies, in seconds, the amount of time that a bridge port has to wait before it changes from learning state to forwarding state.
The maximum number of bridge hops a packet can traverse before it is dropped. The default value is 20.
The following port-specific CIST information is also displayed:
Table 30 CIST Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Prio (port)
Cost
Description
The port priority parameter helps determine which bridge port becomes the designated port. In a network topology that has multiple bridge ports connected to a single segment, the port with the lowest port priority becomes the designated port for the segment.
The port path cost parameter is used to help determine the designated port for a segment. Generally speaking, the faster the port, the lower the path cost. A setting of 0 indicates that the cost will be set to the appropriate default after the link speed has been auto negotiated.
70 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Parameter
State
Role
Type
Table 30 CIST Parameter Descriptions (continued)
Designated Bridge
Designated Port
Description
The state field shows the current state of the port. The state field can be either Discarding (DISC), Learning (LRN), or Forwarding (FWD).
The Role field shows the current role of this port in the Spanning Tree.
The port role can be one of the following: Designated (DESG), Root
(ROOT), Alternate (ALTN), Backup (BKUP), Disabled (DSB), Master
(MAST), or Unknown (UNK).
The Designated Bridge shows information about the bridge connected to each port, if applicable. Information includes the priority (in hexadecimal notation) and MAC address of the Designated Bridge.
The port ID of the port on the Designated Bridge to which this port is connected.
Type of link connected to the port, and whether the port is an edge port.
Link type values are AUTO, P2P, or SHARED.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 71
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Trunk Group Information
The following command displays Trunk Group information:
show portchannel information
Command mode: All
Trunk group 1: Enabled
Protocol - Static
Port state:
1: STG 1 forwarding
2: STG 1 forwarding
When trunk groups are configured, you can view the state of each port in the various trunk groups.
Note – If Spanning Tree Protocol on any port in the trunk group is set to forwarding, the remaining ports in the trunk group will also be set to forwarding.
72 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
VLAN Information
Table 31 VLAN Information commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show vlan <VLAN number>
Displays general VLAN information.
Command mode: All
show private-vlan <VLAN number>
Displays private VLAN information.
Command mode: All show vlan information
Displays information about all VLANs, including:
VLAN number and name
Port membership
VLAN status (enabled or disabled)
Protocol VLAN status
Private VLAN status
Spanning Tree membership
VMAP configuration
Command mode: All
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 73
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
The following command displays VLAN information: show vlan
Command mode: All
VLAN Name Status Ports
---- -------------------------------- ------ -----------------------
1 Default VLAN ena 1-20
2 VLAN 2 dis 21-22
4095 Mgmt VLAN ena MGTA MGTB
Private-VLAN Type Mapped-To Status Ports
------------ --------- ------------------ ---------- ---------------
100 primary 200 300 ena 2 3 10
200 community 100 ena 12
300 isolated 100 ena 14
This information display includes all configured VLANs and all member ports that have an active link state. Port membership is represented in slot/port format.
VLAN information includes:
VLAN Number
VLAN Name
Status
Port membership of the VLAN
Private VLAN information (if available)
74 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Layer 3 Information
Table 32 Layer 3 Information Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show ip route
Displays all routes configured on the switch.
Command mode: All
.
show ip arp
Displays Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) information.
Command mode: All
.
show ip bgp information
Displays Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) information.
Command mode: All
.
show ip ospf information
Displays the OSPF information.
Command mode: All
.
show ipv6 ospf information
Displays OSPFv3 information.
Command mode: All
For more OSPFv3 information options, see
show interface ip rip
Displays RIP user’s configuration.
Command mode: All
.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 75
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 32 Layer 3 Information Commands (continued)
Command Syntax and Usage show ip information
Displays IP Information. For details, see
IP information, includes:
IP interface information: Interface number, IP address, subnet mask, VLAN number, and operational status.
Default gateway information: Metric for selecting which configured gateway to use, gateway number, IP address, and health status
IP forwarding settings, network filter settings, route map settings
Command mode: All show ip igmp groups
Displays IGMP Information.
Command mode: All show ip vrrp information
Displays VRRP information.
Command mode: All
show layer3
Dumps all Layer 3 switch information available (10K or more, depending on your configuration).
If you want to capture dump data to a file, set your communication software on your workstation to capture session data prior to issuing the dump commands.
Command mode: All
76 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IP Routing Information
Using the commands listed below, you can display all or a portion of the IP routes currently held in the switch.
Table 33 Route Information Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show ip route address <IP address>
Displays a single route by destination IP address.
Command mode: All
show ip route gateway <IP address>
Displays routes to a single gateway.
Command mode: All
show ip route type {indirect|direct|local|broadcast|martian|
multicast}
Displays routes of a single type. For a description of IP routing types, see
.
Command mode: All
show ip route tag {fixed|static|addr|rip|ospf|bgp|broadcast|
martian|multicast}
Displays routes of a single tag. For a description of IP routing tags, see
.
Command mode: All
show ip route interface <interface number>
Displays routes on a single interface.
Command mode: All show ip route static
Displays static routes configured on the switch.
Command mode: All show ip route
Displays all routes configured in the switch.
Command mode: All
For more information, see page 78
.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 77
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Show All IP Route Information
The following command displays IP route information: show ip route
Command mode: All
Status code: * - best
Destination Mask Gateway Type Tag Metr If
--------------- --------------- --------------- --------- --------- ---- --
* 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.31.1.1 indirect static 1
* 12.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 martian martian
* 12.31.0.0 255.255.0.0 172.31.36.139 direct fixed 1
* 12.31.36.139 255.255.255.255 172.31.36.139 local addr 1
* 12.31.255.255 255.255.255.255 172.31.255.255 broadcast broadcast 1
* 224.0.0.0 224.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 martian martian
* 224.0.0.0 240.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 multicast addr
* 255.255.255.255 255.255.255.255 255.255.255.255 broadcast broadcast
The following table describes the Type parameters.
Table 34 IP Routing Type Parameters
Parameter indirect direct local broadcast martian multicast
Description
The next hop to the host or subnet destination will be forwarded through a router at the Gateway address.
Packets will be delivered to a destination host or subnet attached to the switch.
Indicates a route to one of the switch’s IP interfaces.
Indicates a broadcast route.
The destination belongs to a host or subnet which is filtered out. Packets to this destination are discarded.
Indicates a multicast route.
78 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference addr rip ospf bgp broadcast martian multicast
The following table describes the Tag parameters.
Table 35 IP Routing Tag Parameters
Parameter fixed static
Description
The address belongs to a host or subnet attached to the switch.
The address is a static route which has been configured on the RackSwitch
G8124.
The address belongs to one of the switch’s IP interfaces.
The address was learned by the Routing Information Protocol (RIP).
The address was learned by Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).
The address was learned via Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)
Indicates a broadcast address.
The address belongs to a filtered group.
Indicates a multicast address.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 79
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
ARP Information
The ARP information includes IP address and MAC address of each entry, address status flags (see
), VLAN and port for the address, and port referencing information.
Table 36 ARP Information Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show ip arp find <IP address>
Displays a single ARP entry by IP address.
Command mode: All
show ip arp interface port <port alias or number>
Displays the ARP entries on a single port.
Command mode: All
show ip arp vlan <VLAN number>
Displays the ARP entries on a single VLAN.
Command mode: All show ip arp
Displays all ARP entries. including:
IP address and MAC address of each entry
Address status flag (see below)
The VLAN and port to which the address belongs
The ports which have referenced the address (empty if no port has routed traffic to the IP address shown)
Command mode: All
For more information, see page 81
.
show ip arp reply
Displays the ARP address list: IP address, IP mask, MAC address, and VLAN flags.
Command mode: All
80 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
ARP Address List Information
The following command displays owned ARP address list information: show ip arp reply
Command mode: All
IP address IP mask MAC address VLAN Pass-Up
--------------- --------------- ----------------- ---- -----
12.31.36.139 255.255.255.255 00:13:0a:4f:7e:30 1
205.178.50.1 255.255.255.255 00:70:cf:03:20:06 1
205.178.18.64 255.255.255.255 00:70:cf:03:20:05 1
Show All ARP Entry Information
The following command displays ARP information: show ip arp
Command mode: All
IP address Flags MAC address VLAN Age Port
--------------- ----- ----------------- ---- --- ----
10.100.130.1 00:0e:40:99:cc:5d 1 276 19
10.100.130.12 P 00:22:00:d5:a8:00 1
Flag
P
R
U
The Port field shows the target port of the ARP entry.
The Flags field is interpreted as follows:
Table 37 ARP Flag Parameters
Description
Permanent entry created for switch IP interface.
Indirect route entry.
Unresolved ARP entry. The MAC address has not been learned.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 81
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
BGP Information
Table 38 BGP Peer Information Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show ip bgp neighbor information
Displays BGP peer information.
Command mode: All
for a sample output.
show ip bgp neighbor summary
Displays peer summary information such as AS, message received, message sent, up/down, state.
Command mode: All
for a sample output.
show ip bgp information
Displays the BGP routing table.
Command mode: All
for a sample output.
82 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
BGP Peer information
Following is an example of the information provided by the following command: show ip bgp neighbor information
Command mode: All
BGP Peer Information:
3: 2.1.1.1 , version 4, TTL 225
Remote AS: 100, Local AS: 100, Link type: IBGP
Remote router ID: 3.3.3.3, Local router ID: 1.1.201.5
BGP status: idle, Old status: idle
Total received packets: 0, Total sent packets: 0
Received updates: 0, Sent updates: 0
Keepalive: 60, Holdtime: 180, MinAdvTime: 60
LastErrorCode: unknown(0), LastErrorSubcode: unspecified(0)
Established state transitions: 1
4: 2.1.1.4 , version 4, TTL 225
Remote AS: 100, Local AS: 100, Link type: IBGP
Remote router ID: 4.4.4.4, Local router ID: 1.1.201.5
BGP status: idle, Old status: idle
Total received packets: 0, Total sent packets: 0
Received updates: 0, Sent updates: 0
Keepalive: 60, Holdtime: 180, MinAdvTime: 60
LastErrorCode: unknown(0), LastErrorSubcode: unspecified(0)
Established state transitions: 1
BGP Summary information
Following is an example of the information provided by the following command: show ip bgp neighbor summary
Command mode: All
BGP Peer Summary Information:
Peer V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent Up/Down State
--------------- - -------- -------- -------- -------- ----------
1: 205.178.23.142 4 142 113 121 00:00:28 established
2: 205.178.15.148 0 148 0 0 never connect
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 83
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Dump BGP Information
Following is an example of the information provided by the following command: show ip bgp information
Command mode: All
Status codes: * valid, > best, i - internal
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Mask Next Hop Metr LcPrf Wght Path
--------------- --------------- --------------- ----- ----- ----- --------
*> 1.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 0.0.0.0 0 ?
*> 10.100.100.0 255.255.255.0 0.0.0.0 0 ?
*> 10.100.120.0 255.255.255.0 0.0.0.0 0 ?
The 13.0.0.0 is filtered out by rrmap; or, a loop detected.
84 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPF Information
Table 39 OSPF Information Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show ip ospf general-information
Displays general OSPF information.
Command mode: All
for a sample output.
show ip ospf area information
Displays area information for all areas.
Command mode: All
show ip ospf area <0-2>
Displays area information for a particular area index.
Command mode: All
show interface ip {<interface number>} ospf
Displays interface information for a particular interface. If no parameter is supplied, it displays information for all the interfaces.
Command mode: All
for a sample output.
show ip ospf area-virtual-link information
Displays information about all the configured virtual links.
Command mode: All show ip ospf neighbor
Displays the status of all the current neighbors.
Command mode: All
show ip ospf summary-range <0-2>
Displays the list of summary ranges belonging to non-NSSA areas.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 85
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 39 OSPF Information Commands (continued)
Command Syntax and Usage
show ip ospf summary-range-nssa <0-2>
Displays the list of summary ranges belonging to NSSA areas.
Command mode: All show ip ospf routes
Displays OSPF routing table.
Command mode: All
for a sample output.
show ip ospf information
Displays the OSPF information.
Command mode: All
86 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPF General Information
The following command displays general OSPF information: show ip ospf general-information
Command mode: All
OSPF Version 2
Router ID: 10.10.10.1
Started at 1663 and the process uptime is 4626
Area Border Router: yes, AS Boundary Router: no
LS types supported are 6
External LSA count 0
External LSA checksum sum 0x0
Number of interfaces in this router is 2
Number of virtual links in this router is 1
16 new lsa received and 34 lsa originated from this router
Total number of entries in the LSDB 10
Database checksum sum 0x0
Total neighbors are 1, of which
2 are >=INIT state,
2 are >=EXCH state,
2 are =FULL state
Number of areas is 2, of which 3-transit 0-nssa
Area Id : 0.0.0.0
Authentication : none
Import ASExtern : yes
Number of times SPF ran : 8
Area Border Router count : 2
AS Boundary Router count : 0
LSA count : 5
LSA Checksum sum : 0x2237B
Summary : noSummary
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 87
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPF Interface Information
The following command displays OSPF interface information:
show ip ospf interface <interface number>
Command mode: All
Ip Address 10.10.12.1, Area 0.0.0.1, Admin Status UP
Router ID 10.10.10.1, State DR, Priority 1
Designated Router (ID) 10.10.10.1, Ip Address 10.10.12.1
Backup Designated Router (ID) 10.10.14.1, Ip Address 10.10.12.2
Timer intervals, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 1663, Retransmit 5,
Poll interval 0, Transit delay 1
Neighbor count is 1 If Events 4, Authentication type none
OSPF Database Information
Table 40 OSPF Database Information Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show ip ospf database advertising-router <router ID>
Takes advertising router as a parameter. Displays all the Link State Advertisements (LSAs) in the LS database that have the advertising router with the specified router ID, for example:
20.1.1.1.
Command mode: All
show ip ospf database asbr-summary [advertising-router <router ID>|
link-state-id <A.B.C.D>|self]
Displays ASBR summary LSAs. The usage of this command is as follows: a.
asbrsum adv-rtr 20.1.1.1 displays ASBR summary LSAs having the advertising router 20.1.1.1.
b.
asbrsum link-state-id 10.1.1.1 displays ASBR summary LSAs having the link state ID 10.1.1.1.
c.
asbrsum self displays the self advertised ASBR summary LSAs.
d.
asbrsum with no parameters displays all the ASBR summary LSAs.
Command mode: All
88 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 40 OSPF Database Information Commands (continued)
Command Syntax and Usage show ip ospf database database-summary
Displays the following information about the LS database in a table format: a.
Number of LSAs of each type in each area.
b.
Total number of LSAs for each area.
c.
Total number of LSAs for each LSA type for all areas combined.
d.
Total number of LSAs for all LSA types for all areas combined.
No parameters are required.
Command mode: All
show ip ospf database external [advertising-router <router ID>|
link-state-id <A.B.C.D>|self]
Displays the AS-external (type 5) LSAs with detailed information of each field of the LSAs.
Command mode: All
show ip ospf database network [advertising-router <router ID>|
link-state-id <A.B.C.D>|self]
Displays the network (type 2) LSAs with detailed information of each field of the
LSA.network LS database.
Command mode: All show ip ospf database nssa
Displays the NSSA (type 7) LSAs with detailed information of each field of the LSAs.
Command mode: All show ip ospf database router
Displays the router (type 1) LSAs with detailed information of each field of the LSAs.
Command mode: All show ip ospf database self
Displays all the self-advertised LSAs. No parameters are required.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 89
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 40 OSPF Database Information Commands (continued)
Command Syntax and Usage
show ip ospf database summary [advertising-router
<router ID>|link-state-id <A.B.C.D>|self]
Displays the network summary (type 3) LSAs with detailed information of each field of the
LSAs.
Command mode: All show ip ospf database
Displays all the LSAs.
Command mode: All
OSPF Information Route Codes
The following command displays OSPF route information: show ip ospf routes
Command mode: All
Codes: IA - OSPF inter area,
N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2
E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2
IA 10.10.0.0/16 via 200.1.1.2
IA 40.1.1.0/28 via 20.1.1.2
IA 80.1.1.0/24 via 200.1.1.2
IA 100.1.1.0/24 via 20.1.1.2
IA 140.1.1.0/27 via 20.1.1.2
IA 150.1.1.0/28 via 200.1.1.2
E2 172.18.1.1/32 via 30.1.1.2
E2 172.18.1.2/32 via 30.1.1.2
E2 172.18.1.3/32 via 30.1.1.2
E2 172.18.1.4/32 via 30.1.1.2
E2 172.18.1.5/32 via 30.1.1.2
E2 172.18.1.6/32 via 30.1.1.2
E2 172.18.1.7/32 via 30.1.1.2
E2 172.18.1.8/32 via 30.1.1.2
90 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPFv3 Information
Table 41 OSPFv3 Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage
show ipv6 ospf area <area index (0-2)>
Displays the area information show ipv6 ospf areas
Displays the OSPFv3 Area Table.
Command mode: All
show ipv6 ospf interface <interface number>
Displays interface information for a particular interface. If no parameter is supplied, it displays information for all the interfaces. To view a sample display, see
Command mode: All show ipv6 ospf area-virtual-link
Displays information about all the configured virtual links.
Command mode: All
show ipv6 ospf neighbor <nbr router-id (A.B.C.D)>
Displays the status of a neighbor with a particular router ID. If no router ID is supplied, it displays the information about all the current neighbors.
Command mode: All show ipv6 ospf host
Displays OSPFv3 host configuration information.
Command mode: All
show ipv6 ospf request-list <nbr router-id (A.B.C.D)>
Displays the OSPFv3 request list. If no router ID is supplied, it displays the information about all the current neighbors.
Command mode: All
show ipv6 ospf retrans-list <nbr router-id (A.B.C.D)>
Displays the OSPFv3 retransmission list. If no router ID is supplied, it displays the information about all the current neighbors.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 91
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 41 OSPFv3 Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage
show ipv6 ospf summary-prefix <area index (0-2)>
Displays the OSPFv3 external summary-address configuration information.
Command mode: All show ipv6 ospf redist-config
Displays OSPFv3 redistribution information to be applied to routes learned from the route table.
Command mode: All show ipv6 ospf area-range information
Displays OSPFv3 summary ranges.
Command mode: All show ipv6 ospf routes
Displays OSPFv3 routing table. To view a sample display, see page 95
.
Command mode: All show ipv6 ospf border-routers
Displays OSPFv3 routes to an ABR or ASBR.
Command mode: All show ipv6 ospf information
Displays all OSPFv3 information. To view a sample display, see page 93 .
Command mode: All
92 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPFv3 Information Dump
Router Id: 1.0.0.1 ABR Type: Standard ABR
SPF schedule delay: 5 secs Hold time between two SPFs: 10 secs
Exit Overflow Interval: 0 Ref BW: 100000 Ext Lsdb Limit: none
Trace Value: 0x00008000 As Scope Lsa: 2 Checksum Sum: 0xfe16
Passive Interface: Disable
Nssa Asbr Default Route Translation: Disable
Autonomous System Boundary Router
Redistributing External Routes from connected, metric 10, metric type
asExtType1, no tag set
Number of Areas in this router 1
Area 0.0.0.0
Number of interfaces in this area is 1
Number of Area Scope Lsa: 7 Checksum Sum: 0x28512
Number of Indication Lsa: 0 SPF algorithm executed: 2 times
OSPFv3 Interface Information
The following command displays OSPFv3 interface information: show ipv6 ospf interface
Command mode: All
Ospfv3 Interface Information
Interface Id: 1 Instance Id: 0 Area Id: 0.0.0.0
Local Address: fe80::222:ff:fe7d:5d00 Router Id: 1.0.0.1
Network Type: BROADCAST Cost: 1 State: BACKUP
Designated Router Id: 2.0.0.2 local address: fe80::218:b1ff:fea1:6c01
Backup Designated Router Id: 1.0.0.1 local address: fe80::222:ff:fe7d:5d00
Transmit Delay: 1 sec Priority: 1 IfOptions: 0x0
Timer intervals configured:
Hello: 10, Dead: 40, Retransmit: 5
Hello due in 6 sec
Neighbor Count is: 1, Adjacent neighbor count is: 1
Adjacent with neighbor 2.0.0.2
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 93
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPFv3 Database Information
Table 42 OSPFv3 Database Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage show ipv6 ospf database as-external [detail|hex]
Displays AS-External LSAs database information. If no parameter is supplied, it displays condensed information.
Command mode: All show ipv6 ospf database inter-prefix [detail|hex]
Displays Inter-Area Prefix LSAs database information. If no parameter is supplied, it displays condensed information.
Command mode: All show ipv6 ospf database inter-router [detail|hex]
Displays Inter-Area router LSAs database information. If no parameter is supplied, it displays condensed information.
Command mode: All show ipv6 ospf database intra-prefix [detail|hex]
Displays Intra-Area Prefix LSAs database information. If no parameter is supplied, it displays condensed information.
Command mode: All show ipv6 ospf database link [detail|hex]
Displays Link LSAs database information. If no parameter is supplied, it displays condensed information.
Command mode: All show ipv6 ospf database network [detail|hex]
Displays Network LSAs database information. If no parameter is supplied, it displays condensed information.
Command mode: All show ipv6 ospf database router [detail|hex]
Displays the Router LSAs with detailed information of each field of the LSAs. If no parameter is supplied, it displays condensed information.
Command mode: All
94 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 42 OSPFv3 Database Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage show ipv6 ospf database nssa [detail|hex]
Displays Type-7 (NSSA) LSA database information. If no parameter is supplied, it displays condensed information.
Command mode: All show ipv6 ospf database [detail|hex]
Displays all the LSAs.
Command mode: All
OSPFv3 Route Codes Information
The following command displays OSPFv3 route information: show ipv6 ospf database routes
Command mode: All
Dest/ NextHp/ Cost Rt. Type Area
Prefix-Length IfIndex
3ffe::10:0:0:0 fe80::290:69ff 30 interArea 0.0.0.0
/80 fe90:b4bf /vlan1
3ffe::20:0:0:0 fe80::290:69ff 20 interArea 0.0.0.0
/80 fe90:b4bf /vlan1
3ffe::30:0:0:0 :: /vlan2 10 intraArea 0.0.0.0
/80
3ffe::60:0:0:6 fe80::211:22ff 10 interArea 0.0.0.0
/128 fe33:4426 /vlan2
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 95
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Routing Information Protocol
Table 43 Routing Information Protocol Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show ip rip routes
Displays RIP routes.
Command mode: All
For more information, see page 96
.
show interface ip <interface number> rip
Displays RIP user’s configuration.
Command mode: All
For more information, see page 97
.
RIP Routes Information
The following command displays RIP route information: show ip rip routes
Command mode: All
>> IP Routing#
30.1.1.0/24 directly connected
3.0.0.0/8 via 30.1.1.11 metric 4
4.0.0.0/16 via 30.1.1.11 metric 16
10.0.0.0/8 via 30.1.1.2 metric 3
20.0.0.0/8 via 30.1.1.2 metric 2
This table contains all dynamic routes learned through RIP, including the routes that are undergoing garbage collection with metric = 16. This table does not contain locally configured static routes.
96 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
RIP Interface Information
The following command displays RIP user information:
show interface ip <interface number> rip
Command mode: All
RIP USER CONFIGURATION :
RIP on update 30
RIP Interface 1 : 10.4.4.2, enabled
version 2, listen enabled, supply enabled, default none
poison disabled, split horizon enabled, trigg enabled,
mcast enabled, metric 1
auth none,key none
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 97
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Cache Information
Table 44 IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Cache information commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show ipv6 neighbors find <IPv6 address>
Displays a single IPv6 Neighbor cache entry by IP address.
Command mode: All
show ipv6 neighbors interface port <port alias or number>
Displays IPv6 Neighbor cache entries on a single port.
Command mode: All
show ipv6 neighbors vlan <VLAN number>
Displays IPv6 Neighbor cache entries on a single VLAN.
Command mode: All show ipv6 neighbors static
Displays static IPv6 Neighbor cache entries.
Command mode: All show ipv6 neighbors
Displays all IPv6 Neighbor cache entries.
Command mode: All
For more information, see page 98
.
IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Cache Information
The following command displays a summary of IPv6 Neighbor Discovery cache information: show ipv6 neighbors
Command mode: All
IPv6 Address Age Link-layer Addr State IF VLAN Port
------------------------- ---- ----------------- --------- --- ---- ----
2001:2:3:4::1 10 00:50:bf:b7:76:b0 Reachable 2 1 1 fe80::250:bfff:feb7:76b0 0 00:50:bf:b7:76:b0 Stale 2 1 2
98 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
ECMP Static Route Information
The following command displays ECMP route information: show ip ecmp
Command mode: All
Current ecmp static routes:
Destination Mask Gateway If GW Status
--------------- --------------- --------------- ---- -----------
10.10.1.1 255.255.255.255 100.10.1.1 1 up
200.20.2.2 1 down
10.20.2.2 255.255.255.255 10.233.3.3 1 up
10.20.2.2 255.255.255.255 10.234.4.4 1 up
10.20.2.2 255.255.255.255 10.235.5.5 1 up
ECMP health-check ping interval: 1
ECMP health-check retries number: 3
ECMP Hash Mechanism: dipsip
ECMP route information shows the status of each ECMP route configured on the switch.
Interface Information
The following command displays interface information: show interface ip
Command mode: All
Interface information:
1: IP4 172.31.35.5 255.255.0.0 172.31.255.255, vlan 1, up
2: IP6 2002:0:0:0:0:0:0:5/64 , vlan 1, up
fe80::213:aff:fe4f:7c01
For each interface, the following information is displayed:
IPv4 interface address and subnet mask
IPv6 address and prefix
VLAN assignment
Status (up, down, disabled)
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 99
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IP Information
The following command displays Layer 3 information: show layer3 information
Command mode: All
IP information:
AS number 0
Interface information:
1: 10.200.30.3 255.255.0.0 10.200.255.255, vlan 1, up
2: IP6 10:90:90:0:0:0:0:91/64 , vlan 4094, up
fe80::222:ff:fe7d:717e
Default gateway information: metric strict
1: 10.200.1.1, vlan any, up
Default IP6 gateway information:
Current BOOTP relay settings: OFF
Current primary BOOTP server: 0.0.0.0
Current secondary BOOTP server: 0.0.0.0
Current IP forwarding settings: ON, dirbr disabled, noicmprd disabled
Current network filter settings:
none
Current route map settings:
IP information includes:
IP interface information: Interface number, IP address, subnet mask, broadcast address, VLAN number, and operational status.
Default gateway information: Metric for selecting which configured gateway to use, gateway number, IP address, and health status
BootP relay settings
IP forwarding settings, including the forwarding status of directed broadcasts, and the status of
ICMP re-directs
Network filter settings
Route map settings
100 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IGMP Multicast Group Information
Table 45 IGMP Multicast Group Information Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show ip igmp querier
Displays IGMP Querier information. For details, see page 103 .
Command mode: All show ip igmp snoop
Displays IGMP Snooping information.
Command mode: All show ip igmp mrouter information
Displays IGMP Multicast Router information.
Command mode: All
show ip igmp mrouter vlan <VLAN number>
Displays IGMP Multicast Router information for the specified VLAN.
Command mode: All show ip igmp filtering
Displays current IGMP Filtering parameters.
Command mode: All
show ip igmp profile <1-16>
Displays information about the current IGMP filter.
Command mode: All
show ip igmp groups address <IP address>
Displays a single IGMP multicast group by its IP address.
Command mode: All
show ip igmp groups vlan <VLAN number>
Displays all IGMP multicast groups on a single VLAN.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 101
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 45 IGMP Multicast Group Information Commands (continued)
Command Syntax and Usage
show ip igmp groups interface port <port alias or number>
Displays all IGMP multicast groups on a single port.
Command mode: All
show ip igmp groups portchannel <trunk number>
Displays all IGMP multicast groups on a single trunk group.
Command mode: All
show ip igmp groups detail <IP address>
Displays details about an IGMP multicast group, including source and timer information.
Command mode: All show ip igmp groups
Displays information for all multicast groups.
Command mode: All
102 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IGMP Querier Information
The following command displays IGMP Querier information:
show ip igmp querier <VLAN number>
Command mode: All
Current IGMP Querier information:
IGMP Querier information for vlan 1:
Other IGMP querier - none
Switch-querier enabled, current state: Querier
Switch-querier type: Ipv4, address 0.0.0.0,
Switch-querier general query interval: 125 secs,
Switch-querier max-response interval: 100 'tenths of secs',
Switch-querier startup interval: 31 secs, count: 2
Switch-querier robustness: 2
IGMP configured version is v3
IGMP Operating version is v3
IGMP Querier information includes:
VLAN number
Querier status
Other IGMP querier—none
IGMP querier present, address: (IP or MAC address)
Other IGMP querier present, interval (minutes:seconds)
Querier election type (IPv4 or MAC) and address
Query interval
Querier startup interval
Maximum query response interval
Querier robustness value
IGMP version number
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 103
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IGMP Group Information
The following command displays IGMP Group information: show ip igmp groups
Command mode: All
Note: Local groups (224.0.0.x) are not snooped/relayed and will not appear.
Source Group VLAN Port Version Mode Expires Fwd
-------------- --------------- ------- ------ -------- ----- ------- ---
10.1.1.1 232.1.1.1 2 4 V3 INC 4:16 Yes
10.1.1.5 232.1.1.1 2 4 V3 INC 4:16 Yes
* 232.1.1.1 2 4 V3 INC - No
10.10.10.43 235.0.0.1 9 1 V3 INC 2:26 Yes
* 236.0.0.1 9 1 V3 EXC - Yes
IGMP Group information includes:
IGMP source address
IGMP Group address
VLAN and port
IGMP version
IGMPv3 filter mode
Expiration timer value
IGMP multicast forwarding state
104 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IGMP Multicast Router Information
The following command displays Mrouter information: show ip igmp mrouter information
Command mode: All
SrcIP VLAN Port Version Expires MRT QRV QQIC
-------------------- ------- ------- --------- -------- ------- ---- ----
10.1.1.1 2 21 V3 4:09 128 2 125
10.1.1.5 2 23 V2 4:09 125 - -
10.10.10.43 9 24 V2 static unknown - -
IGMP Mrouter information includes:
Source IP address
VLAN and port where the Mrouter is connected
IGMP version
Mrouter expiration
Maximum query response time
Querier’s Robustness Variable (QRV)
Querier’s Query Interval Code (QQIC)
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 105
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
VRRP Information
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) support on RackSwitch G8124 provides redundancy between routers in a LAN. This is accomplished by configuring the same virtual router IP address and ID number on each participating VRRP-capable routing device. One of the virtual routers is then elected as the master, based on a number of priority criteria, and assumes control of the shared virtual router IP address. If the master fails, one of the backup virtual routers will assume routing authority and take control of the virtual router IP address.
The following command displays VRRP information: show ip vrrp information
Command mode: All
VRRP information:
1: vrid 2, 205.178.18.210, if 1, renter, prio 100, master
2: vrid 1, 205.178.18.202, if 1, renter, prio 100, backup
3: vrid 3, 205.178.18.204, if 1, renter, prio 100, master
When virtual routers are configured, you can view the status of each virtual router using this command. VRRP information includes:
Virtual router number
Virtual router ID and IP address
Interface number
Ownership status
owner identifies the preferred master virtual router. A virtual router is the owner when the
IP address of the virtual router and its IP interface are the same.
renter identifies virtual routers which are not owned by this device.
Priority value. During the election process, the virtual router with the highest priority becomes master.
Activity status
master identifies the elected master virtual router.
backup identifies that the virtual router is in backup mode.
init identifies that the virtual router is waiting for a startup event.
For example, once it receives a startup event, it transitions to master if its priority is 255,
(the IP address owner), or transitions to backup if it is not the IP address owner.
106 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Quality of Service Information
Table 46 QoS information commands
Command Syntax and Usage show qos transmit-queue
Displays mapping of 802.1p value to Class of Service queue number, and COS queue weight value.
Command mode: All show qos transmit-queue information
Displays all 802.1p information.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 107
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
802.1p Information
The following command displays 802.1p information: show qos transmit-queue information
Command mode: All
Current priority to COS queue information:
Priority COSq Weight
-------- ---- ------
0 0 1
1 1 2
2 2 3
3 3 4
4 4 5
5 5 7
6 6 15
7 7 0
Current port priority information:
Port Priority COSq Weight
----- -------- ---- ------
1 0 0 1
2 0 0 1
3 0 0 1
4 0 0 1
5 0 0 1
6 0 0 1
7 0 0 1
8 0 0 1
9 0 0 1
10 0 0 1
...
The following table describes the IEEE 802.1p priority-to-COS queue information.
Table 47 802.1p Priority-to-COS Queue Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Priority
COSq
Weight
Description
Displays the 802.1p Priority level.
Displays the Class of Service queue.
Displays the scheduling weight of the COS queue.
108 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
The following table describes the IEEE 802.1p port priority information.
Table 48 802.1p Port Priority Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Port
Priority
COSq
Weight
Description
Displays the port alias.
Displays the 802.1p Priority level.
Displays the Class of Service queue.
Displays the scheduling weight.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 109
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Access Control List Information Commands
Table 49 ACL information commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show access-control list <ACL number>
Displays ACL list information. For details, see page 110
.
Command mode: All
Access Control List Information
The following command displays Access Control List (ACL) information:
show access-control list <ACL number>
Command mode: All
Current ACL List information:
------------------------
Filter 1 profile:
Ethernet
- SMAC : 00:00:aa:aa:01:fe/ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
- DMAC : 00:0d:60:9c:ec:d5/ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
- VID : 10/0xfff
- Ethertype : IP (0x0800)
- Priority : 3
Meter
- Set to disabled
- Set committed rate : 64
- Set max burst size : 32
Re-Mark
- Set use of TOS precedence to disabled
Packet Format
- Ethernet format : None
- Tagging format : Any
- IP format : None
Actions : Deny
Statistics : enabled
Mirror Target Configuration:
Mirror target destination: port
Egress port for mirror target: 4
110 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Access Control List (ACL) information includes configuration settings for each ACL.
Table 50 ACL List Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Filter x profile
Ethernet
IPv4
TCP/UDP
Meter
Re-Mark
Packet Format
Actions
Statistics
Mirror Target
Configuration
Description
Indicates the ACL number.
Displays the ACL Ethernet header parameters, if configured.
Displays the ACL IPv4 header parameters, if configured.
Displays the ACL TCP/UDP header parameters, if configured.
Displays the ACL meter parameters.
Displays the ACL re-mark parameters.
Displays the ACL Packet Format parameters, if configured.
Displays the configured action for the ACL.
Displays status of ACL statistics (enabled or disabled).
Displays ACL port mirroring parameters.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 111
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
RMON Information Commands
The following table describes the Remote Monitoring (RMON) Information commands.
Table 51 RMON Information commands
Command Syntax and Usage show rmon history
Displays RMON History information. For details, see
.
Command mode: All show rmon alarm
Displays RMON Alarm information. For details, see page 114
.
Command mode: All show rmon event
Displays RMON Event information. For details, see page 116
.
Command mode: All show rmon
Displays all RMON information.
Command mode: All
112 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
RMON History Information
The following command displays RMON History information: show rmon history
Command mode: All
RMON History group configuration:
Index IFOID Interval Rbnum Gbnum
----- ------------------------------ -------- ----- -----
1 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1.24 30 5 5
2 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1.22 30 5 5
3 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1.20 30 5 5
4 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1.19 30 5 5
5 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1.24 1800 5 5
Index Owner
----- ---------------------------------------------
1 dan
The following table describes the RMON History Information parameters.
Table 52 RMON History Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Index
IFOID
Interval
Rbnum
Gbnum
Owner
Description
Displays the index number that identifies each history instance.
Displays the MIB Object Identifier.
Displays the time interval for each sampling bucket.
Displays the number of requested buckets, which is the number of data slots into which data is to be saved.
Displays the number of granted buckets that may hold sampled data.
Displays the owner of the history instance.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 113
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
RMON Alarm Information
The following command displays RMON Alarm information: show rmon alarm
Command mode: All
RMON Alarm group configuration:
Index Interval Sample Type rLimit fLimit last value
----- -------- ------ ------- ----------- ----------- ----------
1 1800 abs either 0 0 7822
Index rEvtIdx fEvtIdx OID
----- ------- ------- -------------------------------------------
1 0 0 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.1
Index Owner
----- ---------------------------------------------
1 dan
The following table describes the RMON Alarm Information parameters.
Table 53 RMON Alarm Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Index
Interval
Sample
Type
Description
Displays the index number that identifies each alarm instance.
Displays the time interval over which data is sampled and compared with the rising and falling thresholds.
Displays the method of sampling the selected variable and calculating the value to be compared against the thresholds, as follows:
abs—absolute value, the value of the selected variable is compared directly with the thresholds at the end of the sampling interval.
delta—delta value, the value of the selected variable at the last sample is subtracted from the current value, and the difference compared with the thresholds.
Displays the type of alarm, as follows:
falling—alarm is triggered when a falling threshold is crossed.
rising—alarm is triggered when a rising threshold is crossed.
either—alarm is triggered when either a rising or falling threshold is crossed.
114 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Parameter rLimit fLimit
Last value rEvtIdx fEvtIdx
OID
Owner
Table 53 RMON Alarm Parameter Descriptions (continued)
Description
Displays the rising threshold for the sampled statistic.
Displays the falling threshold for the sampled statistic.
Displays the last sampled value.
Displays the rising alarm event index that is triggered when a rising threshold is crossed.
Displays the falling alarm event index that is triggered when a falling threshold is crossed.
Displays the MIB Object Identifier for each alarm index.
Displays the owner of the alarm instance.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 115
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
RMON Event Information
The following command displays RMON Alarm information: show rmon event
Command mode: All
RMON Event group configuration:
Index Type Last Sent Description
----- ---- ---------------- ---------------------------------
1 both 0D: 0H: 1M:20S Event_1
2 none 0D: 0H: 0M: 0S Event_2
3 log 0D: 0H: 0M: 0S Event_3
4 trap 0D: 0H: 0M: 0S Event_4
5 both 0D: 0H: 0M: 0S Log and trap event for Link Down
10 both 0D: 0H: 0M: 0S Log and trap event for Link Up
11 both 0D: 0H: 0M: 0S Send log and trap for icmpInMsg
15 both 0D: 0H: 0M: 0S Send log and trap for icmpInEchos
Index Owner
----- ---------------------------------------------
1 dan
The following table describes the RMON Event Information parameters.
Table 54 RMON Event Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Index
Type
Last sent
Description
Owner
Description
Displays the index number that identifies each event instance.
Displays the type of notification provided for this event, as follows: none, log, trap, both.
Displays the time that passed since the last switch reboot, when the most recent event was triggered. This value is cleared when the switch reboots.
Displays a text description of the event.
Displays the owner of the alarm instance.
116 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Link Status Information
The following command displays link information: show interface link
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Alias Port Speed Duplex Flow Ctrl Link
----- ---- ----- -------- --TX-----RX-- ------
1 1 10000 full yes yes up
2 2 10000 full yes yes up
3 3 10000 full yes yes up
4 4 10000 full yes yes up
5 5 10000 full yes yes down
6 6 10000 full yes yes up
7 7 10000 full yes yes up
8 8 10000 full yes yes up
9 9 10000 full yes yes down
10 10 10000 full yes yes up
11 11 10000 full yes yes up
12 12 10000 full yes yes up
13 13 10000 full yes yes up
14 14 10000 full yes yes up
15 15 10000 full yes yes down
16 16 10000 full yes yes up
17 17 10000 full yes yes up
18 18 10000 full yes yes up
19 19 10000 full yes yes up
20 20 10000 full yes yes down
21 21 10000 full yes yes up
22 22 10000 full yes yes up
23 23 10000 full yes yes up
24 24 10000 full yes yes up
MGTA 25 100 full yes yes up
MGTB 26 10 half yes yes down
Use this command to display link status information about each port on the G8124 , including:
Port alias and port number
Port speed and Duplex mode (half, full, any)
Flow control for transmit and receive (no, yes, or both)
Link status (up, down, or disabled)
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 117
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Port Information
The following command displays port information: show interface information
Command mode: All
Alias Port Tag RMON Lrn Fld PVID NAME VLAN(s)
----- ---- --- ---- --- --- ----- -------------- ----------------------
1 1 n d e e 1 1
2 2 n d e e 1 1
3 3 n d e e 1 1
4 4 n d e e 1 1
5 5 n d e e 1 1
6 6 n d e e 1 1
7 7 n d e e 1 1
8 8 n d e e 1 1
9 9 n d e e 1 1
10 10 n d e e 1 1
11 11 n d e e 1 1
12 12 n d e e 1 1
13 13 n d e e 1 1
14 14 n d e e 1 1
15 15 n d e e 1 1
16 16 n d e e 1 1
17 17 n d e e 1 1
18 18 n d e e 1 1
19 19 n d e e 1 1
20 20 n d e e 1 1
21 21 n d e e 1 1
22 22 n d e e 1 1
23 23 n d e e 1 1
24 24 n d e e 1 1
MGTA 25 n d e e 4095 4095
MGTB 26 n d e e 4095 4095
* = PVID is tagged.
Port information includes:
Port alias and number
Whether the port uses VLAN tagging or not (y or n)
Whether the port has FDB learning enabled (Lrn)
Whether the port has Port Flood Blocking enabled (Fld)
Port VLAN ID (PVID)
Port name
VLAN membership
118 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Port Transceiver Status
The following command displays the status of the transceiver module on each port: show transceiver
Command mode: All
Ports :
SFP1 SFP+: Is Present NOT APPROVED
SFP2 SFP+: Is Present Is Approved
Vendor:Blade Network Part:BN-CKM-SP-SR Rev:-SP-
Laser:850nm Serial:AD0752E01KL Date:071225
SFP3 SFP+: Is Present NOT APPROVED
SFP4 SFP+: Is Present NOT APPROVED
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 119
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Virtual Machines Information
The following command display information about Virtual Machines (VMs).
Table 55 Virtual Machines Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage
show virt port <port alias or number>
Displays Virtual Machine information for the selected port.
Command mode: All show virt vm
Displays all Virtual Machine information.
Command mode: All
VM Information
The following command displays VM information: show virt vm
Command mode: All
IP Address VMAC Address Index Port VM Group (Profile)
---------------- ----------------- ----- ------- ------------------
*127.31.46.50 00:50:56:4e:62:f5 4 3
*127.31.46.10 00:50:56:4f:f2:85 2 4
+127.31.46.51 00:50:56:72:ec:86 1 3
+127.31.46.11 00:50:56:7c:1c:ca 3 4
127.31.46.25 00:50:56:9c:00:c8 5 4
127.31.46.15 00:50:56:9c:21:2f 0 4
127.31.46.35 00:50:56:9c:29:29 6 3
Number of entries: 8
* indicates VMware ESX Service Console Interface
+ indicates VMware ESX/ESXi VMKernel or Management Interface
VM information includes the following for each Virtual Machine (VM):
IP address
MAC address
Index number assigned to the VM
Server port on which the VM was detected
VM group that contains the VM, if applicable
120 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
VMware Information
Use these commands to display information about Virtual Machines (VMs) and VMware hosts in the data center. These commands require the presence of a configured Virtual Center.
Table 56 VMware Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage show virt vmware hosts
Displays a list of VMware hosts.
Command mode: All
show virt vmware showhost <host UUID>|<host IP address>|<host name>
Displays detailed information about a specific VMware host.
Command mode: All
show virt vmware showvm <VM UUID>|<VM IP address>|<VM name>
Displays detailed information about a specific Virtual Machine (VM).
Command mode: All show virt vmware vms
Displays a list of VMs.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 121
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
VMware Host Information
The following command displays VM host information: show virt vmware hosts
Command mode: A ll
UUID Name(s), IP Address
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
80a42681-d0e5-5910-a0bf-bd23bd3f7803 127.12.41.30
3c2e063c-153c-dd11-8b32-a78dd1909a69 127.12.46.10
64f1fe30-143c-dd11-84f2-a8ba2cd7ae40 127.12.44.50
c818938e-143c-dd11-9f7a-d8defa4b83bf 127.12.46.20
fc719af0-093c-dd11-95be-b0adac1bcf86 127.12.46.30
009a581a-143c-dd11-be4c-c9fb65ff04ec 127.12.46.40
VM host information includes the following:
UUID associated with the VMware host.
Name or IP address of the VMware host.
122 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
vNIC Information
The following commands display information about Virtual NICs (vNICs).
Table 57 vNIC Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage show vnic vnic
Displays information about each vNIC.
Command mode: All show vnic vnicgroup
Displays information about each vNIC Group, including:
Status (enabled or disabled)
VLAN assigned to the vNIC Group
Uplink Failover status (enabled or disabled)
Link status for each vNIC (up, down, or disabled)
Port link status for each port associated with the vNIC Group (up, down, or disabled)
Command mode: All show vnic information-dump
Displays all vNIC information.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 123
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Virtual NIC (vNIC) Information
The following command displays Virtual NIC (vNIC) information: show vnic vnic
Command mode: All vNIC vNICGroup Vlan MaxBandwidth Link
-------- --------- ------ ------------ ---------
1.1 1 3001 30 up
1.2 2 3002 20 up
1.3 3 3003 15 up
1.4 4 3004 10 up
6.1 10 1234 15 up
6.2 # * 5 up
6.3 # * 40 up
6.4 # * 40 up
7.1 1 3001 40 up
7.2 2 3002 24 up
7.3 3 3003 23 up
8.1 1 3001 25 down
8.2 2 3002 25 down
...
# = Not added to any vNIC group
* = Not added to any vNIC group or no vlan set for its vNIC group vNIC information includes the following for each vNIC:
vNIC ID
vNIC Group that contains the vNIC
VLAN assigned to the vNIC Group
Maximum bandwidth allocated to the vNIC
MAC address of the vNIC, if applicable
Link status (up, down, or disabled)
124 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
vNIC Group Information
The following command displays vNIC Group information: show vnic vnicgroup
Command mode: All vNIC Group 1: enabled
----------------------------------------------
VLAN : 3001
Failover : enabled vNIC Link
---------- ---------
1.1 up
7.1 up
8.1 down
9.1 up
10.1 up
Port Link
---------- ---------
2 up
UplinkPort Link
---------- ---------
10 up vNIC Group information includes the following for each vNIC Group:
Status (enabled or disabled)
VLAN assigned to the vNIC Group
Uplink Failover status (enabled or disabled)
Link status for each vNIC (up, down, or disabled)
Port link status for each port associated with the vNIC Group (up, down, or disabled)
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 125
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Converged Enhanced Ethernet Information
Table 58 describes the Converged Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) information options.
Table 58 CEE Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage show cee information
Displays all CEE information
Command mode: All
DCBX Information
Table 59 describes the Data Center Bridging Capability Exchange (DCBX) protocol information
options.
Table 59 DCBX Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage
show cee information dcbx port <port alias or number> control
Displays information about the DCBX Control state machine for the selected port.
Command mode: All
show cee information dcbx port <port alias or number> feature
Displays information about the DCBX Feature state machine for the selected port.
Command mode: All
show cee information dcbx port <port alias or number> ets
Displays information about the DCBX ETS state machine. For details, see page 129 .
Command mode: All
show cee information dcbx port <port alias or number> pfc
Displays information about the DCBX PFC state machine. For details, see page 130 .
Command mode: All
126 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 59 DCBX Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage
show cee information dcbx port <port alias or number> app_proto
Displays information about the DCBX Application Protocol state machine on the selected port. For details, see
.
Command mode: All
show cee information dcbx port <port alias or number>
Displays all DCBX information.
Command mode: All
DCBX Control Information
The following command displays DCBX Control information:
show cee information dcbx port <port alias or number> control
Command mode: All
Alias Port OperStatus OperVer MaxVer SeqNo AckNo
----- ---- ---------- ------- ------ ----- -----
1 1 enabled 0 0 0 0
2 2 enabled 0 0 4 2
3 3 enabled 0 0 0 0
4 4 enabled 0 0 1 1
...
20 20 enabled 0 0 0 0
21 21 enabled 0 0 0 0
22 22 enabled 0 0 0 0
23 23 enabled 0 0 0 0
24 24 enabled 0 0 0 0
DCBX Control information includes the following:
Port alias and number
DCBX status (enabled or disabled)
Operating version negotiated with the peer device
Maximum operating version supported by the system
Sequence number that changes each time a DCBX parameter in one or more DCB feature TLVs changes
Sequence number of the most recent DCB feature TLV that has been acknowledged
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 127
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
DCBX Feature Information
The following command displays DCBX Feature information:
show cee information dcbx port <port alias or number> feature
Command mode: All
DCBX Port Feature State-machine Info
====================================
Alias Port Type AdmState Will Advrt OpVer MxVer PrWill SeqNo Err OperMode Syncd
----- ---- ------- -------- ---- ----- ----- ----- ------ ----- --- -------- ---
1 1 ETS enabled No Yes 0 0 No 0 No disabled No
2 2 ETS enabled No Yes 0 0 Yes 4 No enabled Yes
3 3 ETS enabled No Yes 0 0 No 0 No disabled No
4 4 ETS enabled No Yes 0 0 Yes 1 No enabled Yes
5 5 ETS enabled No Yes 0 0 Yes 1 No enabled Yes
6 6 ETS disabled No Yes 0 0 No 0 No disabled No
7 7 ETS disabled No Yes 0 0 No 0 No disabled No
8 8 ETS disabled No Yes 0 0 No 0 No disabled No
9 9 ETS disabled No Yes 0 0 No 0 No disabled No
10 10 ETS enabled No Yes 0 0 No 0 No disabled No
...
The following table describes the DCBX Feature information.
Table 60 DCBX Feature Information Fields
Parameter
Alias
Port
Type
AdmState
Will
Advrt
OpVer
MxVer
PrWill
SeqNo
Err
Description
Displays each port’s alias.
Displays each port’s number.
Feature type
Feature status (Enabled or Disabled)
Willing flag status (Yes/True or No/Untrue)
Advertisement flag status (Yes/True or No/Untrue)
Operating version negotiated with the peer device
Maximum operating version supported by the system
Peer’s Willing flag status (Yes/True or No/Untrue)
Sequence number that changes each time a DCBX parameter in one or more DCB feature TLVs changes
Error condition flag (Yes or No). Yes indicates that an error occurred during the exchange od configuration data with the peer.
128 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Parameter
OperMode
Syncd
Table 60 DCBX Feature Information Fields
Description
Operating status negotiated with the peer device (enabled or disabled)
Synchronization status between this port and the peer (Yes or No)
DCBX ETS Information
The following command displays DCBX ETS information:
show cee information dcbx port <port alias or number> ets
Command mode: All
DCBX Port Priority Group - Priority Allocation Table
====================================================
Alias Port Priority PgIdDes PgIdOper PgIdPeer
----- ---- -------- ------- -------- --------
2 2 0 PGID0 PGID0 PGID0
2 2 1 PGID0 PGID0 PGID0
2 2 2 PGID0 PGID0 PGID0
2 2 3 PGID1 PGID0 PGID0
2 2 4 PGID2 PGID0 PGID0
2 2 5 PGID2 PGID0 PGID0
2 2 6 PGID2 PGID0 PGID0
2 2 7 PGID2 PGID0 PGID0
DCBX Port Priority Group - Bandwidth Allocation Table
=====================================================
Alias Port PrioGrp BwDes BwOper BwPeer
----- ---- ------- ----- ------ ------
2 2 0 10 10 50
2 2 1 50 50 50
2 2 2 40 40 0
The following table describes the DCBX ETS information.
Table 61 DCBX Feature Information Fields
Parameter Description
DCBX Port Priority Group - Priority Allocation Table
Alias Displays each port’s alias
Port
PgIdDes
Displays each port’s number
Priority Group ID configured on this switch
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 129
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 61 DCBX Feature Information Fields
Parameter
PgIdOper
PgIdPeer
Description
Priority Group negotiated with the peer (operating Priority Group).
Priority Group ID configured on the peer
DCBX Port Priority Group - Bandwidth Allocation Table
BwDes Bandwidth allocation configured on this switch
BwOper
BwPeer
Bandwidth allocation negotiated with the peer (operating bandwidth)
Bandwidth allocation configured on the peer
DCBX PFC Information
The following command displays DCBX Priority Flow Control (PFC) information:
show cee information dcbx port <port alias or number> pfc
Command mode: All
DCBX Port Priority Flow Control Table
=====================================
Alias Port Priority EnableDesr EnableOper EnablePeer
----- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 2 0 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 1 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 2 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 3 enabled disabled disabled
2 2 4 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 5 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 6 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 7 disabled disabled disabled
DCBX PFC information includes the following:
Port alias and number
802.1p value
EnableDesr: Status configured on this switch
EnableOper: Status negotiated with the peer (operating status)
EnablePeer: Status configured on the peer
130 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
DCBX Application Protocol Information
The following command displays DCBX Application Protocol information:
show cee information dcbx port <port alias or number> app-proto
Command mode: All
DCBX Application Protocol Table
===============================
FCoE Priority Information
=========================
Protocol ID : 0x8906
Selector Field : 0
Organizationally Unique ID: 0x1b21
Alias Port Priority EnableDesr EnableOper EnablePeer
----- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 2 0 enabled enabled enabled
2 2 1 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 2 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 3 enabled enabled enabled
2 2 4 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 5 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 6 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 7 disabled disabled disabled
FIP Snooping Priority Information
=================================
Protocol ID : 0x8914
Selector Field : 0
Organizationally Unique ID: 0x1b21
Alias Port Priority EnableDesr EnableOper EnablePeer
----- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 2 0 enabled enabled enabled
2 2 1 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 2 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 3 enabled enabled enabled
2 2 4 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 5 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 6 disabled disabled disabled
2 2 7 disabled disabled disabled
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 131
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
The following table describes the DCBX Application Protocol information.
Table 62 DCBX Application Protocol Information Fields
Parameter
Protocol ID
Selector Field
Description
Identifies the supported Application Protocol.
Specifies the Application Protocol type, as follows:
0 = Ethernet Type
1 = TCP socket ID
DCBX TLV identifier Organizationally
Unique ID
Alias
Port
Priority
EnableDesr
EnableOper
EnablePeer
Port alias
Port number
802.1p value
Status configured on this switch
Status negotiated with the peer (operating status)
Status configured on the peer
132 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
ETS Information
Table 63 describes the Enhanced Transmission Selection (ETS) information options
Table 63 ETS Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage show cee global ets information
Displays global ETS information.
Command mode: All
The following command displays ETS information: show cee global ets information
Command mode: All
Global ETS information:
Number of COSq: 8
Mapping of 802.1p Priority to Priority Groups:
Priority PGID COSq
-------- ---- ----
0 0 0
1 0 0
2 0 0
3 1 1
4 2 2
5 2 2
6 2 2
7 2 2
Bandwidth Allocation to Priority Groups:
PGID PG% Description
---- --- -----------
0 10
1 50
2 40
Enhanced Transmission Selection (ETS) information includes the following:
Number of Class of Service queues (COSq) configured
802.1p mapping to Priority Groups and Class of Service queues
Bandwidth allocated to each Priority Group
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 133
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
PFC Information
Table 64 describes the Priority Flow Control (PFC) information options.
Table 64 PFC Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage show cee global pfc information
Displays PFC information.
Command mode: All
The following command displays PFC port information:
show cee port <port alias or number> pfc information
Command mode: All
Global PFC Information:
PFC - ON
Priority State Description
-------- ----- -----------
0 Dis
1 Dis
2 Dis
3 Ena
4 Dis
5 Dis
6 Dis
7 Dis
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
State - indicates whether PFC is Enabled/Disabled on a particular priority
134 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
FCoE Information
Table 65 describes the Fiber Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) information options.
Table 65 FCoE Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage show fcoe information
Displays all current FCoE information.
Command mode: All
FIP Snooping Information
Table 66 describes the Fiber Channel Initialization Protocol (FIP) Snooping information options
Table 66 FIP Snooping Information Options
Command Syntax and Usage
show fcoe fips port <port alias or number> information
Displays FIP Snooping (FIPS) information for the selected port, including a list of current
FIPS ACLs.
Command mode: All show fcoe fips fcf
Displays FCF information for all ports.
Command mode: All show fcoe fips fcoe
Displays FCoE connections established on the switch.
Command mode: All show fcoe fips information
Displays FIP Snooping information for all ports.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 2: Information Commands 135
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
The following command displays FIP Snooping information for the selected port:
show fcoe fips port <port alias or number> information
Command mode: All
FIP Snooping on port INT2:
This port has been configured to automatically detect FCF.
It has currently detected to have 0 FCF connecting to it.
FIPS ACLs configured on this port:
SMAC 00:c0:dd:13:9b:6f, action deny.
SMAC 00:c0:dd:13:9b:70, action deny.
SMAC 00:c0:dd:13:9b:6d, action deny.
SMAC 00:c0:dd:13:9b:6e, action deny.
DMAC 00:c0:dd:13:9b:6f, ethertype 0x8914, action permit.
DMAC 00:c0:dd:13:9b:70, ethertype 0x8914, action permit.
DMAC 00:c0:dd:13:9b:6d, ethertype 0x8914, action permit.
DMAC 00:c0:dd:13:9b:6e, ethertype 0x8914, action permit.
SMAC 0e:fc:00:01:0a:00, DMAC 00:c0:dd:13:9b:6d, ethertype 0x8906, vlan
1002, action permit.
DMAC 01:10:18:01:00:01, Ethertype 0x8914, action permit.
DMAC 01:10:18:01:00:02, Ethertype 0x8914, action permit.
Ethertype 0x8914, action deny.
Ethertype 0x8906, action deny.
SMAC 0e:fc:00:00:00:00, SMAC mask ff:ff:ff:00:00:00, action deny.
FIP Snooping port information includes the following:
Fiber Channel Forwarding (FCF) mode
Number of FCF links connected to the port
List of FIP Snooping ACLs assigned to the port
Information Dump
The following command dumps switch information: show information-dump
Command mode: All
Use the dump command to dump all switch information available (10K or more, depending on your configuration). This data is useful for tuning and debugging switch performance.
If you want to capture dump data to a file, set your communication software on your workstation to capture session data prior to issuing the dump commands.
136 Chapter 2: Information Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
C
HAPTER
3
Statistics Commands
You can use the Statistics Commands to view switch performance statistics in both the user and administrator command modes. This chapter discusses how to use the command line interface to display switch statistics.
Table 67 Statistics Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show layer3 counters
Command mode: All
Displays Layer 3 statistics. show snmp-server counters
Command mode: All
Displays SNMP statistics. See page 194 for sample output.
show ntp counters
Displays Network Time Protocol (NTP) Statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 198 for a sample output and a description of NTP Statistics.
show counters
Dumps all switch statistics. Use this command to gather data for tuning and debugging switch performance. If you want to capture dump data to a file, set your communication software on your workstation to capture session data prior to issuing the dump command.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 137
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Port Statistics
These commands display traffic statistics on a port-by-port basis. Traffic statistics include SNMP
Management Information Base (MIB) objects.
Table 68 Port Statistics Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show interface port <port alias or number> active-multipath counters
Displays AMP statistics for the port.
Command mode: All
See page 140 for sample output.
clear interface port <port alias or number> active-multipath
Clears AMP statistics for the port.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
show interface port <port alias or number> bridging-counters
Displays bridging (“dot1”) statistics for the port.
Command mode: All
See page 141 for sample output.
show interface port <port alias or number> bridging-rate
Displays per-second bridging (“dot1”) statistics for the port.
Command mode: All
show interface port <port alias or number> ethernet-counters
Displays Ethernet (“dot3”) statistics for the port.
Command mode: All
See page 142 for sample output.
show interface port <port alias or number> ethernet-rate
Displays per-second Ethernet (“dot3”) statistics for the port.
Command mode: All
138 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 68 Port Statistics Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show interface port <port alias or number> interface-counters
Displays interface statistics for the port.
Command mode: All
See page 145 for sample output.
show interface port <port alias or number> interface-rate
Displays per-second interface statistics for the port.
Command mode: All
show interface port <port alias or number> link-counters
Displays link statistics for the port.
Command mode: All
See page 147 for sample output.
show interface port <port alias or number> rmon-counters
Displays Remote Monitoring (RMON) statistics for the port.
Command mode: All
See page 148 for sample output.
show interface port <port alias or number> counters
Displays statistics for the port.
Command mode: All
clear interface port <port alias or number> counters
Clears all statistics for the port.
Command mode: All except User EXEC clear interfaces
Clears statistics for all ports.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 139
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Active MultiPath Statistics
This option displays the Active MultiPath Protocol (AMP) statistics of the selected port.
AMP statistics for port 1:
Keep-alive packets sent: 0
Keep-alive packets rcvd: 0
Fdb-Flush packets sent: 0
Fdb-Flush packets rcvd: 0
Dropped packets : 0
Table 69 AMP Statistics of a Port
Statistics Description
Keep-alive packets sent Number of keep-alive packets sent.
Keep-alive packets rcvd Number of keep-alive packets received.
Fdb-Flush packets sent Number of FDB-flush packets sent.
Fdb-Flush packets rcvd Number of FDB-flush packets received.
Dropped packets Number of invalid AMP packets dropped.
140 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Bridging Statistics
Use the following command to display the bridging statistics of the selected port: show interface port <port alias or number> bridging-counters
Command mode: All
Bridging statistics for port 1: dot1PortInFrames: 63242584 dot1PortOutFrames: 63277826 dot1PortInDiscards: 0 dot1TpLearnedEntryDiscards: 0 dot1StpPortForwardTransitions: 0 dot1TpLearnedEntry
Discards dot1StpPortForward
Transitions
Table 70 Bridging Statistics of a Port
Statistics dot1PortInFrames dot1PortOutFrames dot1PortInDiscards
Description
The number of frames that have been received by this port from its segment. A frame received on the interface corresponding to this port is only counted by this object if and only if it is for a protocol being processed by the local bridging function, including bridge management frames.
The number of frames that have been transmitted by this port to its segment. Note that a frame transmitted on the interface corresponding to this port is only counted by this object if and only if it is for a protocol being processed by the local bridging function, including bridge management frames.
Count of valid frames received which were discarded (that is, filtered) by the Forwarding Process.
The total number of Forwarding Database entries, which have been or would have been learnt, but have been discarded due to a lack of space to store them in the Forwarding Database. If this counter is increasing, it indicates that the Forwarding Database is regularly becoming full (a condition which has unpleasant performance effects on the subnetwork). If this counter has a significant value but is not presently increasing, it indicates that the problem has been occurring but is not persistent.
The number of times this port has transitioned from the Learning state to the Forwarding state.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 141
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Ethernet Statistics
Use the following command to display the ethernet statistics of the selected port: show interface port <port alias or number> ethernet-counters
Command mode: All
Ethernet statistics for port 1: dot3StatsAlignmentErrors: 0 dot3StatsFCSErrors: 0 dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames: 0 dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames: 0 dot3StatsLateCollisions: 0 dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions: 0 dot3StatsInternalMacTransmitErrors: NA dot3StatsFrameTooLongs: 0 dot3StatsInternalMacReceiveErrors: 0
Table 71 Ethernet Statistics for Port
Statistics Description dot3StatsAlignment Errors A count of frames received on a particular interface that are not an integral number of octets in length and do not pass the Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) check.
dot3StatsFCSErrors
The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the alignmentError status is returned by the MAC service to the Logical Link Control (LLC) (or other MAC user). Received frames for which multiple error conditions obtained are, according to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer Management, counted exclusively according to the error status presented to the LLC.
A count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) check.
The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameCheckError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user). Received frames for which multiple error conditions obtained are, according to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer Management, counted exclusively according to the error status presented to the LLC.
142 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 71 Ethernet Statistics for Port
Statistics dot3StatsSingleCollision
Frames
Description
A count of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for which transmission is inhibited by exactly one collision.
dot3StatsMultipleCollision
Frames
A frame that is counted by an instance of this object is also counted by the corresponding instance of either the ifOutUcastPkts, ifOutMulticastPkts, or ifOutBroadcastPkts, and is not counted by the corresponding instance of the dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrame object.
A count of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision.
dot3StatsLateCollisions dot3StatsExcessive
Collisions dot3StatsInternalMac
TransmitErrors
A frame that is counted by an instance of this object is also counted by the corresponding instance of either the ifOutUcastPkts, ifOutMulticastPkts, or ifOutBroadcastPkts, and is not counted by the corresponding instance of the dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames object.
The number of times that a collision is detected on a particular interface later than 512 bit-times into the transmission of a packet.
Five hundred and twelve bit-times corresponds to 51.2 microseconds on a 10 Mbit/s system. A (late) collision included in a count represented by an instance of this object is also considered as a
(generic) collision for purposes of other collision-related statistics.
A count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails due to excessive collisions.
A count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails due to an internal MAC sub layer transmit error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted by the corresponding instance of either the dot3StatsLateCollisions object, the dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions object, or the dot3StatsCarrierSenseErrors object.
The precise meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object is implementation-specific. In particular, an instance of this object may represent a count of transmission errors on a particular interface that are not otherwise counted.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 143
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 71 Ethernet Statistics for Port
Statistics Description dot3StatsFrameTooLongs A count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum permitted frame size.
dot3StatsInternalMac
ReceiveErrors
The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameTooLong status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user). Received frames for which multiple error conditions obtained are, according to the conventions of IEEE
802.3 Layer Management, counted exclusively according to the error status presented to the LLC.
A count of frames for which reception on a particular interface fails due to an internal MAC sub layer receive error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted by the corresponding instance of either the dot3StatsFrameTooLongs object, the dot3StatsAlignmentErrors object, or the dot3StatsFCSErrors object.
The precise meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object is implementation-specific. In particular, an instance of this object may represent a count of received errors on a particular interface that are not otherwise counted.
144 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Interface Statistics
Use the following command to display the interface statistics of the selected port: show interface port <port alias or number> interface-counters
Command mode: All
Interface statistics for port 1:
ifHCIn Counters ifHCOut Counters
Octets: 51697080313 51721056808
UcastPkts: 65356399 65385714
BroadcastPkts: 0 6516
MulticastPkts: 0 0
FlowCtrlPkts: 0 0
Discards: 0 0
Errors: 0 21187
Statistics ifInOctets
Table 72 Interface Statistics for Port ifInUcastPkts ifInBroadcastPkts ifInMulticastPkts ifInFlowControlPkts ifInDiscards
Description
The total number of octets received on the interface, including framing characters.
The number of packets, delivered by this sub-layer to a higher sub- layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sub-layer.
The number of packets, delivered by this sub-layer to a higher sub- layer, which were addressed to a broadcast address at this sub-layer.
The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested to be transmitted, and which were addressed to a multicast address at this sub-layer, including those that were discarded or not sent. For a MAC layer protocol, this includes both Group and Functional addresses.
The total number of flow control pause packets received on the interface.
The number of inbound packets which were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being delivered to a higher-layer protocol. One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 145
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Statistics ifInErrors ifOutOctets ifOutErrors
Table 72 Interface Statistics for Port ifOutUcastPkts ifOutBroadcastPkts ifOutMulticastPkts ifOutFlowControlPkts ifOutDiscards
Description
For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being delivered to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol.
The total number of octets transmitted out of the interface, including framing characters.
The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested to be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sub-layer, including those that were discarded or not sent.
The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested to be transmitted, and which were addressed to a broadcast address at this sub-layer, including those that were discarded or not sent. This object is a 64-bit version of ifOutBroadcastPkts.
The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested to be transmitted, and which were addressed to a multicast address at this sub-layer, including those that were discarded or not sent. For a MAC layer protocol, this includes both Group and Functional addresses. This object is a 64-bit version of ifOutMulticastPkts.
The total number of flow control pause packets transmitted out of the interface.
The number of outbound packets which were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being transmitted. One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space.
For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors.
146 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Link Statistics
Use the following command to display the link statistics of the selected port: show interface port <port alias or number> link-counters
Command mode: All
Link statistics for port 1: linkStateChange: 1
Table 73 Link Statistics
Statistics linkStateChange
Description
The total number of link state changes.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 147
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
RMON Statistics
Use the following command to display the Remote Monitoring (RMON) statistics of the selected port: show interface port <port alias or number> rmon-counters
Command mode: All .
Statistics etherStatsDropEvents etherStatsOctets etherStatsPkts
RMON statistics for port EXT2: etherStatsDropEvents: NA etherStatsOctets: 0 etherStatsPkts: 0 etherStatsBroadcastPkts: 0 etherStatsMulticastPkts: 0 etherStatsCRCAlignErrors: 0 etherStatsUndersizePkts: 0 etherStatsOversizePkts: 0 etherStatsFragments: NA etherStatsJabbers: 0 etherStatsCollisions: 0 etherStatsPkts64Octets: 0 etherStatsPkts65to127Octets: 0 etherStatsPkts128to255Octets: 0 etherStatsPkts256to511Octets: 0 etherStatsPkts512to1023Octets: 0 etherStatsPkts1024to1518Octets: 0 etherStatsBroadcastPkts etherStatsMulticastPkts
Table 74 RMON Statistics
Description
The total number of packets received that were dropped because of system resource constraints.
The total number of octets of data (including those in bad packets) received on the network (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received.
The total number of good packets received that were directed to the broadcast address.
The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address.
148 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Statistics etherStatsCRCAlignErrors etherStatsUndersizePkts etherStatsOversizePkts etherStatsFragments etherStatsJabbers etherStatsCollisions etherStatsPkts64Octets etherStatsPkts65to127
Octets etherStatsPkts128to255
Octets etherStatsPkts256to511
Octets
Table 74 RMON Statistics
Description
The total number of packets received that had a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets
(FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment
Error).
The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets long
(excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) and were otherwise well formed.
The total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets
(excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) and were otherwise well formed.
The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets in length
(excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) and had either a bad Frame
Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad
FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error).
The total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets
(excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets), and had either a bad Frame
Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad
FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). Jabber is defined as the condition where any packet exceeds 20 ms. The allowed range to detect jabber is between 20 ms and 150 ms.
The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment.
The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were less than or equal to 64 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were greater than 64 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were greater than 127 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were greater than 255 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 149
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Statistics etherStatsPkts512to1023
Octets etherStatsPkts1024to1518
Octets
Table 74 RMON Statistics
Description
The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were greater than 511 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were greater than 1023 octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
150 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Layer 2 Statistics
Table 75 Layer 2 Statistics Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show active-multipath counters
Displays Active MultiPath Protocol (AMP) statistics. For more detailed commands, see
.
Command mode: All clear active-multipath
Clears all AMP statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
clear active-multipath group <AMP group number>
Clears AMP statistics for the selected group.
Command mode: All except User EXEC show mac-address-table counters
Displays FDB statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 155 for sample output.
clear mac-address-table counters
Clears FDB statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
show interface port <port alias or number> lacp counters
Displays Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 156 for sample output.
clear interface port <port alias or number> lacp counters
Clears Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 151
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 75 Layer 2 Statistics Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show hotlinks counters
Displays Hot Links statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
See page 157 for sample output.
clear hotlinks
Clears all Hot Links statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
show interface port <port alias or number> lldp counters
Displays LLDP statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
See page 158 for sample output.
show oam counters
Displays OAM statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
See page 159 for sample output.
152 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Active MultiPath Statistics
Table 76 AMP Statistics Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show active-multipath counters
Displays all AMP statistics.
Command mode: All
show active-multipath group [<AMP group number>] counters
Displays AMP statistics for the selected AMP group. See page 154 for sample output.
Command mode: All
clear active-multipath [<AMP group number>]
Clears AMP statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 153
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Active MultiPath Group Statistics
The following command displays Active MultiPath statistics: show active-multipath group counters
Command mode: All
Keep-alive Pkts Fdb-Flush Pkts Pkts
Group Link Sent Rcvd Sent Rcvd Dropped
----- ----------- --------------------- --------------------- ---------
1 PoCh 2 22 22 0 0 0
PoCh 3 22 21 0 0 0
2 PoCh 2 22 22 0 0 0
PoCh 13 22 22 0 0 0
3 PoCh 2 22 22 0 0 0
Port 5 22 22 0 0 0
This displays shows AMP group statistics for an aggregator switch. AMP statistics are described in the following table:
Table 77 AMP Statistics
Statistic
Group
Link
Keep-alive Pkts Sent
Keep-alive Pkts Rcvd
Fdb-Flush Pkts Sent
Fdb-Flush Pkts Rcvd
Packets Dropped
Description
AMP group number.
Ports/portchannels (trunks) used for the AMP link.
Number of keep-alive packets sent.
Number of keep-alive packets received.
Number of FDB-flush packets sent.
Number of FDB-flush packets received.
Number of invalid AMP packets dropped.
154 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
FDB Statistics
Use the following command to display statistics regarding the use of the forwarding database, including the number of new entries, finds, and unsuccessful searches: show mac-address-table counters
Command mode: All
FDB statistics:
current: 83 hiwat: 855
FDB statistics are described in the following table:
Table 78 Forwarding Database Statistics
Statistic current hiwat
Description
Current number of entries in the Forwarding Database.
Highest number of entries recorded at any given time in the
Forwarding Database.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 155
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
LACP Statistics
Use the following command to display Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) statistics: show interface port <port alias or number> lacp counters
Command mode: All
Port 1:
--------------------------------------
Valid LACPDUs received: - 870
Valid Marker PDUs received: - 0
Valid Marker Rsp PDUs received: - 0
Unknown version/TLV type: - 0
Illegal subtype received: - 0
LACPDUs transmitted: - 6031
Marker PDUs transmitted: - 0
Marker Rsp PDUs transmitted: - 0
Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) statistics are described in the following table:
Table 79 LACP Statistics
Statistic
Valid LACPDUs received
Valid Marker PDUs received
Description
Total number of valid LACP data units received.
Total number of valid LACP marker data units received.
Valid Marker Rsp PDUs received
Total number of valid LACP marker response data units received.
Unknown version/TLV type
Total number of LACP data units with an unknown version or type, length, and value (TLV) received.
Illegal subtype received Total number of LACP data units with an illegal subtype received.
LACPDUs transmitted Total number of LACP data units transmitted.
Total number of LACP marker data units transmitted. Marker PDUs transmitted
Marker Rsp PDUs transmitted
Total number of LACP marker response data units transmitted.
156 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Hotlinks Statistics
Use the following command to display Hot Links statistics: show hotlinks counters
Command mode: All
Hot Links Trigger Stats:
Trigger 1 statistics:
Trigger Name: Trigger 1
Master active: 0
Backup active: 0
FDB update: 0 failed: 0
The following table describes the Hotlinks statistics:
Table 80 Hotlinks Statistics
Statistic
Master active
Description
Backup active
FDB update failed
Total number of times the Master interface transitioned to the Active state.
Total number of times the Backup interface transitioned to the Active state.
Total number of FDB update requests sent.
Total number of FDB update requests that failed.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 157
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
LLDP Port Statistics
Use the following command to display LLDP statistics:
show interface port <port alias or number> lldp counters
Command mode: All
LLDP Port 1 Statistics
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Frames Transmitted : 0
Frames Received : 0
Frames Received in Errors : 0
Frames Discarded : 0
TLVs Unrecognized : 0
Neighbors Aged Out : 0
...
The following table describes the LLDP port statistics:
Table 81 LLDP port Statistics
Statistic
Frames
Transmitted
Frames Received
Frames Received in Errors
Frames Discarded
TLVs Unrecognized
Neighbors Aged
Out
Description
Total number of LLDP frames transmitted.
Total number of LLDP frames received.
Total number of LLDP frames that had errors.
Total number of LLDP frames discarded.
Total number of unrecognized TLV (Type, Length, and Value) fields received.
Total number of neighbor devices that have had their LLDP information aged out.
158 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OAM Statistics
Use the following command to display OAM statistics: show oam counters
Command mode: Al l
OAM statistics on port 1
------------------------------------------
Information OAMPDU Tx : 0
Information OAMPDU Rx : 0
Unsupported OAMPDU Tx : 0
Unsupported OAMPDU Tx : 0
Local faults
-------------
0 Link fault records
0 Critical events
0 Dying gasps
Remote faults
-------------
0 Link fault records
0 Critical events
0 Dying gasps
OAM statistics include the following:
Total number of OAM Protocol Data Units (OAMPDU) transmitted and received.
Total number of unsupported OAM Protocol Data Units (OAMPDU) transmitted and received.
Local faults detected
Remote faults detected
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 159
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Layer 3 Statistics
Table 82 Layer 3 Statistics Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show ip counters
Displays IP statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 164 for sample output.
clear ip counters
Clears IPv4 statistics. Use this command with caution as it deletes all the IPv4 statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC show ip route counters
Displays route statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 166 for sample output.
show ip arp counters
Displays Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 166 for sample output.
show ip dns counters
Displays Domain Name System (DNS) statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 167 for sample output.
show ip icmp counters
Displays ICMP statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 167 for sample output.
160 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 82 Layer 3 Statistics Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show ip tcp counters
Displays TCP statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 170 for sample output.
show ip udp counters
Displays UDP statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 172 for sample output.
show ip ospf counters
Displays OSPF statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 175 for sample output.
show ip igmp counters
Displays IGMP statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 173 for sample output.
show layer3 igmp-groups
Displays the total number of IGMP groups that are registered on the switch.
Command mode: All show layer3 ipmc-groups
Displays the total number of current IP multicast groups that are registered on the switch.
Command mode: All show ip vrrp counters
When virtual routers are configured, you can display the protocol statistics for VRRP:
Command mode: All
See page 185 for sample output.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 161
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 82 Layer 3 Statistics Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show ip rip counters
Displays Routing Information Protocol (RIP) statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 186 for sample output.
clear ip arp counters
Clears Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC clear ip dns counters
Clears Domain Name System (DNS) statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC clear ip icmp counters
Clears Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC clear ip tcp counters
Clears Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC clear ip udp counters
Clears User Datagram Protocol (UDP) statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
clear ip igmp [<VLAN number>] counters
Clears IGMP statistics.
Command mode: All clear ip vrrp counters
Clears VRRP statistics.
Command mode: All
162 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 82 Layer 3 Statistics Commands
Command Syntax and Usage clear ip counters
Clears IP statistics. Use this command with caution as it will delete all the IP statistics.
Command mode: All clear ip rip counters
Clears Routing Information Protocol (RIP) statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC clear ip ospf counters
Clears Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC show layer3 counters
Dumps all Layer 3 statistics. Use this command to gather data for tuning and debugging switch performance. If you want to capture dump data to a file, set your communication software on your workstation to capture session data prior to issuing the dump command.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 163
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IPv4 Statistics
The following command displays IPv4 statistics: show ip counters
Command mode: All
Use the following command to clear IPv4 statistics: clear ip counters
IP statistics: ipInReceives: 0 ipInHdrErrors: 0 ipInAddrErrors: 0 ipInUnknownProtos: 0 ipInDiscards: 0 ipInDelivers: 0 ipOutRequests: 1274 ipOutDiscards: 0 ipDefaultTTL: 255
Table 83 IP Statistics
Statistics ipInReceives ipInHdrErrors ipInAddrErrors ipInUnknownProtos ipInDiscards
Description
The total number of input datagrams received from interfaces, including those received in error.
The number of input datagrams discarded due to errors in their IP headers, including bad checksums, version number mismatch, other format errors, time-to-live exceeded, errors discovered in processing their IP options, and so forth.
The number of input datagrams discarded because the IP address in their IP header's destination field was not a valid address to be received at this entity (the switch). This count includes invalid addresses (for example, 0.0.0.0) and addresses of unsupported Classes (for example,
Class E). For entities which are not IP Gateways and therefore do not forward datagrams, this counter includes datagrams discarded because the destination address was not a local address.
The number of locally addressed datagrams received successfully but discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol.
The number of input IP datagrams for which no problems were encountered to prevent their continued processing, but which were discarded (for example, for lack of buffer space). Note that this counter does not include any datagrams discarded while awaiting re-assembly.
164 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 83 IP Statistics
Statistics ipInDelivers ipOutRequests ipOutDiscards ipDefaultTTL
Description
The total number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IP user-protocols (including ICMP).
The total number of IP datagrams which local IP user-protocols
(including ICMP) supplied to IP in requests for transmission. Note that this counter does not include any datagrams counted in ipForwDatagrams.
The number of output IP datagrams for which no problem was encountered to prevent their transmission to their destination, but which were discarded (for example, for lack of buffer space). Note that this counter would include datagrams counted in ipForwDatagrams if any such packets met this (discretionary) discard criterion.
The default value inserted into the Time-To-Live (TTL) field of the
IP header of datagrams originated at this entity (the switch), whenever a TTL value is not supplied by the transport layer protocol.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 165
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Route Statistics
The following command displays route statistics: show ip route counters
Command mode: All
Route statistics: ipRoutesCur: 11 ipRoutesHighWater: 11 ipRoutesMax: 4096
Table 84 Route Statistics
Statistic ipRoutesCur ipRoutesHighWater ipRoutesMax
Description
The total number of outstanding routes in the route table.
The highest number of routes ever recorded in the route table.
The maximum number of routes that are supported.
ARP statistics
The following command displays Address Resolution Protocol statistics.
show ip arp counters
Command mode: All
ARP statistics: arpEntriesCur: 3 arpEntriesHighWater: 4 arpEntriesMax: 2048
Table 85 ARP Statistics
Statistic arpEntriesCur arpEntriesHighWater arpEntriesMax
Description
The total number of outstanding ARP entries in the ARP table.
The highest number of ARP entries ever recorded in the ARP table.
The maximum number of ARP entries that are supported.
166 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
DNS Statistics
The following command displays Domain Name System statistics. show ip dns counters
Command mode: All
DNS statistics: dnsOutRequests: 0 dnsBadRequests: 0
Table 86 DNS Statistics
Statistics dnsOutRequests dnsBadRequests
Description
The total number of DNS response packets that have been transmitted.
The total number of DNS request packets received that were dropped.
ICMP Statistics
The following command displays ICMP statistics: show ip icmp counters
Command mode: All
ICMP statistics: icmpInMsgs: 245802 icmpInErrors: 1393 icmpInDestUnreachs: 41 icmpInTimeExcds: 0 icmpInParmProbs: 0 icmpInSrcQuenchs: 0 icmpInRedirects: 0 icmpInEchos: 18 icmpInEchoReps: 244350 icmpInTimestamps: 0 icmpInTimestampReps: 0 icmpInAddrMasks: 0 icmpInAddrMaskReps: 0 icmpOutMsgs: 253810 icmpOutErrors: 0 icmpOutDestUnreachs: 15 icmpOutTimeExcds: 0 icmpOutParmProbs: 0 icmpOutSrcQuenchs: 0 icmpOutRedirects: 0 icmpOutEchos: 253777 icmpOutEchoReps: 18 icmpOutTimestamps: 0 icmpOutTimestampReps: 0 icmpOutAddrMasks: 0 icmpOutAddrMaskReps: 0
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 167
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 87 ICMP Statistics
Statistic icmpInMsgs icmpInErrors icmpInDestUnreachs icmpInTimeExcds icmpInParmProbs icmpInSrcQuenchs
Description
The total number of ICMP messages which the entity (the switch) received. Note that this counter includes all those counted by icmpInErrors.
The number of ICMP messages which the entity (the switch) received but determined as having ICMP-specific errors (bad ICMP checksums, bad length, and so forth).
The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received.
The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received.
The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received.
The number of ICMP Source Quench (buffer almost full, stop sending data) messages received.
icmpInRedirects icmpInEchos icmpInEchoReps icmpInTimestamps
The number of ICMP Redirect messages received.
The number of ICMP Echo (request) messages received.
The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received.
The number of ICMP Timestamp (request) messages received.
icmpInTimestampReps The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received.
icmpInAddrMasks The number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received.
icmpInAddrMaskReps The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received.
icmpOutMsgs icmpOutErrors
The total number of ICMP messages which this entity (the switch) attempted to send. Note that this counter includes all those counted by icmpOutErrors.
The number of ICMP messages which this entity (the switch) did not send due to problems discovered within ICMP such as a lack of buffer.
This value should not include errors discovered outside the ICMP layer such as the inability of IP to route the resultant datagram. In some implementations there may be no types of errors that contribute to this counter's value.
icmpOutDestUnreachs The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent.
icmpOutTimeExcds The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent.
icmpOutParmProbs The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent.
168 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 87 ICMP Statistics
Statistic icmpOutSrcQuenchs icmpOutRedirects
Description
The number of ICMP Source Quench (buffer almost full, stop sending data) messages sent.
The number of ICMP Redirect messages sent. For a host, this object will always be zero, since hosts do not send redirects.
The number of ICMP Echo (request) messages sent.
The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent.
icmpOutEchos icmpOutEchoReps icmpOutTimestamps The number of ICMP Timestamp (request) messages sent.
icmpOutTimestampReps The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent.
icmpOutAddrMasks The number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages sent.
icmpOutAddrMaskReps The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages sent.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 169
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
TCP Statistics
The following command displays TCP statistics: show ip tcp counters
Command mode: All
TCP statistics: tcpRtoAlgorithm: 4 tcpRtoMin: 0 tcpRtoMax: 240000 tcpMaxConn: 512 tcpActiveOpens: 252214 tcpPassiveOpens: 7 tcpAttemptFails: 528 tcpEstabResets: 4 tcpInSegs: 756401 tcpOutSegs: 756655 tcpRetransSegs: 0 tcpInErrs: 0 tcpCurBuff: 0 tcpCurConn: 3 tcpOutRsts: 417
Table 88 TCP Statistics
Statistic Description tcpRtoAlgorithm The algorithm used to determine the timeout value used for retransmitting unacknowledged octets.
tcpRtoMin The minimum value permitted by a TCP implementation for the retransmission timeout, measured in milliseconds. More refined semantics for objects of this type depend upon the algorithm used to determine the retransmission timeout. In particular, when the timeout algorithm is rsre(3), an object of this type has the semantics of the LBOUND quantity described in RFC 793.
tcpRtoMax tcpMaxConn
The maximum value permitted by a TCP implementation for the retransmission timeout, measured in milliseconds. More refined semantics for objects of this type depend upon the algorithm used to determine the retransmission timeout. In particular, when the timeout algorithm is rsre(3), an object of this type has the semantics of the UBOUND quantity described in RFC 793.
The limit on the total number of TCP connections the entity (the switch) can support. In entities where the maximum number of connections is dynamic, this object should contain the value -1.
tcpActiveOpens The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the
SYN-SENT state from the CLOSED state.
tcpPassiveOpens The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the
SYN-RCVD state from the LISTEN state.
170 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 88 TCP Statistics
Statistic Description tcpAttemptFails The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the
CLOSED state from either the SYN-SENT state or the SYN-RCVD state, plus the number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the
LISTEN state from the SYN-RCVD state.
tcpEstabResets The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the
CLOSED state from either the ESTABLISHED state or the CLOSE-WAIT state.
tcpInSegs tcpOutSegs tcpRetransSegs
The total number of segments received, including those received in error. This count includes segments received on currently established connections.
The total number of segments sent, including those on current connections but excluding those containing only retransmitted octets.
The total number of segments retransmitted - that is, the number of TCP segments transmitted containing one or more previously transmitted octets.
tcpInErrs tcpCurBuff tcpCurConn tcpOutRsts
The total number of segments received in error (for example, bad TCP checksums).
The total number of outstanding memory allocations from heap by TCP protocol stack.
The total number of outstanding TCP sessions that are currently opened.
The number of TCP segments sent containing the RST flag.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 171
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
UDP Statistics
The following command displays UDP statistics: show ip udp counters
Command mode: All
UDP statistics: udpInDatagrams: 54 udpOutDatagrams: 43 udpInErrors: 0 udpNoPorts: 1578077
Table 89 UDP Statistics
Statistic Description udpInDatagrams The total number of UDP datagrams delivered to the switch.
udpOutDatagrams The total number of UDP datagrams sent from this entity (the switch).
udpInErrors The number of received UDP datagrams that could not be delivered for reasons other than the lack of an application at the destination port.
udpNoPorts The total number of received UDP datagrams for which there was no application at the destination port.
172 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IGMP Statistics
The following command displays statistics about the use of the IGMP Multicast Groups: show ip igmp counters
Command mode: All
IGMP Snoop vlan 2 statistics:
----------------------------------------------------------------------rxIgmpValidPkts: 0 rxIgmpInvalidPkts: 0 rxIgmpGenQueries: 0 rxIgmpGrpSpecificQueries: 0 rxIgmpGroupSrcSpecificQueries: 0 rxIgmpLeaves: 0 rxIgmpReports: 0 txIgmpReports: 0 txIgmpGrpSpecificQueries: 0 txIgmpLeaves: 0 rxIgmpV3CurrentStateRecords: 0 rxIgmpV3SourceListChangeRecords:0 rxIgmpV3FilterChangeRecords: 0 txIgmpGenQueries: 18
Table 90 IGMP Statistics
Statistic Description rxIgmpValidPkts rxIgmpInvalidPkts rxIgmpGenQueries rxIgmpGrpSpecificQueries rxIgmpGroupSrcSpecificQueries
Total number of valid IGMP packets received
Total number of invalid packets received
Total number of General Membership Query packets received
Total number of Membership Query packets received from specific groups
Total number of Group Source-Specific Queries (GSSQ) received
Total number of Leave requests received
Total number of Membership Reports received rxIgmpLeaves rxIgmpReports txIgmpReports txIgmpGrpSpecificQueries
Total number of Membership reports transmitted
Total number of Membership Query packets transmitted to specific groups txIgmpLeaves rxIgmpV3CurrentStateRecords
Total number of Leave messages transmitted
Total number of Current State records received rxIgmpV3SourceListChangeRecords Total number of Source List Change records received.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 173
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 90 IGMP Statistics
Statistic rxIgmpV3FilterChangeRecords txIgmpGenQueries
Description
Total number of Filter Change records received.
Total number of General Membership Query packets transmitted
OSPF Statistics
Table 91 OSPF Statistics Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show ip ospf counters
Displays OSPF statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 175 for sample output.
show ip ospf area counters
Displays OSPF area statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
show ip ospf interface [<interface number>] counters
Displays OSPF interface statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
174 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPF Global Statistics
The following command displays statistics about OSPF packets received on all OSPF areas and interfaces: show ip ospf counters
Command mode: All
OSPF stats
----------
Rx/Tx Stats: Rx Tx
-------- --------
Pkts 0 0
hello 23 518
database 4 12
ls requests 3 1
ls acks 7 7
ls updates 9 7
Nbr change stats: Intf change Stats:
hello 2 hello 4
start 0 down 2
n2way 2 loop 0
adjoint ok 2 unloop 0
negotiation done 2 wait timer 2
exchange done 2 backup 0
bad requests 0 nbr change 5
bad sequence 0
loading done 2
n1way 0
rst_ad 0
down 1
Timers kickoff
hello 514
retransmit 1028
lsa lock 0
lsa ack 0
dbage 0
summary 0
ase export 0
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 175
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Statistic
Rx Hello
Tx Hello
Table 92 OSPF General Statistics
Description
Rx/Tx Stats:
Rx Pkts
Tx Pkts
Rx Database
Tx Database
Rx ls Requests
Tx ls Requests
Rx ls Acks
Tx ls Acks
Rx ls Updates
Tx ls Updates
The sum total of all OSPF packets received on all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total of all OSPF packets transmitted on all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total of all Hello packets received on all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total of all Hello packets transmitted on all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total of all Database Description packets received on all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total of all Database Description packets transmitted on all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total of all Link State Request packets received on all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total of all Link State Request packets transmitted on all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total of all Link State Acknowledgement packets received on all
OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total of all Link State Acknowledgement packets transmitted on all
OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total of all Link State Update packets received on all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total of all Link State Update packets transmitted on all OSPF areas and interfaces.
176 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 92 OSPF General Statistics
Statistic
Nbr Change Stats: hello The sum total of all Hello packets received from neighbors on all OSPF areas and interfaces.
Start n2way
Description
The sum total number of neighbors in this state (that is, an indication that
Hello packets should now be sent to the neighbor at intervals of
HelloInterval seconds.) across all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total number of bidirectional communication establishment between this router and other neighboring routers.
adjoint ok The sum total number of decisions to be made (again) as to whether an adjacency should be established/maintained with the neighbor across all
OSPF areas and interfaces.
negotiation done The sum total number of neighbors in this state wherein the Master/slave relationship has been negotiated, and sequence numbers have been exchanged, across all OSPF areas and interfaces.
exchange done The sum total number of neighbors in this state (that is, in an adjacency's final state) having transmitted a full sequence of Database Description packets, across all OSPF areas and interfaces.
bad requests bad sequence
The sum total number of Link State Requests which have been received for a link state advertisement not contained in the database across all interfaces and
OSPF areas.
The sum total number of Database Description packets which have been received that either: a.
Has an unexpected DD sequence number b.
Unexpectedly has the init bit set c.
Has an options field differing from the last Options field received in a
Database Description packet.
loading done n1way
Any of these conditions indicate that some error has occurred during adjacency establishment for all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total number of link state updates received for all out-of-date portions of the database across all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total number of Hello packets received from neighbors, in which this router is not mentioned across all OSPF interfaces and areas.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 177
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 92 OSPF General Statistics
Statistic rst_ad down
Description
The sum total number of times the Neighbor adjacency has been reset across all OPSF areas and interfaces.
The total number of Neighboring routers down (that is, in the initial state of a neighbor conversation.) across all OSPF areas and interfaces.
Intf Change Stats: hello The sum total number of Hello packets sent on all interfaces and areas.
down loop unloop wait timer
The sum total number of interfaces down in all OSPF areas.
The sum total of interfaces no longer connected to the attached network across all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total number of interfaces, connected to the attached network in all
OSPF areas.
The sum total number of times the Wait Timer has been fired, indicating the end of the waiting period that is required before electing a (Backup)
Designated Router across all OSPF areas and interfaces.
backup nbr change
The sum total number of Backup Designated Routers on the attached network for all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total number of changes in the set of bidirectional neighbors associated with any interface across all OSPF areas.
178 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Statistic
Table 92 OSPF General Statistics
Description
Timers Kickoff: hello retransmit lsa lock lsa ack dbage summary ase export
The sum total number of times the Hello timer has been fired (which triggers the send of a Hello packet) across all OPSF areas and interfaces.
The sum total number of times the Retransmit timer has been fired across all
OPSF areas and interfaces.
The sum total number of times the Link State Advertisement (LSA) lock timer has been fired across all OSPF areas and interfaces.
The sum total number of times the LSA Ack timer has been fired across all
OSPF areas and interfaces.
The total number of times the data base age (Dbage) has been fired.
The total number of times the Summary timer has been fired.
The total number of times the Autonomous System Export (ASE) timer has been fired.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 179
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPFv3 Statistics
Table 93 OSPFv3 Statistics Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show ipv6 ospf counters
Displays OSPFv3 statistics.
Command mode: All
See page 175 for sample output.
show ipv6 ospf area counters
Displays OSPFv3 area statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
show ipv6 ospf interface [<interface number>] counters
Displays OSPFv3 interface statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
180 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPFv3 Global Statistics
The following command displays statistics about OSPFv3 packets received on all OSPFv3 areas and interfaces: show ipv6 ospf counters
Command mode: All
OSPFv3 stats
----------
Rx/Tx/Disd Stats: Rx Tx Discarded
-------- -------- ---------
Pkts 9695 95933 0
hello 9097 8994 0
database 39 51 6
ls requests 16 8 0
ls acks 172 360 0
ls updates 371 180 0
Errors
rx on pasv intf 0
rx but ospf off 0
rx on intf not up 0
rx version mismatch 0
rx rtr id is zero 0
rx with our rtr id 0
instance id mismatch 0
area mismatch 0
dest addr mismatch 0
bad checksum 0
no associated nbr 0
bad packet type 0
hello mismatch 0
options mismatch 0
dead mismatch 0
bad nbma/ptomp nbr 0
Nbr change stats: Intf change Stats:
down 0 down 5
attempt 0 loop 0
init 1 waiting 6
n2way 1 ptop 0
exstart 1 dr 4
exchange done 1 backup 6
loading done 1 dr other 0
full 1 all events 33
all events 6
Timers kickoff
hello 8988
wait 6
poll 0
nbr probe 0
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 181
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
The OSPFv3 General Statistics contain the sum total of all OSPFv3 packets received on all OSPFv3 areas and interfaces.
Table 94 OSPFv3 General Statistics
Statistics Description
Rx/Tx Stats:
Rx Pkts
Tx Pkts
The sum total of all OSPFv3 packets received on all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The sum total of all OSPFv3 packets transmitted on all OSPFv3 interfaces.
Discarded Pkts The sum total of all OSPFv3 packets discarded.
Rx hello
Tx hello
The sum total of all Hello packets received on all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The sum total of all Hello packets transmitted on all OSPFv3 interfaces.
Discarded hello The sum total of all Hello packets discarded, including packets for which no associated interface has been found.
Rx database The sum total of all Database Description packets received on all OSPFv3 interfaces.
Tx database The sum total of all Database Description packets transmitted on all
OSPFv3 interfaces.
The sum total of all Database Description packets discarded. Discarded database
Rx ls requests
Tx ls requests
The sum total of all Link State Request packets received on all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The sum total of all Link State Request packets transmitted on all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The sum total of all Link State Request packets discarded. Discarded ls requests
Rx ls acks The sum total of all Link State Acknowledgement packets received on all
OSPFv3 interfaces.
Tx ls acks The sum total of all Link State Acknowledgement packets transmitted on all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The sum total of all Link State Acknowledgement packets discarded. Discarded ls acks
Rx ls updates The sum total of all Link State Update packets received on all OSPFv3 interfaces.
182 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 94 OSPFv3 General Statistics
Statistics
Tx ls updates
Description
The sum total of all Link State Update packets transmitted on all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The sum total of all Link State Update packets discarded. Discarded ls updates
Nbr Change Stats: down attempt init n2way
The total number of Neighboring routers down (that is, in the initial state of a neighbor conversation.) across all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The total number of transitions into attempt state of neighboring routers across allOSPFv3 interfaces.
The total number of transitions into init state of neighboring routers across all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The total number of bidirectional communication establishment between this router and other neighboring routers.
exstart exchange done The total number of neighbors in this state (that is, in an adjacency's final state) having transmitted a full sequence of Database Description packets, across all OSPFv3 interfaces.
loading done
The total number of transitions into exstart state of neighboring routers across all OSPFv3 interfaces full all events
The total number of link state updates received for all out-of-date portions of the database across all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The total number of transitions into full state of neighboring routers across all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The total number of state transitions of neighboring routers across all
OSPFv3 interfaces.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 183
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Statistics
Intf Change Stats: down loop waiting ptop dr backup
Table 94 OSPFv3 General Statistics
Description all events
The total number of transitions into down state of all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The total number of transitions into loopback state of all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The total number of transitions into waiting state of all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The total number of transitions into point-to-point state of all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The total number of transitions into Designated Router other state of all
OSPFv3 interfaces.
The total number of transitions into backup state of all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The total number of changes associated with any OSPFv3 interface, including changes into internal states.
Timers Kickoff: hello wait poll nbr probe
The total number of times the Hello timer has been fired (which triggers the send of a Hello packet) across all OSPFv3 interfaces.
The total number of times the wait timer has been fired (which causes an interface to exit waiting state), across all OPSFv3 interfaces.
The total number of times the timer whose firing causes hellos to be sent to inactive NBMA and Demand Circuit neighbors has been fired, across all
OPSFv3 interfaces.
The total number of times the neighbor probe timer has been fired, across all OPSFv3 interfaces.
Number of LSAs: originated rcvd newer originations
The number of LSAs originated by this router.
The number of LSAs received that have been determined to be newer originations.
184 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
VRRP Statistics
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) support on the G8124 provides redundancy between routers in a LAN. This is accomplished by configuring the same virtual router IP address and ID number on each participating VRRP-capable routing device. One of the virtual routers is then elected as the master, based on a number of priority criteria, and assumes control of the shared virtual router IP address. If the master fails, one of the backup virtual routers will assume routing authority and take control of the virtual router IP address.
When virtual routers are configured, you can display the protocol statistics for VRRP. The following command displays VRRP statistics: show ip vrrp counters
Command mode: All
VRRP statistics: vrrpInAdvers: 0 vrrpBadAdvers: 0 vrrpOutAdvers: 0 vrrpBadVersion: 0 vrrpBadVrid: 0 vrrpBadAddress: 0 vrrpBadData: 0 vrrpBadPassword: 0 vrrpBadInterval: 0
Table 95 VRRP Statistics
Statistics vrrpInAdvers vrrpBadAdvers vrrpOutAdvers vrrpBadVersion vrrpBadVrid
Description
The total number of valid VRRP advertisements that have been received.
The total number of VRRP advertisements received that were dropped.
The total number of VRRP advertisements that have been sent.
The total number of VRRP advertisements received that had a bad version number.
The total number of VRRP advertisements received that had a bad virtual router ID.
vrrpBadAddress The total number of VRRP advertisements received that had a bad address.
vrrpBadData The total number of VRRP advertisements received that had bad data.
vrrpBadPassword The total number of VRRP advertisements received that had a bad password.
vrrpBadInterval The total number of VRRP advertisements received that had a bad interval.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 185
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Routing Information Protocol Statistics
The following command displays RIP statistics: show ip rip counters
Command mode: All
RIP ALL STATS INFORMATION:
RIP packets received = 12
RIP packets sent = 75
RIP request received = 0
RIP response recevied = 12
RIP request sent = 3
RIP reponse sent = 72
RIP route timeout = 0
RIP bad size packet received = 0
RIP bad version received = 0
RIP bad zeros received = 0
RIP bad src port received = 0
RIP bad src IP received = 0
RIP packets from self received = 0
186 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Management Processor Statistics
Table 96 Management Processor Statistics Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show mp packet
Displays packet statistics, to check for leads and load.
Command mode: All
To view a sample output and a description of the stats, see page 188 .
show mp tcp-block
Displays all TCP control blocks that are in use.
Command mode: All
To view a sample output and a description of the stats, see page 190 .
show mp udp-block
Displays all UDP control blocks that are in use.
Command mode: All
To view a sample output, see
.
show mp cpu
Displays CPU utilization for periods of up to 1, 4, and 64 seconds.
Command mode: All
To view a sample output and a description of the stats, see page 191 .
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 187
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
MP Packet Statistics
The following command displays MP packet statistics: show mp packet
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Packet counts seen by MP:
allocs: 859
frees: 859
failures: 0
small packet buffers:
----------------------
current: 0
hi-watermark: 4
hi-water time: 17:56:35 Tue Jul 14, 2009
medium packet buffers:
----------------------
current: 0
hi-watermark: 1
hi-water time: 17:56:16 Tue Jul 14, 2009
jumbo packet buffers:
----------------------
current: 0
hi-watermark: 0
Statistics allocs frees failures
Table 97 Packet Statistics
Description
Total number of packet allocations from the packet buffer pool by the
TCP/IP protocol stack.
Total number of times the packet buffers are freed (released) to the packet buffer pool by the TCP/IP protocol stack.
Total number of packet allocation failures from the packet buffer pool by the TCP/IP protocol stack.
small packet buffers current hi-watermark
Total number of packet allocations with size less than 128 bytes from the packet buffer pool by the TCP/IP protocol stack.
The highest number of packet allocation with size less than 128 bytes from the packet buffer pool by the TCP/IP protocol stack.
188 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 97 Packet Statistics
Statistics hi-water time medium packet buffers current
Description
Time stamp that indicates when the hi-watermark was reached. hi-watermark
Total number of packet allocations with size between 128 to 1536 bytes from the packet buffer pool by the TCP/IP protocol stack.
The highest number of packet allocation with size between 128 to 1536 bytes from the packet buffer pool by the TCP/IP protocol stack.
Time stamp that indicates when the hi-watermark was reached. hi-water time jumbo packet buffers current hi-watermark
Total number of packet allocations with more than 1536 bytes from the packet buffer pool by the TCP/IP protocol stack.
The highest number of packet allocation with more than 1536 bytes from the packet buffer pool by the TCP/IP protocol stack.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 189
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
TCP Statistics
The following command displays TCP statistics: show mp tcp-block
Command mode: All except User EXEC
All TCP allocated control blocks:
10ad41e8: 0.0.0.0 0 <=> 0.0.0.0 80 listen
10ad5790: 47.81.27.5 1171 <=> 47.80.23.243 23 established
Table 98 MP Specified TCP Statistics
Statistics Description
10ad41e8/10ad5790 listen/established
Memory
0.0.0.0/47.81.27.5
80/23
Destination IP address
0/1171 Destination port
0.0.0.0/47.80.23.243
Source IP
Source port
State
UDP Statistics
The following command displays UDP statistics: show mp udp-block
Command mode: All except User EXEC
All UDP allocated control blocks:
161: listen
190 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
CPU Statistics
The following command displays the CPU utilization statistics: show mp cpu
Command mode: All except User EXEC.
CPU utilization: cpuUtil1Second: 53% cpuUtil4Seconds: 54% cpuUtil64Seconds: 54%
Table 99 CPU Statistics
Statistics cpuUtil1Second cpuUtil4Seconds cpuUtil64Seconds
Description
The utilization of MP CPU over 1 second. It shows the percentage.
The utilization of MP CPU over 4 seconds. It shows the percentage.
The utilization of MP CPU over 64 seconds. It shows the percentage.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 191
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Access Control List Statistics
Table 100 ACL Statistics Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show access-control list <1-127> counters
Displays the Access Control List Statistics for a specific ACL.
Command mode: All show access-control counters
Displays all ACL statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC clear access-control list
Clears ACL statistics.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
show access-control meter <meter number>
Displays ACL meter statistics.
Command mode: All
clear access-control meter <meter number>
Clears ACL meter statistics.
Command mode: All
ACL Statistics
This option displays statistics for the selected ACL.
show access-control counters
Command mode: All
Hits for ACL 1: 26057515
Hits for ACL 2: 26057497
192 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
VMAP Statistics
This option displays statistics for the selected VLAN Map.
show access-control vmap <1-128> counters
Command mode: All
Hits for VMAP 1: 57515
Hits for VMAP 2: 74970
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Fiber Channel over Ethernet Statistics
The following command displays Fiber Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) statistics: show fcoe counters
Command mode: All
FCOE statistics:
FCFAdded: 5 FCFRemoved: 1
FCOEAdded: 81 FCOERemoved: 24
Fiber Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) statistics are described in the following table:
Table 101 FCoE Statistics (/stats/fcoe)
Statistic
FCFAdded
FCFRemoved
FCOEAdded
FCOERemoved
Description
Total number of FCoE Forwarders (FCF) added.
Total number of FCoE Forwarders (FCF) removed.
Total number of FCoE connections added.
Total number of FCoE connections removed.
The total can accumulate over several FCoE sessions, until the statistics are cleared.
The following command clears FCoE statistics: clear fcoe counters
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 193
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMP Statistics
The following command displays SNMP statistics: show snmp-server counters
Command mode: All except User EXEC
SNMP statistics: snmpInPkts: 150097 snmpInBadVersions: 0 snmpInBadC'tyNames: 0 snmpInBadC'tyUses: 0 snmpInASNParseErrs: 0 snmpEnableAuthTraps: 0 snmpOutPkts: 150097 snmpInBadTypes: 0 snmpInTooBigs: 0 snmpInNoSuchNames: 0 snmpInBadValues: 0 snmpInReadOnlys: 0 snmpInGenErrs: 0 snmpInTotalReqVars: 798464 snmpInTotalSetVars: 2731 snmpInGetRequests: 17593 snmpInGetNexts: 131389 snmpInSetRequests: 615 snmpInGetResponses: 0 snmpInTraps: 0 snmpOutTooBigs: 0 snmpOutNoSuchNames: 1 snmpOutBadValues: 0 snmpOutReadOnlys: 0 snmpOutGenErrs: 1 snmpOutGetRequests: 0 snmpOutGetNexts: 0 snmpOutSetRequests: 0 snmpOutGetResponses: 150093 snmpOutTraps: 4 snmpSilentDrops: 0 snmpProxyDrops: 0
Statistic
Table 102 SNMP Statistics
Description snmpInPkts snmpInBadVersions snmpInBadC'tyNames snmpInBadC'tyUses
The total number of Messages delivered to the SNMP entity from the transport service.
The total number of SNMP Messages, which were delivered to the
SNMP protocol entity and were for an unsupported SNMP version.
The total number of SNMP Messages delivered to the SNMP entity which used an SNMP community name not known to the said entity
(the switch).
The total number of SNMP Messages delivered to the SNMP protocol entity which represented an SNMP operation which was not allowed by the SNMP community named in the Message.
194 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 102 SNMP Statistics
Statistic snmpInASNParseErrs
Description
The total number of ASN.1 or BER errors encountered by the SNMP protocol entity when decoding SNMP Messages received.
snmpInBadTypes snmpInTooBigs
Note: OSI's method of specifying abstract objects is called ASN.1
(Abstract Syntax Notation One, defined in X.208), and one set of rules for representing such objects as strings of ones and zeros is called the
BER (Basic Encoding Rules, defined in X.209). ASN.1 is a flexible notation that allows one to define a variety of data types, from simple types such as integers and bit strings to structured types such as sets and sequences. BER describes how to represent or encode values of each ASN.1 type as a string of eight-bit octets.
snmpEnableAuthTraps An object to enable or disable the authentication traps generated by this entity (the switch).
snmpOutPkts The total number of SNMP Messages which were passed from the
SNMP protocol entity to the transport service.
The total number of SNMP Messages which failed ASN parsing.
The total number of SNMP Protocol Data Units (PDUs) which were delivered to the SNMP protocol entity and for which the value of the error-status field is too big. snmpInNoSuchNames snmpInBadValues snmpInReadOnlys snmpInGenErrs
The total number of SNMP Protocol Data Units (PDUs) which were delivered to the SNMP protocol entity and for which the value of the error-status field is noSuchName.
The total number of SNMP Protocol Data Units (PDUs) which were delivered to the SNMP protocol entity and for which the value of the error-status field is badValue.
The total number of valid SNMP Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which were delivered to the SNMP protocol entity and for which the value of the error-status field is `read-Only'. It should be noted that it is a protocol error to generate an SNMP PDU, which contains the value
`read-Only' in the error-status field. As such, this object is provided as a means of detecting incorrect implementations of the SNMP.
The total number of SNMP Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which were delivered to the SNMP protocol entity and for which the value of the error-status field is genErr.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 195
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 102 SNMP Statistics
Statistic snmpInTotalReqVars snmpInTotalSetVars snmpInGetRequests snmpInGetNexts
Description
The total number of MIB objects which have been retrieved successfully by the SNMP protocol entity as a result of receiving valid
SNMP Get-Request and Get-Next Protocol Data Units (PDUs).
The total number of MIB objects, which have been altered successfully by the SNMP protocol entity as a result of receiving valid SNMP
Set-Request Protocol Data Units (PDUs).
The total number of SNMP Get-Request Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which have been accepted and processed by the SNMP protocol entity.
The total number of SNMP Get-Next Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which have been accepted and processed by the SNMP protocol entity.
snmpInSetRequests snmpInGetResponses snmpInTraps snmpOutTooBigs
The total number of SNMP Set-Request Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which have been accepted and processed by the SNMP protocol entity.
The total number of SNMP Get-Response Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which have been accepted and processed by the SNMP protocol entity.
The total number of SNMP Trap Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which have been accepted and processed by the SNMP protocol entity.
The total number of SNMP Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which were generated by the SNMP protocol entity and for which the value of the error-status field is too big.
snmpOutNoSuchNames The total number of SNMP Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which were generated by the SNMP protocol entity and for which the value of the error-status is noSuchName.
snmpOutBadValues The total number of SNMP Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which were generated by the SNMP protocol entity and for which the value of the error-status field is badValue.
snmpOutReadOnlys Not in use.
snmpOutGenErrs snmpOutGetRequests
The total number of SNMP Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which were generated by the SNMP protocol entity and for which the value of the error-status field is genErr.
The total number of SNMP Get-Request Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which have been generated by the SNMP protocol entity.
196 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 102 SNMP Statistics
Statistic snmpOutGetNexts snmpOutSetRequests snmpOutGetResponses The total number of SNMP Get-Response Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which have been generated by the SNMP protocol entity.
snmpOutTraps The total number of SNMP Trap Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which have been generated by the SNMP protocol entity.
snmpSilentDrops
Description
The total number of SNMP Get-Next Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which have been generated by the SNMP protocol entity.
The total number of SNMP Set-Request Protocol Data Units (PDUs), which have been generated by the SNMP protocol entity.
snmpProxyDrops
The total number of GetRequest-PDUs,
GetNextRequest-PDUs, GetBulkRequest-PDUs,
SetRequest-PDUs, and InformRequest-PDUs delivered to the
SNMPv2 entity which were silently dropped because the size of a reply containing an alternate Response-PDU with an empty variable bindings field was greater than either a local constraint or the maximum message size associated with the originator of the request.
The total number of GetRequest-PDUs,
GetNextRequest-PDUs, GetBulkRequest-PDUs,
SetRequest-PDUs, and InformRequest-PDUs delivered to the
SNMP entity which were silently dropped because the transmission of the message to a proxy target failed in a manner such that no
Response-PDU could be returned.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 197
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
NTP Statistics
BLADEOS uses NTP (Network Timing Protocol) version 3 to synchronize the switch’s internal clock with an atomic time calibrated NTP server. With NTP enabled, the switch can accurately update its internal clock to be consistent with other devices on the network and generates accurate syslogs.
The following command displays NTP statistics: show ntp counters
Command mode: A ll
NTP statistics:
Primary Server:
Requests Sent: 17
Responses Received: 17
Updates: 1
Secondary Server:
Requests Sent: 0
Responses Received: 0
Updates: 0
Last update based on response from primary/secondary server.
Last update time: 18:04:16 Tue Jul 13, 2009
Current system time: 18:55:49 Tue Jul 13, 2009
198 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference server
Table 103 NTP Statistics
Field
Primary Server
Secondary Server
Last update based on response from primary
Last update time
Current system time
Description
Requests Sent: The total number of NTP requests the switch sent to the primary NTP server to synchronize time.
Responses Received: The total number of NTP responses received from the primary NTP server.
Updates: The total number of times the switch updated its time based on the NTP responses received from the primary NTP server.
Requests Sent: The total number of NTP requests the switch sent to the secondary NTP server to synchronize time.
Responses Received: The total number of NTP responses received from the secondary NTP server.
Updates: The total number of times the switch updated its time based on the NTP responses received from the secondary NTP server.
Last update of time on the switch based on either primary or secondary NTP response received.
The time stamp showing the time when the switch was last updated.
The switch system time when the following command was issued:
show ntp counters
Statistics Dump
The following command dumps switch statistics: show counters
Use the dump command to d ump all switch statistics (40K or more, depending on your configuration). This data can be used to tune or debug switch performance.
If you want to capture dump data to a file, set your communication software on your workstation to capture session data prior to issuing the dump command.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands 199
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
200 Chapter 3: Statistics Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
C
HAPTER
4
Configuration Commands
This chapter discusses how to use the Command Line Interface (CLI) for making, viewing, and saving switch configuration changes. Many of the commands, although not new, display more or different information than in the previous version. Important differences are called out in the text.
Table 104 General Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show running-config
Dumps current configuration to a script file.
Command mode: All
copy running-config backup-config
Copy the current (running) configuration from switch memory to the backup-config partition.
Command mode: All
copy running-config startup-config
Copy the current (running) configuration from switch memory to the startup-config partition.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 201
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 104 General Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
copy running-config {ftp|tftp}
Backs up current configuration to a file on the selected FTP/TFTP server.
Command mode: All
copy {ftp|tftp} running-config
Restores current configuration from a FTP/TFTP server.
Command mode: All
Viewing and Saving Changes
As you use the configuration commands to set switch parameters, the changes you make take effect immediately. You do not need to apply them. Configuration changes are lost the next time the switch boots, unless you save the changes.
Note – Some operations can override the settings of the Configuration commands. Therefore, settings you view using the Configuration commands (for example, port status) might differ from run-time information that you view using the Information commands. The Information commands display current run-time information of switch parameters.
Saving the Configuration
You must save configuration settings to flash memory, so the G8124 reloads the settings after a reset.
Note – If you do not save the changes, they will be lost the next time the system is rebooted.
To save the new configuration, enter the following command:
Router# copy running-config startup-config
When you save configuration changes, the changes are saved to the active configuration block. For instructions on selecting the configuration to run at the next system reset, see
Configuration Block” on page 419
.
202 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
System Configuration
These commands provide configuration of switch management parameters such as user and administrator privilege mode passwords, Web-based management settings, and management access lists.
Table 105 System Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
system date <yyyy> <mm> <dd>
Prompts the user for the system date. The date retains its value when the switch is reset.
Command mode: Global configuration
system time <hh>:<mm>:<ss>
Configures the system time using a 24-hour clock format. The time retains its value when the switch is reset.
Command mode: Global configuration system timezone
Configures the time zone where the switch resides. You are prompted to select your location
(continent, country, region) by the timezone wizard. Once a region is selected, the switch updates the time to reflect local changes to Daylight Savings Time, etc.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] system daylight
Disables or enables daylight savings time in the system clock. When enabled, the switch will add an extra hour to the system clock so that it is consistent with the local clock. By default, this option is disabled.
Command mode: Global configuration
system idle <1-60>
Sets the idle timeout for CLI sessions, from 1 to 60 minutes. The default is 10 minutes.
Command mode: Global configuration
system notice <maximum 1024 character multi-line login notice> <'.' to end>
Displays login notice immediately before the “Enter password:” prompt. This notice can contain up to 1024 characters and new lines.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 203
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 105 System Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] banner <1-80 characters>
Configures a login banner of up to 80 characters. When a user or administrator logs into the switch, the login banner is displayed. It is also displayed as part of the output from the show sys-info command.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] hostname <character string>
Enables or disables displaying of the host name (system administrator’s name) in the
Command Line Interface (CLI).
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] system bootp
Enables or disables the use of BOOTP. If you enable BOOTP, the switch will query its
BOOTP server for all of the switch IP parameters. The default setting is enabled.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] system dhcp {mgta|mgtb}
Enables or disables Dynamic Host Control Protocol for setting the IP address on the selected interface. When enabled, the IP address obtained from the DHCP server overrides the static
IP address. The default setting is enabled.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] system reset-control
Enables or disables the reset control flag. When enabled, the switch continues to function after a crash of the main processor, using the last known Layer 2/3 information.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] system packet-logging
Enables or disables logging of packets that come to the CPU. The default setting is enabled.
Command mode: Global configuration show system
Displays the current system parameters.
Command mode: All
204 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
System Error Disable and Recovery Configuration
The Error Disable and Recovery feature allows the switch to automatically disable a port if an error condition is detected on the port. The port remains in the error-disabled state until it is re-enabled manually, or re-enabled automatically by the switch after a timeout period has elapsed. The error-disabled state of a port does not persist across a system reboot.
Table 106 Error Disable Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
errdisable timeout <30 - 86400>
Configures the error-recovery timeout, in seconds. After the timer expires, the switch attempts to re-enable the port. The default value is 300.
Note: When you change the timeout value, all current error-recovery timers are reset.
Command mode: Global configuration errdisable recovery
Globally enables automatic error-recovery for error-disabled ports. The default setting is disabled.
Note: Each port must have error-recovery enabled to participate in automatic error recovery.
Command mode: Global configuration no errdisable recovery
Globally disables error-recovery for error-disabled ports.
Command mode: Global configuration show errdisable
Displays the current system Error Disable configuration.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 205
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
System Host Log Configuration
Table 107 Host Log Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] logging host <1-2> address <IP address>
Sets the IP address of the first or second syslog host.
Command mode: Global configuration
logging host <1-2> severity <0-7>
This option sets the severity level of the first or second syslog host displayed. The default is 7, which means log all severity levels.
Command mode: Global configuration
logging host <1-2> facility <0-7>
This option sets the facility level of the first or second syslog host displayed. The default is 0.
Command mode: Global configuration logging console
Enables delivering syslog messages to the console. It is enabled by default.
Command mode: Global configuration no logging console
Disables delivering syslog messages to the console. When necessary, disabling console ensures the switch is not affected by syslog messages. It is enabled by default.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] logging log [<feature>]
Displays a list of features for which syslog messages can be generated. You can choose to enable/disable specific features (such as vlans, stg, or ssh), or enable/disable syslog on all available features.
Command mode: Global configuration show logging
Displays the current syslog settings.
Command mode: All
206 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SSH Server Configuration
For the RackSwitch G8124 , these commands enable Secure Shell access from any SSH client.
Table 108 SSH Server Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ssh interval <0-24>
Set the interval, in hours, for auto-generation of the RSA server key.
Command mode: Global configuration ssh scp-password
Set the administration password for SCP access.
Command mode: Global configuration ssh generate-host-key
Generate the RSA host key.
Command mode: Global configuration ssh generate-server-key
Generate the RSA server key.
Command mode: Global configuration
ssh port <TCP port number>
Sets the SSH server port number.
Command mode: Global configuration ssh scp-enable
Enables the SCP apply and save.
Command mode: Global configuration no ssh scp-enable
Disables the SCP apply and save.
Command mode: Global configuration ssh enable
Enables the SSH server.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 207
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 108 SSH Server Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage no ssh enable
Disables the SSH server.
Command mode: Global configuration show ssh
Displays the current SSH server configuration.
Command mode: All
RADIUS Server Configuration
Table 109 RADIUS Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] radius-server primary-host <IP address>
Sets the primary RADIUS server address.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] radius-server secondary-host <IP address>
Sets the secondary RADIUS server address.
Command mode: Global configuration
radius-server primary-host <IP address> key <1-32 characters>
This is the primary shared secret between the switch and the RADIUS server(s).
Command mode: Global configuration
radius-server secondary-host <IP address> key <1-32 characters>
This is the secondary shared secret between the switch and the RADIUS server(s).
Command mode: Global configuration
[default] radius-server port <UDP port number>
Enter the number of the UDP port to be configured, between 1500 - 3000. The default is 1645.
Command mode: Global configuration
208 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 109 RADIUS Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
radius-server retransmit <1-3>
Sets the number of failed authentication requests before switching to a different RADIUS server. The default is 3 requests.
Command mode: Global configuration
radius-server timeout <1-10>
Sets the amount of time, in seconds, before a RADIUS server authentication attempt is considered to have failed. The default is 3 seconds.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] radius-server backdoor
Enables or disables the RADIUS backdoor for Telnet/SSH/HTTP/HTTPS.
The default value is disabled.
To obtain the RADIUS backdoor password for your switch, contact your Service and
Support line.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] radius-server secure-backdoor
Enables or disables the RADIUS back door using secure password for telnet/SSH/HTTP/HTTPS. This command does not apply when backdoor (telnet) is enabled.
Command mode: Global configuration radius-server enable
Enables the RADIUS server.
Command mode: Global configuration no radius-server enable
Disables the RADIUS server.
Command mode: Global configuration show radius-server
Displays the current RADIUS server parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 209
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
TACACS+ Server Configuration
TACACS (Terminal Access Controller Access Control system) is an authentication protocol that allows a remote access server to forward a user's logon password to an authentication server to determine whether access can be allowed to a given system. TACACS is not an encryption protocol, and therefore less secure than TACACS+ and Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service
(RADIUS) protocols. (TACACS is described in RFC 1492.)
TACACS+ protocol is more reliable than RADIUS, as TACACS+ uses the Transmission Control
Protocol (TCP) whereas RADIUS uses the User Datagram Protocol (UDP). Also, RADIUS combines authentication and authorization in a user profile, whereas TACACS+ separates the two operations.
TACACS+ offers the following advantages over RADIUS as the authentication device:
TACACS+ is TCP-based, so it facilitates connection-oriented traffic.
It supports full-packet encryption, as opposed to password-only in authentication requests.
It supports de-coupled authentication, authorization, and accounting.
Table 110 TACACS+ Server Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] tacacs-server primary-host <IP address>
Defines the primary TACACS+ server address.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] tacacs-server secondary-host <IP address>
Defines the secondary TACACS+ server address.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] tacacs-server primary-host <IP address> key <1-32 characters>
This is the primary shared secret between the switch and the TACACS+ server(s).
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] tacacs-server secondary-host <IP address> key <1-32 characters>
This is the secondary shared secret between the switch and the TACACS+ server(s).
Command mode: Global configuration
210 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 110 TACACS+ Server Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] tacacs-server primary-host [data-port|mgta|mgtb]
Defines the primary interface port to use to send TACACS+ server requests.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] tacacs-server secondary-host [data-port|mgta|mgtb]
Defines the secondary interface port to use to send TACACS+ server requests.
Command mode: Global configuration
[default] tacacs-server port <TCP port number>
Enter the number of the TCP port to be configured, between 1 and 65000. The default is 49.
Command mode: Global configuration
tacacs-server retransmit <1-3>
Sets the number of failed authentication requests before switching to a different TACACS+ server. The default is 3 requests.
Command mode: Global configuration
tacacs-server attempts <1-10>
Sets the number of failed login attempts before disconnecting the user. The default is 2 attempts.
Command mode: Global configuration
tacacs-server timeout <4-15>
Sets the amount of time, in seconds, before a TACACS+ server authentication attempt is considered to have failed. The default is 5 seconds.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] tacacs-server user-mapping {<0-15> user|oper|admin}
Maps a TACACS+ authorization level to a switch user level. Enter a TACACS+ authorization level (0-15), followed by the corresponding switch user level.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 211
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 110 TACACS+ Server Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] tacacs-server backdoor
Enables or disables the TACACS+ back door for Telnet, SSH/SCP, or HTTP/HTTPS.
Enabling this feature allows you to bypass the TACACS+ servers. It is recommended that you use Secure Backdoor to ensure the switch is secured, because Secure Backdoor disallows access through the back door when the TACACS+ servers are responding.
The default setting is disabled.
To obtain the TACACS+ backdoor password for your G8124, contact your Service and
Support line.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] tacacs-server secure-backdoor
Enables or disables TACACS+ secure back door access through Telnet, SSH/SCP, or
HTTP/HTTPS only when the TACACS+ servers are not responding.
This feature is recommended to permit access to the switch when the TACACS+ servers become unresponsive. If no back door is enabled, the only way to gain access when
TACACS+ servers are unresponsive is to use the back door via the console port.
The default is disabled.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] tacacs-server privilege-mapping
Enables or disables TACACS+ privilege-level mapping.
The default value is disabled.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] tacacs-server command-authorization
Enables or disables TACACS+ command authorization.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] tacacs-server command-logging
Enables or disables TACACS+ command logging.
Command mode: Global configuration
212 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 110 TACACS+ Server Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] tacacs-server directed-request
Enables or disables TACACS+ directed request, which uses a specified TACACS+ server for authentication, authorization, accounting. When enabled, When directed-request is enabled, each user must add a configured TACACS+ server hostname to the username (for example, username@hostname) during login.
This command allows the following options:
Restricted: Only the username is sent to the specified TACACS+ server.
No-truncate: The entire login string is sent to the TACACS+ server.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] tacacs-server enable
Enables or disables the TACACS+ server. By default, the server is disabled.
Command mode: Global configuration show tacacs-server
Displays current TACACS+ configuration parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 213
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
LDAP Server Configuration
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) is an authentication protocol that allows a remote access server to forward a user's logon password to an authentication server to determine whether access can be allowed to a given system.
Table 111 LDAP Configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ldap-server primary-host <IP address> [data-port|mgta-port|
mgtb-port]
Sets the primary LDAP server address.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] ldap-server secondary-host <IP address> [data-port|mgta-port|
mgtb-port]
Sets the secondary LDAP server address.
Command mode: Global configuration
[default] ldap-server port <UDP port number>
Enter the number of the UDP port to be configured, between 1 - 65000. The default is 389.
Command mode: Global configuration
ldap-server retransmit <1-3>
Sets the number of failed authentication requests before switching to a different LDAP server.
The default is 3 requests.
Command mode: Global configuration
ldap-server timeout <4-15>
Sets the amount of time, in seconds, before a LDAP server authentication attempt is considered to have failed. The default is 5 seconds.
Command mode: Global configuration
ldap-server domain [<1-128 characters>|none]
Sets the domain name for the LDAP server. Enter the full path for your organization. For example: ou=people,dc=mydomain,dc=com
Command mode: Global configuration
214 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 111 LDAP Configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ldap-server backdoor
Enables or disables the LDAP back door for Telnet, SSH/SCP, or HTTP/HTTPS. The default setting is disabled.
To obtain the LDAP back door password for your G8124, contact your Service and Support line.
Command mode: Global configuration ldap-server enable
Enables the LDAP server.
Command mode: Global configuration no ldap-server enable
Disables the LDAP server.
Command mode: Global configuration show ldap-server
Displays the current LDAP server parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 215
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
NTP Server Configuration
These commands enable you to synchronize the switch clock to a Network Time Protocol (NTP) server. By default, this option is disabled.
Table 112 NTP Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ntp primary-server {<host name>|<IP address>}
Prompts for the hostname or IP addresses of the primary NTP server to which you want to synchronize the switch clock.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] ntp secondary-server {<host name>|<IP address>}
Prompts for the hostname or IP addresses of the secondary NTP server to which you want to synchronize the switch clock.
Command mode: Global configuration
ntp interval <5-44640>
Specifies the interval, that is, how often, in minutes, to re-synchronize the switch clock with the NTP server.
Command mode: Global configuration ntp enable
Enables the NTP synchronization service.
Command mode: Global configuration no ntp enable
Disables the NTP synchronization service.
Command mode: Global configuration show ntp
Displays the current NTP service settings.
Command mode: All
216 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
System SNMP Configuration
BLADEOS supports SNMP-based network management. In SNMP model of network management, a management station (client/manager) accesses a set of variables known as MIBs (Management
Information Base) provided by the managed device (agent). If you are running an SNMP network management station on your network, you can manage the switch using the following standard
SNMP MIBs:
MIB II (RFC 1213)
Ethernet MIB (RFC 1643)
Bridge MIB (RFC 1493)
An SNMP agent is a software process on the managed device that listens on UDP port 161 for
SNMP messages. Each SNMP message sent to the agent contains a list of management objects to retrieve or to modify.
SNMP parameters that can be modified include:
System name
System location
System contact
Use of the SNMP system authentication trap function
Read community string
Write community string
Trap community strings
Table 113 System SNMP Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server name <1-64 characters>
Configures the name for the system. The name can have a maximum of 64 characters.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server location <1-64 characters>
Configures the name of the system location. The location can have a maximum of 64 characters.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server contact <1-64 characters>
Configures the name of the system contact. The contact can have a maximum of 64 characters.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 217
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 113 System SNMP Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server read-community <1-32 characters>
Configures the SNMP read community string. The read community string controls SNMP
“get” access to the switch. It can have a maximum of 32 characters. The default read community string is public.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server write-community <1-32 characters>
Configures the SNMP write community string. The write community string controls SNMP
“set” and “get” access to the switch. It can have a maximum of 32 characters. The default write community string is private.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server timeout <1-30>
Sets the timeout value for the SNMP state machine, in minutes.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] snmp-server authentication-trap
Enables or disables the use of the system authentication trap facility. The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] snmp-server link-trap
Enables or disables the sending of SNMP link up and link down traps. The default setting is enabled.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server trap-src-if <interface number>
Configures the source interface for SNMP traps. The default value is interface 1.
To send traps through the management port A, specify interface 127.
To send traps through management port B, specify interface 128.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server host <trap host IP address> <trap host community string>
Adds a trap host server.
Command mode: Global configuration
218 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
Table 113 System SNMP Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
no snmp-server host <trap host IP address>
Removes the trap host server.
Command mode: Global configuration show snmp-server
Displays the current SNMP configuration.
Command mode: All
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 219
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 Configuration
SNMP version 3 (SNMPv3) is an extensible SNMP Framework that supplements the SNMPv2
Framework by supporting the following:
a new SNMP message format
security for messages
access control
remote configuration of SNMP parameters
For more details on the SNMPv3 architecture please refer to RFC3411 to RFC3418.
Table 114 SNMPv3 Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server user <1-16>
This command allows you to create a user security model (USM) entry for an authorized user.
You can also configure this entry through SNMP.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
snmp-server view <1-128>
This command allows you to create different MIB views.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
snmp-server access <1-32>
This command allows you to specify access rights. The View-based Access Control Model defines a set of services that an application can use for checking access rights of the user. You need access control when you have to process retrieval or modification request from an
SNMP entity.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
220 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 114 SNMPv3 Configuration Commands
snmp-server group <1-16>
A group maps the user name to the access group names and their access rights needed to access SNMP management objects. A group defines the access rights assigned to all names that belong to a particular group.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
snmp-server community <1-16>
The community table contains objects for mapping community strings and version-independent SNMP message parameters.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
snmp-server target-address <1-16>
This command allows you to configure destination information, consisting of a transport domain and a transport address. This is also termed as transport endpoint. The SNMP MIB provides a mechanism for performing source address validation on incoming requests, and for selecting community strings based on target addresses for outgoing notifications.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
snmp-server target-parameters <1-16>
This command allows you to configure SNMP parameters, consisting of message processing model, security model, security level, and security name information. There may be multiple transport endpoints associated with a particular set of SNMP parameters, or a particular transport endpoint may be associated with several sets of SNMP parameters.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
snmp-server notify <1-16>
A notification application typically monitors a system for particular events or conditions, and generates Notification-Class messages based on these events or conditions.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 221
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 114 SNMPv3 Configuration Commands
snmp-server version {v1v2v3|v3only}
This command allows you to enable or disable the access to SNMP versions 1, 2 or 3. This command is enabled by default.
Command mode: Global configuration show snmp-server v3
Displays the current SNMPv3 configuration.
Command mode: All
User Security Model Configuration
You can make use of a defined set of user identities using this Security Model. An SNMP engine must have the knowledge of applicable attributes of a user.
These commands help you create a user security model entry for an authorized user. You need to provide a security name to create the USM entry.
Table 115 User Security Model Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server user <1-16> name <1-32 characters>
This command allows you to configure a string that represents the name of the user. This is the login name that you need in order to access the switch.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server user <1-16> authentication-protocol {md5|sha|none}
authentication-password <password value>
This command allows you to configure the authentication protocol and password.
The authentication protocol can be HMAC-MD5-96 or HMAC-SHA-96, or none. The default algorithm is none.
When you configure an authentication algorithm, you must provide a password, otherwise you will get an error message during validation. This command allows you to create or change your password for authentication.
Command mode: Global configuration
222 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 115 User Security Model Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server user <1-16> privacy-protocol {des|none}
privacy-password <password value>
This command allows you to configure the type of privacy protocol and the privacy password.
The privacy protocol protects messages from disclosure. The options are des (CBC-DES
Symmetric Encryption Protocol) or none. If you specify des as the privacy protocol, then make sure that you have selected one of the authentication protocols (MD5 or
HMAC-SHA-96). If you select none as the authentication protocol, you will get an error message.
You can create or change the privacy password.
Command mode: Global configuration
no snmp-server user <1-16>
Deletes the USM user entries.
Command mode: Global configuration
show snmp-server v3 user <1-16>
Displays the USM user entries.
Command mode: All
SNMPv3 View Configuration
Note that the first five default vacmViewTreeFamily entries cannot be removed, and their names cannot be changed.
Table 116 SNMPv3 View Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server view <1-128> name <1-32 characters>
This command defines the name for a family of view subtrees.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server view <1-128> tree <1-32 characters>
This command defines MIB tree, which when combined with the corresponding mask defines a family of view subtrees.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 223
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 116 SNMPv3 View Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server view <1-128> mask <1-32 characters>
This command defines the bit mask, which in combination with the corresponding tree defines a family of view subtrees.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server view <1-128> type {included|excluded}
This command indicates whether the corresponding instances of vacmViewTreeFamilySubtree and vacmViewTreeFamilyMask define a family of view subtrees, which is included in or excluded from the MIB view.
Command mode: Global configuration
no snmp-server view <1-128>
Deletes the vacmViewTreeFamily group entry.
Command mode: Global configuration
show snmp-server v3 view <1-128>
Displays the current vacmViewTreeFamily configuration.
Command mode: All
View-based Access Control Model Configuration
The view-based Access Control Model defines a set of services that an application can use for checking access rights of the user. Access control is needed when the user has to process SNMP retrieval or modification request from an SNMP entity.
Table 117 View-based Access Control Model Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server access <1-32> name <1-32 characters>
Defines the name of the group.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server access <1-32> security {usm|snmpv1|snmpv2}
Allows you to select the security model to be used.
Command mode: Global configuration
224 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 117 View-based Access Control Model Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server access <1-32> level {noAuthNoPriv|authNoPriv|authPriv}
Defines the minimum level of security required to gain access rights. The level noAuthNoPriv means that the SNMP message will be sent without authentication and without using a privacy protocol. The level authNoPriv means that the SNMP message will be sent with authentication but without using a privacy protocol. The authPriv means that the SNMP message will be sent both with authentication and using a privacy protocol.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server access <1-32> read-view <1-32 characters>
Defines a read view name that allows you read access to a particular MIB view. If the value is empty or if there is no active MIB view having this value then no access is granted.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server access <1-32> write-view <1-32 characters>
Defines a write view name that allows you write access to the MIB view. If the value is empty or if there is no active MIB view having this value then no access is granted.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server access <1-32> notify-view <1-32 characters>
Defines a notify view name that allows you notify access to the MIB view.
Command mode: Global configuration
no snmp-server access <1-32>
Deletes the View-based Access Control entry.
Command mode: Global configuration
show snmp-server v3 access <1-32>
Displays the View-based Access Control configuration.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 225
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 Group Configuration
Table 118 SNMPv3 Group Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server group <1-16> security {usm|snmpv1|snmpv2}
Defines the security model.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server group <1-16> user-name <1-32 characters>
Sets the user name as defined in the following command on
: snmp-server user <1-16> name <1-32 characters>
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server group <1-16> group-name <1-32 characters>
The name for the access group as defined in the following command: snmp-server access <1-32> name <1-32 characters> on
.
Command mode: Global configuration
no snmp-server group <1-16>
Deletes the vacmSecurityToGroup entry.
Command mode: Global configuration
show snmp-server v3 group <1-16>
Displays the current vacmSecurityToGroup configuration.
Command mode: All
226 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 Community Table Configuration
These commands are used for configuring the community table entry. The configured entry is stored in the community table list in the SNMP engine. This table is used to configure community strings in the Local Configuration Datastore (LCD) of SNMP engine.
Table 119 SNMPv3 Community Table Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server community <1-16> index <1-32 characters>
Allows you to configure the unique index value of a row in this table.
Command string: Global configuration
snmp-server community <1-16> name <1-32 characters>
Defines the user name as defined in the following command on page 222
: snmp-server user <1-16> name <1-32 characters>
Command string: Global configuration
snmp-server community <1-16> user-name <1-32 characters>
Defines a readable string that represents the corresponding value of an SNMP community name in a security model.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server community <1-16> tag <1-255 characters>
Allows you to configure a tag. This tag specifies a set of transport endpoints to which a command responder application sends an SNMP trap.
Command mode: Global configuration
no snmp-server community <1-16>
Deletes the community table entry.
Command mode: Global configuration
show snmp-server v3 community <1-16>
Displays the community table configuration.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 227
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 Target Address Table Configuration
These commands are used to configure the target transport entry. The configured entry is stored in the target address table list in the SNMP engine. This table of transport addresses is used in the generation of SNMP messages.
Table 120 Target Address Table Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server target-address <1-16> address <IP address>
name <1-32 characters>
Allows you to configure the locally arbitrary, but unique identifier, target address name associated with this entry.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server target-address <1-16> name <1-32 characters>
address <transport IP address>
Configures a transport IPv4 or IPv6 address that can be used in the generation of SNMP traps.
IPv6 addresses are not displayed in the configuration, but they do receive traps.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server target-address <1-16> port <port alias or number>
Allows you to configure a transport address port that can be used in the generation of SNMP traps.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server target-address <1-16> taglist <1-255 characters>
Allows you to configure a list of tags that are used to select target addresses for a particular operation.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server target-address <1-16> parameters-name <1-32 characters>
Defines the name as defined in the following command on
: snmp-server target-parameters <1-16> name <1-32 characters>
Command mode: Global configuration
228 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 120 Target Address Table Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
no snmp-server target-address <1-16>
Deletes the Target Address Table entry.
Command mode: Global configuration
show snmp-server v3 target-address <1-16>
Displays the current Target Address Table configuration.
Command mode: All
SNMPv3 Target Parameters Table Configuration
You can configure the target parameters entry and store it in the target parameters table in the
SNMP engine. This table contains parameters that are used to generate a message. The parameters include the message processing model (for example: SNMPv3, SNMPv2c, SNMPv1), the security model (for example: USM), the security name, and the security level (noAuthnoPriv, authNoPriv, or authPriv).
Table 121 Target Parameters Table Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server target-parameters <1-16> name <1-32 characters>
Allows you to configure the locally arbitrary, but unique, identifier that is associated with this entry.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server target-parameters <1-16> message
{snmpv1|snmpv2c|snmpv3}
Allows you to configure the message processing model that is used to generate SNMP messages.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server target-parameters <1-16> security {usm|snmpv1|snmpv2}
Allows you to select the security model to be used when generating the SNMP messages.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 229
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 121 Target Parameters Table Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server target-parameters <1-16> user-name <1-32 characters>
Defines the name that identifies the user in the USM table (
) on whose behalf the
SNMP messages are generated using this entry.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server target-parameters <1-16> level
{noAuthNoPriv|authNoPriv|authPriv}
Allows you to select the level of security to be used when generating the SNMP messages using this entry. The level noAuthNoPriv means that the SNMP message will be sent without authentication and without using a privacy protocol. The level authNoPriv means that the SNMP message will be sent with authentication but without using a privacy protocol.
The authPriv means that the SNMP message will be sent both with authentication and using a privacy protocol.
Command mode: Global configuration
no snmp-server target-parameters <1-16>
Deletes the targetParamsTable entry.
Command mode: Global configuration
show snmp-server v3 target-parameters <1-16>
Displays the current targetParamsTable configuration.
Command mode: All
230 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
SNMPv3 Notify Table Configuration
SNMPv3 uses Notification Originator to send out traps. A notification typically monitors a system for particular events or conditions, and generates Notification-Class messages based on these events or conditions.
Table 122 Notify Table Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
snmp-server notify <1-16> name <1-32 characters>
Defines a locally arbitrary, but unique, identifier associated with this SNMP notify entry.
Command mode: Global configuration
snmp-server notify <1-16> tag <1-255 characters>
Allows you to configure a tag that contains a tag value which is used to select entries in the
Target Address Table. Any entry in the snmpTargetAddrTable, that matches the value of this tag, is selected.
Command mode: Global configuration
no snmp-server notify <1-16>
Deletes the notify table entry.
Command mode: Global configuration
show snmp-server v3 notify <1-16>
Displays the current notify table configuration.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 231
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
System Access Configuration
Table 123 System Access Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage access user administrator-password access user operator-password access user user-password
Allows you to change the password. You must enter the current password in use for validation.
Command Mode: Global configuration
[no] access http enable
Enables or disables HTTP (Web) access to the Browser-Based Interface. It is enabled by default.
Command mode: Global configuration
[default] access http port [<port alias or number>]
Sets the switch port used for serving switch Web content. The default is HTTP port 80.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] access snmp {read-only|read-write}
Disables or provides read-only/write-read SNMP access.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] access telnet enable
Enables or disables Telnet access. This command is enabled by default.
Command mode: Global configuration
[default] access telnet port [<1-65535>]
Sets an optional Telnet server port number for cases where the server listens for Telnet sessions on a non-standard port.
Command mode: Global configuration
[default] access tftp-port [<1-65535>]
Sets the TFTP port for the switch. The default is port 69.
Command mode: Global configuration
232 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 123 System Access Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] access tsbbi enable
Enables or disables Telnet/SSH configuration through the Browser-Based Interface (BBI).
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] access userbbi enable
Enables or disables user configuration access through the Browser-Based Interface (BBI).
Command mode: Global configuration show access
Displays the current system access parameters.
Command mode: All
Management Network Configuration
These commands are used to define IP address ranges which are allowed to access the switch for management purposes.
Table 124 Management Network Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
access management-network <IP address> <IP mask>
Adds a defined network through which switch access is allowed through Telnet, SNMP, RIP, or the BLADEOS browser-based interface. A range of IP addresses is produced when used with a network mask address. Specify an IP address and mask address in dotted-decimal notation.
Note: If you configure the management network without including the switch interfaces, the configuration causes the Firewall Load Balancing health checks to fail and creates a
“Network Down” state on the network.
Command mode: Global configuration
no access management-network <IP address> <IP mask>
Removes a defined network, which consists of a management network address and a management network mask address.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 233
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 124 Management Network Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show access management-network
Displays the current management network configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC clear access management-network
Removes all defined management networks.
Command mode: Global configuration
User Access Control Configuration
The following table describes user-access control commands.
Passwords can be a maximum of 128 characters.
Table 125 User Access Control Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
access user eject <user name>
Ejects the specified user from the G8124.
Command mode: Global configuration access user user-password
Sets the user (user) password. This command will prompt for required information: current admin password, new password (up to 128 characters) and confirmation of the new password.
Command mode: Global configuration
access user operator-password
Sets the operator (oper)password. This command will prompt for required information: current admin password, new password (up to 128 characters) and confirmation of the new password.
Command mode: Global configuration
234 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 125 User Access Control Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
access user administrator-password
Sets the administrator (admin) password. This command will prompt for required information: current admin password, new password (up to 128 characters) and confirmation of the new password.
Access includes “oper” functions.
Command mode: Global configuration show access user
Displays the current user status.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
System User ID Configuration
Table 126 User ID Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
access user <1-10> level {user|operator|administrator}
Sets the Class-of-Service to define the user’s authority level. BLADEOS defines these levels as: User, Operator, and Administrator, with User being the most restricted level.
Command mode: Global configuration
access user <1-10> name <1-8 characters>
Defines the user name of maximum eight characters.
Command mode: Global configuration
access user <1-10> password
Sets the user (user) password. This command will prompt for required information: current admin password, new password (up to 128 characters) and confirmation of the new password.
Command mode: Global configuration
access user <1-10> enable
Enables the user ID.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 235
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 126 User ID Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
no access user <1-10> enable
Disables the user ID.
Command mode: Global configuration
no access user <1-10>
Deletes the user ID.
Command mode: Global configuration show access user
Displays the current user ID configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Strong Password Configuration
Table 127 Strong Password Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage access user strong-password enable
Enables Strong Password requirement.
Command mode: Global configuration no access user strong-password enable
Disables Strong Password requirement.
Command mode: Global configuration
access user strong-password expiry <1-365>
Configures the number of days allowed before the password must be changed. The default value is 60 days.
Command mode: Global configuration
access user strong-password warning <1-365>
Configures the number of days before password expiration, that a warning is issued to users.
The default value is 15 days.
Command mode: Global configuration
236 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 127 Strong Password Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
access user strong-password faillog <1-255>
Configures the number of failed login attempts allowed before a security notification is logged. The default value is 3 login attempts.
Command mode: Global configuration show access user strong-password
Displays the current Strong Password configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
HTTPS Access Configuration
Table 128 HTTPS Access Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] access https enable
Enables or disables BBI access (Web access) using HTTPS.
Command mode: Global configuration
[default] access https port [<TCP port number>]
Defines the HTTPS Web server port number. The default port is 443.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 237
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 128 HTTPS Access Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage access https generate-certificate
Allows you to generate a certificate to connect to the SSL to be used during the key exchange.
A default certificate is created when HTTPS is enabled for the first time. The user can create a new certificate defining the information that they want to be used in the various fields. For example:
Country Name (2 letter code): CA
State or Province Name (full name): Ontario
Locality Name (for example, city): Ottawa
Organization Name (for example, company): Blade
Organizational Unit Name (for example, section): Operations
Common Name (for example, user’s name): Mr Smith
Email (for example, email address): [email protected]
You will be asked to confirm if you want to generate the certificate. It will take approximately
30 seconds to generate the certificate. Then the switch will restart SSL agent.
Command mode: Global configuration access https save-certificate
Allows the client, or the Web browser, to accept the certificate and save the certificate to Flash to be used when the switch is rebooted.
Command mode: Global configuration show access
Displays the current SSL Web Access configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
238 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Custom Daylight Savings Time Configuration
Use these commands to configure custom Daylight Savings Time. The DST is defined by two rules, the start rule and end rule. The rules specify the dates when the DST starts and finishes. These dates are represented as specific calendar dates or as relative offsets in a month (for example,
'the second Sunday of September').
Relative offset example:
2070901 = Second Sunday of September, at 1:00 a.m.
Calendar date example:
0070901 = September 7, at 1:00 a.m.
Table 129 Custom DST Options
Command Syntax and Usage
system custom-dst start-rule <WDDMMhh>
Configures the start date for custom DST, as follows:
WDMMhh
W = week (0-5, where 0 means use the calender date)
D = day of the week (01-07, where 01 is Monday)
MM = month (1-12) hh = hour (0-23)
Note: Week 5 is always considered to be the last week of the month.
Command mode: Global configuration
system custom-dst end-rule <WDDMMhh>
Configures the end date for custom DST, as follows:
WDMMhh
W = week (0-5, where 0 means use the calender date)
D = day of the week (01-07, where 01 is Monday)
MM = month (1-12) hh = hour (0-23)
Note: Week 5 is always considered to be the last week of the month.
Command mode: Global configuration system custom-dst enable
Enables the Custom Daylight Savings Time settings.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 239
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 129 Custom DST Options
Command Syntax and Usage no system custom-dst enable
Disables the Custom Daylight Savings Time settings.
Command mode: Global configuration show custom-dst
Displays the current Custom DST configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
sFlow Configuration
BLADEOS supports sFlow version 5. sFlow is a sampling method used for monitoring high speed switched networks. Use these commands to configure the sFlow agent on the switch.
Table 130 sFlow Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage sflow enable
Enables the sFlow agent.
Command mode: Global configuration no sflow enable
Disables the sFlow agent.
Command mode: Global configuration
sflow server <IP address> [-ma|-mgta|-mb|-mgtb|-d|-data]
Defines the sFlow server address and interface port.
Command mode: Global configuration
sflow port <1-65535>
Configures the UDP port for the sFlow server. The default value is 6343.
Command mode: Global configuration show sflow
Displays sFlow configuration parameters.
Command mode: All
240 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
sFlow Port Configuration
Use the following commands to configure the sFlow port on the switch.
Table 131 sFlow Port Configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] sflow polling <5-60>
Configures the sFlow polling interval, in seconds. The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] sflow sampling <1-16777215>
Configures the sFlow sampling rate, in packets per sample. The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: Interface port
Server Port Configuration
Use these commands to define a list of server ports. Ports that are not configured as server ports are considered to be uplink ports. VMready learns Virtual Machine information only from server ports.
Table 132 Server Port Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
system server-ports port <1-24>
Adds one or more port physical ports to the list of server ports.
no system server-ports port <1-24>
Removes one of more ports from the list of server ports. show system server-ports
Displays the current server port configuration.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 241
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Port Configuration
Use the Port Configuration commands to configure settings for interface ports.
Table 133 Port Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
interface port <port alias or number>
Enter Interface port mode.
Command mode: Global configuration
dot1p <0-7>
Configures the port’s 802.1p priority level.
Command mode: Interface port
pvid <VLAN number>
Sets the default VLAN number which will be used to forward frames which are not VLAN tagged. The default number is 1 for non-management ports.
Command mode: Interface port
name <1-64 characters>
Sets a name for the port. The assigned port name appears next to the port number on some information and statistics screens. The default is set to None.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] bpdu-guard
Enables or disables BPDU guard, to avoid Spanning-Tree loops on ports with Port Fast
Forwarding enabled, or ports configured as edge ports.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] dscp-marking
Enables or disables DSCP re-marking on a port.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] tagging
Disables or enables VLAN tagging for this port. The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: Interface port
242 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 133 Port Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] tag-pvid
Disables or enables VLAN tag persistence. When disabled, the VLAN tag is removed from packets whose VLAN tag matches the port PVID. The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] flood-blocking
Enables or disables port Flood Blocking. When enabled, unicast and multicast packets with unknown destination MAC addresses are blocked from the port.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] mac-address-table mac-notification
Enables or disables MAC Address Notification. With MAC Address Notification enabled, the switch generates a syslog message when a MAC address is added or removed from the MAC address table.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] learning
Enables or disables FDB learning on the port.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] broadcast-threshold <100-10000>
Limits the number of broadcast packets per second to the specified value. If disabled, the port forwards all broadcast packets.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] multicast-threshold <100-10000>
Limits the number of multicast packets per second to the specified value. If disabled, the port forwards all multicast packets.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] dest-lookup-threshold <100-10000>
Limits the number of unknown unicast packets per second to the specified value. If disabled, the port forwards all unknown unicast packets.
Command mode: Interface port
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 243
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 133 Port Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage no shutdown
Enables the port.
Command mode: Interface port shutdown
Disables the port. (To temporarily disable a port without changing its configuration attributes,
refer to “Temporarily Disabling a Port” on page 246 .)
Command mode: Interface port
show interface port <port alias or number>
Displays current port parameters.
Command mode: All
Port Error Disable and Recovery Configuration
The Error Disable and Recovery feature allows the switch to automatically disable a port if an error condition is detected on the port. The port remains in the error-disabled state until it is re-enabled manually, or re-enabled automatically by the switch after a timeout period has elapsed. The error-disabled state of a port does not persist across a system reboot.
Table 134 Port Error Disable Commands
Command Syntax and Usage errdisable recovery
Enables automatic error-recovery for the port. The default setting is enabled.
Note: Error-recovery must be enabled globally before port-level commands become active.
Command mode: Interface port no errdisable recovery
Enables automatic error-recovery for the port.
Command mode: Interface port
show interface port <port alias or number> errdisable
Displays current port Error Disable parameters.
Command mode: All
244 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Port Link Configuration
Use these commands to set flow control for the port link.
Table 135 Port Link Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
speed {10|100|1000|10000|auto}
Sets the link speed. Some options are not valid on all ports. The choices include:
10 Mbps
100 Mbps
1000 Mbps any (auto negotiate port speed)
Note: Data ports are fixed at 10000 Mbps.
Command mode: Interface port duplex {full|half|any}
Sets the operating mode. The choices include:
“Any,” for auto negotiation (default)
Half-duplex
Full-duplex
Note: Data ports are fixed at full duplex.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] flowcontrol {receive|send|both}
Sets the flow control. The choices include:
Receive flow control
Transmit flow control
Both receive and transmit flow control (default)
No flow control
Command mode: Interface port
[no] auto
Turns auto-negotiation on or off.
Note: Data ports are fixed at 10000 Mbps, and cannot be set to auto-negotiate, unless a 1 Gb
SFP transceiver is used.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 245
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 135 Port Link Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show interface port <port alias or number>
Displays current port parameters.
Command mode: All
Temporarily Disabling a Port
To temporarily disable a port without changing its stored configuration attributes, enter the following command at any prompt:
Router# interface port <port alias or number> shutdown
Because this configuration sets a temporary state for the port, you do not need to use a save operation. The port state will revert to its original configuration when the RackSwitch G8124 is reset.
See the “Operations Commands” on page 407 for other operations-level commands.
246 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
UniDirectional Link Detection Configuration
UDLD commands are described in the following table.
Table 136 Port UDLD Configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] udld
Enables or disables UDLD on the port.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] udld aggressive
Configures the UDLD mode for the selected port, as follows:
Normal: Detect unidirectional links that have mis-connected interfaces. The port is disabled if UDLD determines that the port is mis-connected. Use the “no” form to select normal operation.
Aggressive: In addition to the normal mode, the aggressive mode disables the port if the neighbor stops sending UDLD probes for 7 seconds.
Command mode: Interface port show udld
Displays current port UDLD parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 247
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Port OAM Configuration
Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) protocol allows the switch to detect faults on the physical port links. OAM is described in the IEEE 802.3ah standard.
OAM Discovery commands are described in the following table.
Table 137 Port OAM Configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage oam {active|passive}
Configures the OAM discovery mode, as follows:
Active: This port link initiates OAM discovery.
Passive: This port allows its peer link to initiate OAM discovery.
If OAM determines that the port is in an anomalous condition, the port is disabled.
Command mode: Interface port no oam {active|passive}
Disables OAM discovery on the port.
Command mode: Interface port show oam
Displays current port OAM parameters.
Command mode: All
Port ACL Configuration
Table 138 ACL/QoS Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
access-control list <1-127>
Adds the specified ACL to the port. You can add multiple ACLs to a port, but the total number of precedence levels allowed is two.
Command mode: Interface port
no access-control list <1-127>
Deletes the specified ACL list from the port.
Command mode: Interface port
248 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 138 ACL/QoS Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show interface port <port alias or number> access-control
Displays current ACL QoS parameters.
Command mode: All
Port Spanning Tree Configuration
Table 139 Port STP Options
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] spanning-tree edge
Enables or disables this port as an edge port. An edge port is not connected to a bridge, and can begin forwarding traffic as soon as the link is up. Configure server ports as edge ports
(enabled).
Note: After you configure the port as an edge port, you must disable the port and then re-enable the port for the change to take effect.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] spanning-tree link-type p2p|shared
Defines the type of link connected to the port, as follows:
no: Configures the port to detect the link type, and automatically match its settings.
p2p: Configures the port for Point-To-Point protocol.
shared: Configures the port to connect to a shared medium (usually a hub).
The default link type is auto.
Command mode: Interface port
show interface port {<port alias or number>}
Displays current port configuration parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 249
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Quality of Service Configuration
Quality of Service (QoS) commands configure the 802.1p priority value and DiffServ Code Point value of incoming packets. This allows you to differentiate between various types of traffic, and provide different priority levels.
802.1p Configuration
This feature provides the G8124 the capability to filter IP packets based on the 802.1p bits in the packet's VLAN header. The 802.1p bits specify the priority that you should give to the packets while forwarding them. The packets with a higher (non-zero) priority bits are given forwarding preference over packets with numerically lower priority bits value.
Table 140 802.1p Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
qos transmit-queue mapping <priority (0-7)> <COSq number>
Maps the 802.1p priority of to the Class of Service queue (COSq) priority. Enter the 802.1p priority value (0-7), followed by the Class of Service queue that handles the matching traffic.
Command mode: Global configuration
qos transmit-queue weight-cos <COSq number> <weight (0-15)>
Configures the weight of the selected Class of Service queue (COSq). Enter the queue number (0-1), followed by the scheduling weight (0-15).
Command mode: Global configuration show qos transmit-queue
Displays the current 802.1p parameters.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
250 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
DSCP Configuration
These commands map the DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) value of incoming packets to a new value or to an 802.1p priority value.
Table 141 DSCP Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
qos dscp dscp-mapping <DSCP (0-63)> <new DSCP (0-63)>
Maps the initial DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) value to a new value. Enter the DSCP value
(0-63) of incoming packets, followed by the new value.
Command mode: Global configuration
qos dscp dot1p-mapping <DSCP (0-63)> <priority (0-7)>
Maps the DiffServ Code point value to an 802.1p priority value. Enter the DSCP value, followed by the corresponding 802.1p value.
Command mode: Global configuration qos dscp re-marking
Turns on DSCP re-marking globally.
Command mode: Global configuration no qos dscp re-marking
Turns off DSCP re-marking globally.
Command mode: Global configuration show qos dscp
Displays the current DSCP parameters.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 251
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Access Control Configuration
Use these commands to create Access Control Lists. ACLs define matching criteria used for IP filtering and Quality of Service functions.
For information about assigning ACLs to ports, see
“Port ACL Configuration” on page 248 .
Table 142 General ACL Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] access-control list <1-127>
Configures an Access Control List.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
access-control outdscp <1-63>
Configures the global DSCP re-marking value for out-of-profile packets. Sets the DiffServ
Code Point (DSCP) of Out-of-Profile packets to the selected value.
Command mode: Global configuration show access-control
Displays the current ACL parameters.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
252 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Access Control List Configuration
These commands allow you to define filtering criteria for each Access Control List (ACL).
Table 143 ACL Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
access-control list <1-127> action {permit|deny|set-priority <0-7>}
Configures a filter action for packets that match the ACL definitions. You can choose to permit (pass) or deny (drop) packets, or set the 802.1p priority level (0-7).
Command mode: Global configuration
access-control list <1-127> statistics
Enables or disables the statistics collection for the Access Control List.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
default access-control list <1-127>
Resets the ACL parameters to their default values.
Command mode: Global configuration
show access-control list <1-127>
Displays the current ACL parameters.
Command mode: All
ACL Mirroring Configuration
These commands allow you to define port mirroring for an ACL. Packets that match the ACL are mirrored to the destination interface.
Table 144 ACL Port Mirroring commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] access-control list <1-127> mirror port <port alias or number>|none
Configures the destination to which packets that match this ACL are mirrored.
Command mode: Global configuration
show access-control list <1-127> mirror
Displays the current port mirroring parameters for the ACL.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 253
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Ethernet Filtering Configuration
These commands allow you to define Ethernet matching criteria for an ACL.
Table 145 Ethernet Filtering Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] access-control list <1-127> ethernet
source-mac-address <MAC address> <MAC mask>
Defines the source MAC address for this ACL.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] access-control list <1-127> ethernet
destination-mac-address <MAC address> <MAC mask>
Defines the destination MAC address for this ACL.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] access-control list <1-127> ethernet vlan <VLAN ID> <VLAN mask>
Defines a VLAN number and mask for this ACL.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] access-control list <1-127> ethernet ethernet-type
{arp|ip|ipv6|mpls|rarp|any|<other (0x600-0xFFFF)>}
Defines the Ethernet type for this ACL.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] access-control list <1-127> ethernet priority <0-7>
Defines the Ethernet priority value for the ACL.
Command mode: Global configuration
default access-control list <1-127> ethernet
Resets Ethernet parameters for the ACL to their default values.
Command mode: Global configuration
254 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 145 Ethernet Filtering Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
no access-control list <1-127> ethernet
Removes Ethernet parameters for the ACL.
Command mode: Global configuration
show access-control list <1-127> ethernet
Displays the current Ethernet parameters for the ACL.
Command mode: All
IPv4 Filtering Configuration
These commands allow you to define IPv4 matching criteria for an ACL.
Table 146 IP version 4 Filtering Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] access-control list <1-127> ipv4 source-ip-address
<IP address> <IP mask>
Defines a source IP address for the ACL. If defined, traffic with this source IP address will match this ACL. Specify an IP address in dotted decimal notation.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] access-control list <1-127> ipv4 destination-ip-address
<IP address> <IP mask>
Defines a destination IP address for the ACL. If defined, traffic with this destination IP address will match this ACL.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 255
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 146 IP version 4 Filtering Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] access-control list <1-127> ipv4 protocol <0-255>
Defines an IP protocol for the ACL. If defined, traffic from the specified protocol matches this filter. Specify the protocol number. Listed below are some of the well-known protocols.
Number Name
1
2
6
17
89
112 icmp igmp tcp udp ospf vrrp
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] access-control list <1-127> ipv4 type-of-service <0-255>
Defines a Type of Service (ToS) value for the ACL. For more information on ToS, refer to
RFC 1340 and 1349.
Command mode: Global configuration
default access-control list <1-127> ipv4
Resets the IPv4 parameters for the ACL to their default values.
Command mode: Global configuration
show access-control list <1-127> ipv4
Displays the current IPV4 parameters.
Command mode: All
256 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
TCP/UDP Filtering Configuration
These commands allow you to define TCP/UDP matching criteria for an ACL.
Table 147 TCP/UDP Filtering Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] access-control list <1-127> tcp-udp source-port <1-65535>
<mask (0xFFFF)>
Defines a source port for the ACL. If defined, traffic with the specified TCP or UDP source port will match this ACL. Specify the port number. Listed below are some of the well-known ports:
Number Name
25
37
42
43
20
21
22
23
53
69
70
79
80 ftp-data ftp ssh telnet smtp time name whois domain tftp gopher finger http
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] access-control list <1-127> tcp-udp destination-port
<1-65535> <mask (0xFFFF)>
Defines a destination port for the ACL. If defined, traffic with the specified TCP or UDP destination port will match this ACL. Specify the port number, just as with sport above.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] access-control list <1-127> tcp-udp
flags <value (0x0-0x3f)> <mask (0x0-0x3f)>
Defines a TCP/UDP flag for the ACL.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 257
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 147 TCP/UDP Filtering Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
default access-control list <1-127> tcp-udp
Resets the TCP/UDP parameters for the ACL to their default values.
Command mode: Global configuration
show access-control list <1-127> tcp-udp
Displays the current TCP/UDP Filtering parameters.
Command mode: All
ACL Metering Configuration
These commands define the Access Control profile for the selected ACL.
Table 148 ACL Metering Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
access-control list <1-127> meter committed-rate <64-10000>
Configures the committed rate, in megabits per second. The committed rate must be a multiple of 64.
Command mode: Global configuration
access-control list <1-127> meter maximum-burst-size <32-4096>
Configures the maximum burst size, in Kilobits. Enter one of the following values for mbsize: 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] access-control list <1-127> meter enable
Enables or disables ACL Metering.
Command mode: Global configuration
access-control list <1-127> meter action {drop|pass}
Configures the ACL Meter to either drop or pass out-of-profile traffic.
Command mode: Global configuration
258 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 148 ACL Metering Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
default access-control list <1-127> meter
Sets the ACL meter configuration to its default values.
Command mode: Global configuration
no access-control list <1-127> meter
Deletes the selected ACL meter.
Command mode: Global configuration
show access-control list <1-127> meter
Displays current ACL Metering parameters.
Command mode: All
ACL Re-Mark Configuration
You can choose to re-mark IP header data for the selected ACL. You can configure different re-mark values, based on whether packets fall within the ACL Metering profile, or out of the ACL
Metering profile.
Table 149 Re-marking Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
access-control list <1-127> re-mark dot1p <0-7>
Defines the 802.1p value. The value is the priority bits information in the packet structure.
Command mode: Global configuration
no access-control list <1-127> re-mark dot1p
Disables use of 802.1p value for re-marked packets.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 259
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 149 Re-marking Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
default access-control list <1-127> re-mark
Sets the ACL Re-mark configuration to its default values.
Command mode: Global configuration
show access-control list <1-127> re-mark
Displays current Re-mark parameters.
Command mode: All
Re-marking In-Profile Configuration
Table 150 ACL Re-marking In-Profile commands
Command Syntax and Usage
access-control list <1-127> re-mark in-profile dscp <0-63>
Sets the DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) of in-profile packets to the selected value.
Command mode: Global configuration
no access-control list <1-127> re-mark in-profile dscp
Disables use of DSCP value for in-profile traffic.
Command mode: Global configuration
show access-control list <1-127> re-mark
Displays current Re-mark parameters.
Command mode: All
260 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Re-Marking Out-of-Profile Configuration
Table 151 ACL Re-marking Out-of-Profile commands
Command Syntax and Usage
access-control list <1-127> re-mark out-profile dscp enable
Enables or disables DSCP re-marking on out-of-profile packets for the ACL.
Command mode: Global configuration
no access-control list <1-127> re-mark out-profile dscp enable
Disables use of DSCP value for out-of-profile traffic.
Command mode: Global configuration
show access-control list <1-127> re-mark
Displays current Re-mark parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 261
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
VMAP Configuration
A VLAN Map is an Access Control List (ACL) that can be assigned to a VLAN or a VM group instead of a port. In a virtualized environment where Virtual Machines move between physical servers, VLAN Maps allow you to create traffic filtering and metering policies associated with a
VM’s VLAN.
For more information about VLAN Map configuration commands, see “Access Control List
For more information about assigning VLAN Maps to a VLAN, see “VLAN Configuration” on page 299 .
For more information about assigning VLAN Maps to a VM group, see
“VM Group Configuration” on page 400
.
lists the general VMAP configuration commands.
Table 152 VMAP Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] access-control vmap <1-128> egress-port <port alias or number>
Configures the VMAP to function on egress packets.
Command mode: Global configuration
access-control vmap <1-128> action {permit|deny|set-priority <0-7>}
Configures a filter action for packets that match the VMAP definitions. You can choose to permit (pass) or deny (drop) packets, or set the 802.1p priority level (0-7).
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] access-control vmap <1-128> statistics
Enables or disables the statistics collection for the VMAP.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
default access-control vmap <1-128>
Resets the VMAP parameters to their default values.
Command mode: Global configuration
show access-control vmap <1-128>
Displays the current VMAP parameters.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
262 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Port Mirroring
Port mirroring is disabled by default. For more information about port mirroring on the G8124, see
“Appendix A: Troubleshooting” in the BLADEOS 6.3 Application Guide.
Port Mirroring commands are used to configure, enable, and disable the monitor port. When enabled, network packets being sent and/or received on a target port are duplicated and sent to a monitor port. By attaching a network analyzer to the monitor port, you can collect detailed information about your network performance and usage.
Table 153 Port Mirroring Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] port-mirroring enable
Enables or disables port mirroring.
Command mode: Global configuration show port-mirroring
Displays current settings of the mirrored and monitoring ports.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 263
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Port-Mirroring Configuration
Table 154 Port-Based Port-Mirroring Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
port-mirroring monitor-port <port alias or number> mirroring-port
<port alias or number> {in|out|both}
Adds the port to be mirrored. This command also allows you to enter the direction of the traffic. It is necessary to specify the direction because:
If the source port of the frame matches the mirrored port and the mirrored direction is ingress or both (ingress and egress), the frame is sent to the monitoring port.
If the destination port of the frame matches the mirrored port and the mirrored direction is egress or both, the frame is sent to the monitoring port.
Command mode: Global configuration
no port-mirroring monitor-port <port alias or number> mirroring-port
<port alias or number>
Removes the mirrored port.
Command mode: Global configuration show port-mirroring
Displays the current settings of the monitoring port.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
264 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Layer 2 Configuration
The following table describes basic Layer 2 Configuration commands. The following sections provide more detailed information and commands .
Table 155 Layer 2 Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
vlan <VLAN number>
Enter VLAN configuration mode.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
[no] spanning-tree mode disable
When enabled, globally turns Spanning Tree off (selects Spanning-Tree mode “disable”).
All ports are placed into forwarding state. Any BPDU’s received are flooded. BPDU Guard is not affected by this command.
To enable Spanning-Tree, select another Spanning-Tree mode.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] spanning-tree pvst-compatibility
Enables or disables VLAN tagging of Spanning Tree BPDUs. The default setting is enabled.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] spanning-tree uplinkfast
Enables or disables Fast Uplink Convergence, which provides rapid Spanning Tree convergence to an upstream switch during failover.
Note: When enabled, this feature increases bridge priorities to 65535 for all STGs (except the management STG) and path cost by 3000 for all STP ports.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 265
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 155 Layer 2 Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
spanning-tree uplinkfast max-update-rate <10-200>
Configures the station update rate. The default value is 40.
Command mode: Global configuration show layer2
Displays current Layer 2 parameters.
Command mode: All
Active Multipath Configuration
Use the following commands to configure Active Multipath (AMP) for the G8124.
Table 156 AMP Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] active-multipath aggr-portchannel lacp <1-65535>
Configures an LACP admin key to be used as the AMP Aggregator link. LACP trunks formed with this admin key will be used to link the two AMP Aggregators.
Note: This command does not apply to AMP Access switches.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] active-multipath aggr-port <port alias or number>
Configures a port to be used as the AMP Aggregator link.
Note: This command does not apply to AMP Access switches.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] active-multipath aggr-portchannel <trunk number>
Configures a trunk to be used as the AMP Aggregator link.
Note: This command does not apply to AMP Access switches.
Command mode: Global configuration
266 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 156 AMP Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] active-multipath interval <10-10000>
Configures the time interval between AMP keep alive messages, in centiseconds. The default value is 50.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] active-multipath switch-priority <1-255>
Configures the AMP priority for the switch. The default value is 255.
A lower priority value denotes a higher precedence (so priority 1 is the highest priority.) It is recommended that aggregator switches be configured with lower priority values than access switches.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] active-multipath timeout-count <1-20>
Configures the timeout count, which is the number of unreceived keep-alive packets the switch waits before declaring a timeout due to loss of connectivity with the peer. The default value is 4.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] active-multipath switch-type access|aggregator
Defines the AMP switch type, as follows:
Access: Connects to downstream servers. Only one AMP group can be configured on an access switch.
Aggregator: Connects to upstream routers. Multiple AMP groups can be configured on an Aggregator switch.
The default switch type is access.
Command mode: Global configuration active-multipath enable
Globally turns Active MultiPath on.
Command mode: Global configuration no active-multipath enable
Globally turns Active MultiPath off.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 267
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 156 AMP Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage default active-multipath
Resets Active MultiPath parameters to their default values, and optionally delete all AMP groups.
Command mode: Global configuration show active-multipath
Displays the current AMP parameters.
Command mode: All
AMP Group Configuration
Use the following commands to configure an AMP group.
Table 157 AMP Group Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] active-multipath group <AMP group number> port <port alias or number>
Adds the port as the first port in the AMP group.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] active-multipath group <AMP group number> port2
<port alias or number>
Adds the port as the second port in the AMP group.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] active-multipath group <AMP group number> portchannel
lacp <1-65535>
Adds the first LACP admin key to the AMP group. LACP trunks formed with this admin key will be used for AMP communication.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] active-multipath group <AMP group number> portchannel2
lacp <1-65535>
Adds the second LACP admin key to the AMP group. LACP trunks formed with this admin
key will be used for AMP communication.
Command mode: Global configuration
268 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 157 AMP Group Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] active-multipath group <AMP group number> portchannel
<trunk number>
Adds the first trunk group to the AMP group.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] active-multipath group <AMP group number> portchannel2
<trunk number>
Adds the second trunk group to the AMP group.
Command mode: Global configuration
active-multipath group <AMP group number> enable
Enables the AMP group.
Command mode: Global configuration
no active-multipath group <AMP group number> enable
Disables the AMP group.
Command mode: Global configuration
no active-multipath group <AMP group number>
Deletes the AMP group.
Command mode: Global configuration
show active-multipath group <AMP group number>
Displays the current AMP group configuration.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 269
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
RSTP/MSTP/PVRST Configuration
BLADEOS supports the IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) and IEEE 802.1s
Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), and Per VLAN Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (PVRST).
MSTP allows you to map many VLANs to a small number of Spanning Tree Groups, each with its own topology.
Up to 32 Spanning Tree Groups can be configured in MSTP mode. MRST is turned on by default and the default STP mode is RSTP.
Note – When Multiple Spanning Tree is turned on, VLAN 4095 is moved from Spanning Tree
Group 128 to the Common Internal Spanning Tree (CIST). When Multiple Spanning Tree is turned off, VLAN 4095 is moved back to Spanning Tree Group 128.
Table 158 Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
spanning-tree mstp name <1-32 characters>
Configures a name for the MSTP region. All devices within an MSTP region must have the same region name.
Command mode: Global configuration
spanning-tree mstp version <0-65535>
Configures a version number for the MSTP region. The version is used as a numerical identifier for the region. All devices within an MSTP region must have the same version number.
Command mode: Global configuration
spanning-tree mstp maximum-hop <4-60>
Configures the maximum number of bridge hops a packet may traverse before it is dropped.
The default value is 20.
Command mode: Global configuration
270 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 158 Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
spanning-tree mode {mst|pvrst|pvst|rstp}
Selects and enables Multiple Spanning Tree mode (mst), Per VLAN Rapid Spanning Tree mode (pvrst), Per VLAN Spanning Tree mode (pvst), or Rapid Spanning Tree mode
(rstp).
The default mode is RSTP.
Command mode: Global configuration show spanning-tree mstp mrst
Displays the current RSTP/MSTP/PVRST configuration.
Command mode: All
Common Internal Spanning Tree Configuration
describes the commands used to configure Common Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) parameters. The CIST provides compatibility with different MSTP regions and with devices running different Spanning Tree instances. It is equivalent to Spanning Tree Group 0.
Table 159 CIST Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage default spanning-tree mstp cist
Resets all CIST parameters to their default values.
Command mode: Global configuration show spanning-tree mstp cist
Displays the current CIST configuration.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 271
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
CIST Bridge Configuration
CIST bridge parameters are used only when the switch is in MSTP mode. CIST parameters do not affect operation of STP/PVST+, RSTP, or PVRST.
Table 160 CIST Bridge Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
spanning-tree mstp cist-bridge priority <0-65535>
Configures the CIST bridge priority. The bridge priority parameter controls which bridge on the network is the MSTP root bridge. To make this switch the root bridge, configure the bridge priority lower than all other switches and bridges on your network. The lower the value, the higher the bridge priority.
The range is 0 to 65535, in steps of 4096 (0, 4096, 8192...), and the default value is 61440.
Command mode: Global configuration
spanning-tree mstp cist-bridge maximum-age <6-40>
Configures the CIST bridge maximum age. The maximum age parameter specifies the maximum time the bridge waits without receiving a configuration bridge protocol data unit before it reconfigures the MSTP network. The range is 6 to 40 seconds, and the default is 20 seconds.
Command mode: Global configuration
spanning-tree mstp cist-bridge forward-delay <4-30>
Configures the CIST bridge forward delay parameter. The forward delay parameter specifies the amount of time that a bridge port has to wait before it changes from the listening state to the learning state and from the learning state to the forwarding state. The range is 4 to 30 seconds, and the default is 15 seconds.
Command mode: Global configuration show spanning-tree mstp cist
Displays the current CIST bridge configuration.
Command mode: All Except User EXEC
272 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
CIST Port Configuration
CIST port parameters are used to modify MSTP operation on an individual port basis. CIST parameters do not affect operation of STP/PVST+. For each port, RSTP/MSTP is turned on by default.
Table 161 CIST Port Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
spanning-tree mstp cist interface-priority <0-240>
Configures the CIST port priority. The port priority helps determine which bridge port becomes the designated port. In a network topology that has multiple bridge ports connected to a single segment, the port with the lowest port priority becomes the designated port for the segment.
The range is 0 to 240, in steps of 16 (0, 16, 32...), and the default is 128.
Command mode: Interface port
spanning-tree mstp cist path-cost <0-200000000>
Configures the CIST port path cost. The port path cost is used to help determine the designated port for a segment. Port path cost is based on the port speed, and is calculated as follows:
1Gbps = 20000
10Gbps = 2000
The default value of 0 (zero) indicates that the default path cost will be computed for an auto negotiated link speed.
Command mode: Interface port
spanning-tree mstp cist hello <1-10>
Configures the CIST port Hello time.The Hello time specifies how often the root bridge transmits a configuration bridge protocol data unit (BPDU). Any bridge that is not the root bridge uses the root bridge Hello value. The range is 1 to 10 seconds, and the default is 2 seconds.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] spanning-tree mstp cist pvst-protection
Configures PVST Protection on the selected port. If the port receives any PVST+/PVRST+
BPDUs, it error disabled. PVST Protection works only in MSTP mode. The default setting is enabled.
Command mode: Interface port
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 273
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 161 CIST Port Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage spanning-tree mstp cist enable
Enables MRST on the port.
Command mode: Interface port no spanning-tree mstp cist enable
Disables MRST on the port.
Command mode: Interface port
show interface port <port alias or number> spanning-tree mstp cist
Displays the current CIST port configuration.
Command mode: All Except User EXEC
274 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Spanning Tree Configuration
BLADEOS supports the IEEE 802.1D Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). STP is used to prevent loops in the network topology. Up to 128 Spanning Tree Groups can be configured on the switch (STG
128 is reserved for management).
Note – When VRRP is used for active/active redundancy, STG must be enabled.
Table 162 Spanning Tree Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
spanning-tree stp <STG number> vlan <VLAN number>
Associates a VLAN with a Spanning Tree Group and requires a VLAN ID as a parameter.
Command mode: Global configuration
no spanning-tree stp <STG number> vlan <VLAN number>
Breaks the association between a VLAN and a Spanning Tree Group and requires a VLAN ID as a parameter.
Command mode: Global configuration
no spanning-tree stp <STG number> vlan all
Removes all VLANs from a Spanning Tree Group.
Command mode: Global configuration
spanning-tree stp <STG number> enable
Globally enables Spanning Tree Protocol. STG is turned on by default.
Command mode: Global configuration
no spanning-tree stp <STG number> enable
Globally disables Spanning Tree Protocol.
Command mode: Global configuration
default spanning-tree <STG number>
Restores a Spanning Tree instance to its default configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
show spanning-tree stp <STG number>
Displays current Spanning Tree Protocol parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 275
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Bridge Spanning Tree Configuration
Spanning Tree bridge parameters affect the global STG operation of the switch. STG bridge parameters include:
Bridge priority
Bridge hello time
Bridge maximum age
Forwarding delay
Table 163 Bridge Spanning Tree Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
spanning-tree stp <STG number> bridge priority <0-65535>
Configures the bridge priority. The bridge priority parameter controls which bridge on the network is the STG root bridge. To make this switch the root bridge, configure the bridge priority lower than all other switches and bridges on your network. The lower the value, the higher the bridge priority. The default value is 32768.
Command mode: Global configuration
spanning-tree stp <STG number> bridge hello-time <1-10>
Configures the bridge Hello time.The Hello time specifies how often the root bridge transmits a configuration bridge protocol data unit (BPDU). Any bridge that is not the root bridge uses the root bridge Hello value. The range is 1 to 10 seconds, and the default is 2 seconds.
This command does not apply to MSTP.
Command mode: Global configuration
spanning-tree stp <STG number> bridge maximum-age <6-40>
Configures the bridge maximum age. The maximum age parameter specifies the maximum time the bridge waits without receiving a configuration bridge protocol data unit before it re configures the STG network. The range is 6 to 40 seconds, and the default is 20 seconds.
This command does not apply to MSTP.
Command mode: Global configuration
276 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 163 Bridge Spanning Tree Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
spanning-tree stp <STG number> bridge forward-delay <4-30>
Configures the bridge forward delay parameter. The forward delay parameter specifies the amount of time that a bridge port has to wait before it changes from the listening state to the learning state and from the learning state to the forwarding state. The range is 4 to 30 seconds, and the default is 15 seconds.
This command does not apply to MSTP
Command mode: Global configuration
show spanning-tree stp <STG number> bridge
Displays the current bridge STG parameters.
Command mode: All
When configuring STG bridge parameters, the following formulas must be used:
2*(fwd-1) > mxage
2*(hello+1) < mxage
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 277
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Spanning Tree Port Configuration
By default, Spanning Tree is turned off for management ports, and turned on for data ports.
STG port parameters include:
Port priority
Port path cost
For more information about port Spanning Tree commands, see “Port Spanning Tree
Table 164 Spanning Tree Port commands
Command Syntax and Usage
spanning-tree stp <STG number> priority <0-255>
Configures the port priority. The port priority helps determine which bridge port becomes the designated port. In a network topology that has multiple bridge ports connected to a single segment, the port with the lowest port priority becomes the designated port for the segment.
The default value is 128.
RSTP/MSTP: The range is 0 to 240, in steps of 16 (0, 16, 32...) and the default is 128.
Command mode: Interface port
spanning-tree stp <STG number> path-cost <1-65535, 0 for default)>
Configures the port path cost. The port path cost is used to help determine the designated port for a segment. Port path cost is based on the port speed, and is calculated as follows:
1Gbps = 4
10Gbps = 2
The default value of 0 (zero) indicates that the default path cost will be computed for an auto negotiated link speed.
Command mode: Interface port
spanning-tree stp link-type {auto|p2p|shared}
Defines the type of link connected to the port, as follows:
auto: Configures the port to detect the link type, and automatically match its settings.
p2p: Configures the port for Point-To-Point protocol.
shared: Configures the port to connect to a shared medium (usually a hub).
Command mode: Interface port
278 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 164 Spanning Tree Port commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] spanning-tree stp <STG number> fastforward
Disables or enables Port Fast Forwarding, which permits a port that participates in Spanning
Tree to bypass the Listening and Learning states and enter directly into the Forwarding state.
While in the Forwarding state, the port listens to the BPDUs to learn if there is a loop and, if dictated by normal STG behavior (following priorities, etc.), the port transitions into the
Blocking state.
Note: This feature is used only when the switch is in STP/PVST+ mode, and permits the switch to interoperate well within Rapid Spanning Tree networks.
The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: Interface port
spanning-tree stp <STG number> enable
Enables STG on the port.
Command mode: Interface port
no spanning-tree stp <STG number> enable
Disables STG on the port.
Command mode: Interface port
show interface port <port alias or number> spanning-tree stp <STG number>
Displays the current STG port parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 279
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Forwarding Database Configuration
Use the following commands to configure the Forwarding Database (FDB).
Table 165 FDB configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage
mac-address-table aging <0-65535>
Configures the aging value for FDB entries, in seconds. The default value is 300.
Command mode: Global configuration show mac-address-table
Display current FDB configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Static FDB Configuration
Use the following commands to configure static entries in the Forwarding Database (FDB).
Table 166 FDB configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage
mac-address-table static <MAC address> <VLAN number>
<port alias or number>
Adds a permanent FDB entry. Enter the MAC address using the following format, xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
For example, 08:00:20:12:34:56
You can also enter the MAC address as follows: xxxxxxxxxxxx
For example, 080020123456
Command mode: Global configuration
no mac-address-table static <MAC address> <VLAN number>
Deletes a permanent FDB entry.
Command mode: Global configuration
280 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 166 FDB configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage
clear mac-address-table multicast {all|mac <MAC address>|
vlan <VLAN number>|port <port alias or number>}
Clears static multicast entries.
Command mode: Global configuration show mac-address-table
Display current FDB configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
LLDP Configuration
Use the following commands to configure Link Layer Detection Protocol (LLDP).
Table 167 LLDP commands
Command Syntax and Usage
lldp refresh-interval <5-32768>
Configures the message transmission interval, in seconds. The default value is 30.
Command mode: Global configuration
lldp holdtime-multiplier <2-10>
Configures the message hold time multiplier. The hold time is configured as a multiple of the message transmission interval.
The default value is 4.
Command mode: Global configuration
lldp trap-notification-interval <1-3600>
Configures the trap notification interval, in seconds. The default value is 5.
Command mode: Global configuration
lldp transmission-delay <1-8192>
Configures the transmission delay interval. The transmit delay timer represents the minimum time permitted between successive LLDP transmissions on a port.
The default value is 2.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 281
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 167 LLDP commands
Command Syntax and Usage
lldp reinit-delay <1-10>
Configures the re-initialization delay interval, in seconds. The re-initialization delay allows the port LLDP information to stabilize before transmitting LLDP messages.
The default value is 2.
Command mode: Global configuration lldp enable
Globally turns LLDP on. The default setting is off.
Command mode: Global configuration no lldp enable
Globally turns LLDP off.
Command mode: Global configuration show lldp
Display current LLDP configuration.
Command mode: All
282 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
LLDP Port Configuration
Use the following commands to configure LLDP port options.
Table 168 LLDP Port commands
Command Syntax and Usage lldp admin-status {disabled|tx_only|rx_only|tx_rx}
Configures the LLDP transmission type for the port, as follows:
Transmit only
Receive only
Transmit and receive
Disabled
The default setting is tx_rx.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] lldp trap-notification
Enables or disables SNMP trap notification for LLDP messages.
Command mode: Interface port
show interface port <port alias or number> lldp
Display current LLDP port configuration.
Command mode: All
LLDP Optional TLV configuration
Use the following commands to configure LLDP port TLV (Type, Length, Value) options for the selected port.
Table 169 Optional TLV commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] lldp tlv portdesc
Enables or disables the Port Description information type.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] lldp tlv sysname
Enables or disables the System Name information type.
Command mode: Interface port
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 283
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 169 Optional TLV commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] lldp tlv sysdescr
Enables or disables the System Description information type.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] lldp tlv syscap
Enables or disables the System Capabilities information type.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] lldp tlv mgmtaddr
Enables or disables the Management Address information type.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] lldp tlv portvid
Enables or disables the Port VLAN ID information type.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] lldp tlv portprot
Enables or disables the Port and VLAN Protocol ID information type.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] lldp tlv vlanname
Enables or disables the VLAN Name information type.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] lldp tlv protid
Enables or disables the Protocol ID information type.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] lldp tlv macphy
Enables or disables the MAC/Phy Configuration information type.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] lldp tlv powermdi
Enables or disables the Power via MDI information type.
Command mode: Interface port
284 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 169 Optional TLV commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] lldp tlv linkaggr
Enables or disables the Link Aggregation information type.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] lldp tlv framesz
Enables or disables the Maximum Frame Size information type.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] lldp tlv dcbx
Enables or disables the Maximum Frame Size information type.
Command mode: Interface port
[no] lldp tlv all
Enables or disables all optional TLV information types.
Command mode: Interface port
show interface port <port alias or number> lldp
Display current LLDP port configuration.
Command mode: All
Trunk Configuration
Trunk groups can provide super-bandwidth connections between RackSwitch G8124s or other trunk capable devices. A trunk is a group of ports that act together, combining their bandwidth to create a single, larger port. Up to 12 static trunk groups can be configured on the G8124, with the following restrictions:
Any physical switch port can belong to no more than one trunk group.
Up to 12 ports can belong to the same trunk group.
Configure all ports in a trunk group with the same properties (speed, duplex, flow control, STG,
VLAN, and so on).
Trunking from non-BLADE devices must comply with Cisco ® EtherChannel ® technology.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 285
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
By default, each trunk group is empty and disabled.
Table 170 Trunk Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
portchannel <1-12> port <port alias or number>
Adds a physical port to the current trunk group. You can add several ports, with each port separated by a comma ( , ).
Command mode: Global configuration
no portchannel <1-12> port <port alias or number>
Removes a physical port from the current trunk group.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] portchannel <1-12> enable
Enables or Disables the current trunk group.
Command mode: Global configuration
no portchannel <1-12>
Removes the current trunk group configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
show portchannel <1-12>
Displays current trunk group parameters.
Command mode: All
286 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IP Trunk Hash Configuration
Use the following commands to configure IP trunk hash settings for the G8124. The trunk hash settings affect both static trunks and LACP trunks.
Table 171 IP Trunk Hash commands
Command Syntax and Usage show portchannel hash
Display current trunk hash configuration.
Command mode: All
Layer 2 IP Trunk Hash Configuration
Trunk hash parameters are set globally for the G8124. You can enable one or two parameters, to configure any of the following valid combinations:
SMAC (source MAC only)
DMAC (destination MAC only)
SIP (source IP only)
DIP (destination IP only)
SIP + DIP (source IP and destination IP)
SMAC + DMAC (source MAC and destination MAC)
Use the following commands to configure layer 2 IP trunk hash parameters for the G8124.
Table 172 Layer 2 IP Trunk Hash commands
Command Syntax and Usage portchannel hash source-mac-address
Enable trunk hashing on the source MAC.
Command mode: Global configuration portchannel hash destination-mac-address
Enable trunk hashing on the destination MAC.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 287
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 172 Layer 2 IP Trunk Hash commands
Command Syntax and Usage portchannel hash source-ip-address
Enable trunk hashing on the source IP.
Command mode: Global configuration portchannel hash destination-ip-address
Enable trunk hashing on the destination IP.
Command mode: Global configuration portchannel hash source-destination-ip
Enable trunk hashing on the source and destination IP.
Command mode: Global configuration portchannel hash source-destination-mac
Enable trunk hashing on the source and destination MAC address.
Command mode: Global configuration show portchannel hash
Display current Layer 2 trunk hash setting.
Command mode: All
288 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Link Aggregation Control Protocol Configuration
Use the following commands to configure Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) for the
G8124.
Table 173 Link Aggregation Control Protocol Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
lacp system-priority <1-65535>
Defines the priority value for the G8124. Lower numbers provide higher priority. The default value is 32768.
Command mode: Global configuration
lacp timeout {short|long}
Defines the timeout period before invalidating LACP data from a remote partner. Choose short (3 seconds) or long (90 seconds). The default value is long.
Note: It is recommended that you use a timeout value of long, to reduce LACPDU processing. If your G8124’s CPU utilization rate remains at 100% for periods of 90 seconds or more, consider using static trunks instead of LACP.
Command mode: Global configuration
no lacp <1-65535>
Deletes a selected LACP trunk, based on its admin key. This command is equivalent to disabling LACP on each of the ports configured with the same admin key.
Command mode: Global configuration show lacp
Display current LACP configuration.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 289
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
LACP Port Configuration
Use the following commands to configure Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) for the selected port.
Table 174 Link Aggregation Control Protocol Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
lacp mode {off|active|passive}
Set the LACP mode for this port, as follows:
off
Turn LACP off for this port. You can use this port to manually configure a static trunk.
The default value is off.
active
Turn LACP on and set this port to active. Active ports initiate LACPDUs.
passive
Turn LACP on and set this port to passive. Passive ports do not initiate LACPDUs, but respond to LACPDUs from active ports.
Command mode: Interface port
lacp priority <1-65535>
Sets the priority value for the selected port. Lower numbers provide higher priority. The default value is 32768.
Command mode: Interface port
lacp key <1-65535>
Set the admin key for this port. Only ports with the same admin key and oper key (operational state generated internally) can form a LACP trunk group.
Command mode: Interface port
show interface port <port alias or number> lacp
Displays the current LACP configuration for this port.
Command mode: All
290 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Layer 2 Failover Configuration
Use these commands to configure Layer 2 Failover. For more information about Layer 2 Failover, see “High Availability” in the BLADEOS Application Guide.
Table 175 Layer 2 Failover Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage failover enable
Globally turns Layer 2 Failover on.
Command mode: Global configuration no failover enable
Globally turns Layer 2 Failover off.
Command mode: Global configuration show failover trigger
Displays current Layer 2 Failover parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 291
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Failover Trigger Configuration
Table 176 Failover Trigger Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] failover trigger <1-8> enable
Enables or disables the Failover trigger.
Command mode: Global configuration
no failover trigger <1-8>
Deletes the Failover trigger.
Command mode: Global configuration
failover trigger <1-8> limit <0-1024>
Configures the minimum number of operational links allowed within each trigger before the trigger initiates a failover event. If you enter a value of zero (0), the switch triggers a failover event only when no links in the trigger are operational.
Command mode: Global configuration
show failover trigger <1-8>
Displays the current failover trigger settings.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Failover Manual Monitor Port Configuration
Use these commands to define the port link(s) to monitor. The Manual Monitor Port configuration accepts any non-management port.
Table 177 Failover Manual Monitor Port commands
Command Syntax and Usage
failover trigger <1-8> mmon monitor member <port alias or number>
Adds the selected port to the Manual Monitor Port configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
no failover trigger <1-8> mmon monitor member <port alias or number>
Removes the selected port from the Manual Monitor Port configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
292 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 177 Failover Manual Monitor Port commands
Command Syntax and Usage
failover trigger <1-8> mmon monitor portchannel <trunk number>
Adds the selected trunk group to the Manual Monitor Port configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
no failover trigger <1-8> mmon monitor portchannel <trunk number>
Removes the selected trunk group from the Manual Monitor Port configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
failover trigger <1-8> mmon monitor adminkey <1-65535>
Adds an LACP admin key to the Manual Monitor Port configuration. LACP trunks formed with this admin key will be included in the Manual Monitor Port configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
no failover trigger <1-8> mmon monitor adminkey <1-65535>
Removes an LACP admin key from the Manual Monitor Port configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
show failover trigger <1-8>
Displays the current Failover settings.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 293
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Failover Manual Monitor Control Configuration
Use these commands to define the port link(s) to control. The Manual Monitor Control configuration accepts any non-management port.
Table 178 Failover Manual Monitor Control commands
Command Syntax and Usage
failover trigger <1-8> mmon control member <port alias or number>
Adds the selected port to the Manual Monitor Control configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
no failover trigger <1-8> mmon control member <port alias or number>
Removes the selected port from the Manual Monitor Control configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
failover trigger <1-8> mmon control portchannel <trunk number>
Adds the selected trunk group to the Manual Monitor Control configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
no failover trigger <1-8> mmon control portchannel <trunk number>
Removes the selected trunk group from the Manual Monitor Control configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
failover trigger <1-8> mmon control adminkey <1-65535>
Adds an LACP admin key to the Manual Monitor Control configuration. LACP trunks formed with this admin key will be included in the Manual Monitor Control configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
no failover trigger <1-8> mmon control adminkey <1-65535>
Removes an LACP admin key from the Manual Monitor Control configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
show failover trigger <1-8>
Displays the current Failover settings.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
294 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Hot Links Configuration
Use these commands to configure Hot Links. For more information about Hot Links, see “Hot
Links” in the BLADEOS 6.3 Application Guide.
Table 179 Hot Links Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] hotlinks bpdu
Enables or disables the ability to flood BPDUs on the active Hot Links interface when the interface belongs to a Spanning Tree group that is globally turned off.
The default value is disabled.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] hotlinks fdb-update
Enables or disables FDB Update, which allows the switch to send FDB and MAC update packets over the active interface.
The default value is disabled.
Command mode: Global configuration hotlinks enable
Globally enables Hot Links.
Command mode: Global configuration no hotlinks enable
Globally disables Hot Links.
Command mode: Global configuration show hotlinks
Displays current Hot Links parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 295
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Hot Links Trigger Configuration
Table 180 Hot Links Trigger Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
hotlinks trigger <1-25> forward-delay <0-3600>
Configures the Forward Delay interval, in seconds. The default value is 1.
Command mode: Global configuration
hotlinks trigger <1-25> name <1-32 characters>
Defines a name for the Hot Links trigger.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] hotlinks trigger <1-25> preemption
Enables or disables pre-emption, which allows the Master interface to transition to the Active state whenever it becomes available.
The default setting is enabled.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] hotlinks trigger <1-25> enable
Enables or disables the Hot Links trigger.
Command mode: Global configuration
no hotlinks trigger <1-25>
Deletes the Hot Links trigger.
Command mode: Global configuration
show hotlinks trigger <1-25>
Displays the current Hot Links settings.
Command mode: All
296 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Hot Links Master Configuration
Use the following commands to configure the Hot Links Master interface.
Table 181 Hot Links Master Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] hotlinks trigger <1-25> master port <port alias or number>
Adds the selected port to the Hot Links Master interface.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] hotlinks trigger <1-25> master portchannel <trunk number>
Adds the selected trunk group to the Master interface.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] hotlinks trigger <1-25> master adminkey <0-65535>
Adds an LACP admin key to the Master interface. LACP trunks formed with this admin key will be included in the Master interface. Enter 0 (zero) to clear the admin key.
Command mode: Global configuration
show hotlinks trigger <1-25>
Displays the current Hot Links settings.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 297
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Hot Links Backup Configuration
Use the following commands to configure the Hot Links Backup interface.
Table 182 Hot Links Backup Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] hotlinks trigger <1-25> backup port <port alias or number>
Adds the selected port to the Hot Links Backup interface.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] hotlinks trigger <1-25> backup portchannel <trunk number>
Adds the selected trunk group to the Backup interface.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] hotlinks trigger <1-25> backup adminkey <0-65535>
Adds an LACP admin key to the Backup interface. LACP trunks formed with this admin key will be included in the Backup interface. Enter 0 (zero) to clear the admin key.
Command mode: Global configuration
show hotlinks trigger <1-25>
Displays the current Hot Links settings.
Command mode: All
298 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
VLAN Configuration
These commands configure VLAN attributes, change the status of each VLAN, change the port membership of each VLAN, and delete VLANs.
By default, VLAN 1 is the only VLAN configured on the switch. All ports are members of
VLAN 1 by default. Up to 1024 VLANs can be configured on the G8124.
VLANs can be assigned any number between 1 and 4094. VLAN 4095 is reserved for switch management.
Table 183 VLAN Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
vlan <VLAN number>
Enter VLAN configuration mode.
Command mode: Global configuration
name <1-32 characters>
Assigns a name to the VLAN or changes the existing name. The default VLAN name is the first one.
Command mode: VLAN
stg <STG number>
Assigns a VLAN to a Spanning Tree Group.
Command mode: VLAN
[no] vmap <1-128> [serverports|non-serverports]
Adds or removes a VLAN Map to the VLAN membership. You can choose to limit operation of the VLAN Map to server ports only or non-server ports only. If you do not select a port type, the VMAP is applied to the entire VLAN.
Command mode: VLAN
member <port alias or number>
Adds port(s) to the VLAN membership.
Command mode: VLAN
no member <port alias or number>
Removes port(s) from this VLAN.
Command mode: VLAN
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 299
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 183 VLAN Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage enable
Enables this VLAN.
Command mode: VLAN no enable
Disables this VLAN without removing it from the configuration.
Command mode: VLAN
no vlan <VLAN number>
Deletes this VLAN.
Command mode: VLAN show vlan information
Displays the current VLAN configuration.
Command mode: All
Note – All ports must belong to at least one VLAN. Any port which is removed from a VLAN and which is not a member of any other VLAN is automatically added to default VLAN 1. You cannot remove a port from VLAN 1 if the port has no membership in any other VLAN. Also, you cannot add a port to more than one VLAN unless the port has VLAN tagging turned on.
300 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Private VLAN Configuration
Use the following commands to configure Private VLAN.
Table 184 Private VLAN commands
Command Syntax and Usage private-vlan type primary
Configures the VLAN type as a Primary VLAN.
A Private VLAN must have only one primary VLAN. The primary VLAN carries unidirectional traffic to ports on the isolated VLAN or to community VLAN.
Command mode: VLAN private-vlan type community
Configures the VLAN type as a community VLAN.
Community VLANs carry upstream traffic from host ports. A Private VLAN may have multiple community VLANs.
Command mode: VLAN private-vlan type isolated
Configures the VLAN type as an isolated VLAN.
The isolated VLAN carries unidirectional traffic from host ports. A Private VLAN may have only one isolated VLAN.
Command mode: VLAN no private-vlan type
Clears the private-VLAN type.
Command mode: VLAN
[no] private-vlan map [<2-4094>]
Configures Private VLAN mapping between a secondary VLAN and a primary VLAN. Enter the primary VLAN ID. Secondary VLANs have the type defined as isolated or community. Use the no form to remove the mapping between the secondary VLAN and the primary VLAN.
Command mode: VLAN
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 301
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 184 Private VLAN commands
Command Syntax and Usage private-vlan enable
Enables the private VLAN.
Command mode: VLAN no private-vlan enable
Disables the Private VLAN.
Command mode: VLAN
show private-vlan [<2-4094>]
Displays current parameters for the selected Private VLAN(s).
Command mode: VLAN
302 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Layer 3 Configuration
The following table describes basic Layer 3 Configuration commands. The following sections provide more detailed information and commands .
Table 185 Layer 3 Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
interface ip <interface number>
Configures the IP Interface. The G8124 supports up to 128 IP interfaces. However, IP interface 127 and 128 are reserved for switch management.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
route-map {<1-32>}
Enter IP Route Map mode.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
router rip
Configures the Routing Interface Protocol.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
router ospf
Configures OSPF.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
ipv6 router ospf
Enters OSPFv3 configuration mode.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 303
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 185 Layer 3 Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage router bgp
Configures Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
. router vrrp
Configures Virtual Router Redundancy.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
ip router-id <IP address>
Sets the router ID.
Command mode: Global configuration show layer3
Displays the current IP configuration.
Command mode: All
304 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IP Interface Configuration
The G8124 supports up to 128 IP interfaces. Each IP interface represents the G8124 on an IP subnet on your network. The Interface option is disabled by default.
Interface 127 and interface 128 are reserved for switch management, as follows:
IF 127: Management port B
IF 128: Management port A
Table 186 IP Interface Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
interface ip <interface number>
Enter IP interface mode.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip address <IP address> [<IP netmask>]
Configures the IP address of the switch interface, using dotted decimal notation.
Command mode: Interface IP
ip netmask <IP netmask>
Configures the IP subnet address mask for the interface, using dotted decimal notation.
Command mode: Interface IP
ipv6 address <IP address (such as 3001:0:0:0:0:0:abcd:12)>
[anycast|enable|no enable]
Configures the IPv6 address of the switch interface, using hexadecimal format with colons.
Command mode: Interface IP
ipv6 secaddr6 address <IP address (such as 3001:0:0:0:0:0:abcd:12)>
<prefix length> [anycast]
Configures the secondary IPv6 address of the switch interface, using hexadecimal format with colons.
Command mode: Interface IP
ipv6 prefixlen <IPv6 prefix length (1-128)>
Configures the subnet IPv6 prefix length. The default value is 0 (zero).
Command mode: Interface IP
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 305
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 186 IP Interface Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
vlan <VLAN number>
Configures the VLAN number for this interface. Each interface can belong to one VLAN.
IPv4: Each VLAN can contain multiple IPv4 interfaces.
IPv6: Each VLAN can contain only one IPv6 interface.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] relay
Enables or disables the BOOTP relay on this interface. It is enabled by default.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ip6host
Enables or disables the IPv6 Host Mode on this interface. The default value is disabled for data interfaces, and enabled for the management interface.
Command mode: Interface IP enable
Enables this IP interface.
Command mode: Interface IP no enable
Disables this IP interface.
Command mode: Interface IP
no interface ip <interface number>
Removes this IP interface.
Command mode: Interface IP
show interface ip <interface number>
Displays the current interface settings.
Command mode: All
306 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Configuration
The following table describes the IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Configuration commands.
Table 187 IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Enables or disables IPv6 Router Advertisements on the interface. The default setting is disabled (suppress Router Advertisements).
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 nd managed-config
Enables or disables the managed address configuration flag of the interface. When enabled, the host IP address can be set automatically through DHCP.
The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 nd other-config
Enables or disables the other stateful configuration flag, which allows the interface to use
DHCP for other stateful configuration. The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: Interface IP
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime <0-9000>
Configures the IPv6 Router Advertisement lifetime interval. The RA lifetime interval must be greater than or equal to the RA maximum interval (advint).
The default value is 1800 seconds.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 nd dad-attempts <1-10>
Configures the maximum number of duplicate address detection attempts.
The default value is 1.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 nd reachable-time <1-3600>
Configures the advertised reachability time. The default value is 30 seconds.
Command mode: Interface IP
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 307
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 187 IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ipv6 nd ra-interval <4-1800>
Configures the Router Advertisement maximum interval. The default value is 600 seconds.
Note: Set the maximum RA interval to a value greater than or equal to 4/3 of the minimum
RA interval.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 nd ra-intervalmin <4-1800>
Configures the Router Advertisement minimum interval. The default value is 198 seconds.
Note: Set the minimum RA interval to a value less than or equal to 0.75 of the maximum RA interval.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 nd retransmit-time <1-3600>
Configures the Router Advertisement re-transmit timer. The default value is 1 second.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 nd hops-limit <1-255>
Configures the Router Advertisement hop limit.
The default value is 64.
Command mode: Interface IP
308 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Default Gateway Configuration
The switch can be configured with up to four IPv4 gateways, as follows:
Gateway 1 and Gateway 2: data traffic
Gateway 3: Management port A
Gateway 4: Management port B
This option is disabled by default.
Table 188 Default Gateway commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip gateway <1-4> address <IP address>
Configures the IP address of the default IP gateway using dotted decimal notation.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip gateway <1-4> interval <0-60>
The switch pings the default gateway to verify that it’s up. This command sets the time between health checks. The range is from 0 to 60 seconds. The default is 2 seconds.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip gateway <1-4> retry <1-120>
Sets the number of failed health check attempts required before declaring this default gateway inoperative. The range is from 1 to 120 attempts. The default is 8 attempts.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] ip gateway <1-4> arp-health-check
Enables or disables Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) health checks. The default setting is
disabled. The arp option does not apply to management gateways.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip gateway <1-4> enable
Enables the gateway for use.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip gateway <1-4> enable
Disables the gateway.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 309
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 188 Default Gateway commands
Command Syntax and Usage
no ip gateway <1-4>
Deletes the gateway from the configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
show ip gateway <1-4>
Displays the current gateway settings.
Command mode: All
310 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Configuration
The following table describes the IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Configuration commands.
Table 189 IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Enables or disables IPv6 Router Advertisements on the interface. The default setting is disabled (suppress Router Advertisements).
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 nd managed-config
Enables or disables the managed address configuration flag of the interface. When enabled, the host IP address can be set automatically through DHCP.
The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 nd other-config
Enables or disables the other stateful configuration flag, which allows the interface to use
DHCP for other stateful configuration. The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: Interface IP
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime <0-9000>
Configures the IPv6 Router Advertisement lifetime interval. The RA lifetime interval must be greater than or equal to the RA maximum interval (advint).
The default value is 1800 seconds.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 nd dad-attempts <1-10>
Configures the maximum number of duplicate address detection attempts.
The default value is 1.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 nd reachable-time <1-3600>
Configures the advertised reachability time. The default value is 30 seconds.
Command mode: Interface IP
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 311
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 189 IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ipv6 nd ra-interval <4-1800>
Configures the Router Advertisement maximum interval. The default value is 600 seconds.
Note: Set the maximum RA interval to a value greater than or equal to 4/3 of the minimum
RA interval.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 nd ra-intervalmin <4-1800>
Configures the Router Advertisement minimum interval. The default value is 198 seconds.
Note: Set the minimum RA interval to a value less than or equal to 0.75 of the maximum RA interval.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 nd retransmit-time <1-3600>
Configures the Router Advertisement re-transmit timer. The default value is 1 second.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 nd hops-limit <1-255>
Configures the Router Advertisement hop limit.
The default value is 64.
Command mode: Interface IP
312 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IPv4 Static Route Configuration
Up to 128 IPv4 static routes can be configured.
Table 190 IP Static Route Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip route <IP subnet> <IP netmask> <IP nexthop> [<interface number>]
Adds a static route. You will be prompted to enter a destination IP address, destination subnet mask, and gateway address. Enter all addresses using dotted decimal notation.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip route <IP subnet> <IP netmask> [<interface number>]
Removes a static route. The destination address of the route to remove must be specified using dotted decimal notation.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip route destination-address <IP address>
Clears all IP static routes with this destination.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip route gateway <IP address>
Clears all IP static routes that use this gateway.
Command mode: Global configuration ip route ecmphash [sip][dip][protocol][tcpl4][udpl4]
[sport][dport]
Configures ECMP hashing parameters. You may choose one or more of the following parameters:
sip: Source IP address dip: Destination IP address protocol: Layer 3 protocol tcpl4: Layer 4 TCP traffic udpl4: Layer 4 UDP traffic sport: Source port dport: Destination port
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 313
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 190 IP Static Route Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip route interval <1-60>
Configures the ECMP health-check ping interval, in seconds. The default value is 1 second.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip route retries <1-60>
Configures the number of ECMP health-check retries. The default value is 3.
Command mode: Global configuration show ip route static
Displays the current IP static routes.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
314 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IP Multicast Route Configuration
The following table describes the IP Multicast (IPMC) route commands. Before you can add an
IPMC route, IGMP must be turned on, IGMP Snooping must be enabled, and the required VLANs must be added to IGMP Snooping.
Table 191 IP Multicast Route Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip mroute <IPMC destination> <VLAN number> <port alias or number>|none]
Adds a static multicast route. The destination address, VLAN, and member port of the route must be specified.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip mroute <IPMC destination> <VLAN number> <port alias or number>|none]
Removes a static multicast route. The destination address, VLAN, and member port of the route to remove must be specified.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip mroute <IP address> <VLAN number> portchannel <trunk group number>|
none]
Adds a static multicast route. The destination address, VLAN, and member trunk group of the route must be specified.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip mroute <IP address> <VLAN number> portchannel <trunk group number>|
none]
Removes a static multicast route. The destination address, VLAN, and member trunk group of the route to remove must be specified.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip mroute <IP address> <VLAN number> adminkey <1-65535>|none]
Adds a static multicast route. The destination address, VLAN, and LACP admin key of the route must be specified.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 315
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 191 IP Multicast Route Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
no ip mroute <IP address> <VLAN number> adminkey <1-65535>|none]
Removes a static multicast route. The destination address, VLAN, and LACP admin key of the route to remove must be specified.
Command mode: Global configuration show ip mroute
Displays the current IP multicast routes.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
ARP Configuration
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is the TCP/IP protocol that resides within the Internet layer.
ARP resolves a physical address from an IP address. ARP queries machines on the local network for their physical addresses. ARP also maintains IP to physical address pairs in its cache memory. In any IP communication, the ARP cache is consulted to see if the IP address of the computer or the router is present in the ARP cache. Then the corresponding physical address is used to send a packet.
Table 192 ARP Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip arp rearp <2-120>
Defines re-ARP period in minutes. You can set this duration between 2 and 120 minutes.
Command mode: Global configuration show ip arp
Displays the current ARP configurations.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
316 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
ARP Static Configuration
Static ARP entries are permanent in the ARP cache and do not age out like the ARP entries that are learned dynamically. Static ARP entries enable the switch to reach the hosts without sending an
ARP broadcast request to the network. Static ARPs are also useful to communicate with devices that do not respond to ARP requests. Static ARPs can also be configured on some gateways as a protection against malicious ARP Cache corruption and possible DOS attacks.
Table 193 ARP Static Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip arp <IP address> <MAC address> vlan <vlan number> port <port alias or number>
Adds a permanent ARP entry.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip arp <IP address>
Deletes a permanent ARP entry.
Command mode: Global configuration no ip arp all
Deletes all static ARP entries.
Command mode: Global configuration show ip arp static
Displays current static ARP configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 317
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IP Forwarding Configuration
Table 194 IP Forwarding Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ip routing directed-broadcasts
Enables or disables forwarding directed broadcasts. The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: Global configuration ip routing
Enables IP forwarding (routing) on the G8124. Forwarding is turned on by default.
Command mode: Global configuration no ip routing
Disables IP forwarding (routing) on the G8124.
Command mode: Global configuration show ip routing
Displays the current IP forwarding settings.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Network Filter Configuration
Table 195 IP Network Filter Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip match-address <1-256> <IP address> <IP netmask>
Sets the starting IP address and IP Netmask for this filter to define the range of IP addresses that will be accepted by the peer when the filter is enabled. The default address is 0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Command mode: Global configuration.
ip match-address <1-256> enable
Enables the Network Filter configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
318 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 195 IP Network Filter Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
no ip match-address <1-256> enable
Disables the Network Filter configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip match-address <1-256>
Deletes the Network Filter configuration.
Command mode: Global configuration
show ip match-address [<1-256>]
Displays the current the Network Filter configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 319
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Routing Map Configuration
Note – The map number (1-32) represents the routing map you wish to configure.
Routing maps control and modify routing information.
Table 196 Routing Map Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
route-map <1-32>
Enter route map configuration mode.
Command mode: Route map
[no] access-list <1-8>
Configures the Access List.
Command mode: Route map
For more information, see page 322 .
[no] as-path-list <1-8>
Configures the Autonomous System (AS) Filter.
Command mode: Route map
For more information, see page 323 .
[no] as-path-preference <1-65535>
Sets the AS path preference of the matched route. You can configure up to three path preferences.
Command mode: Route map
[no] local-preference <0-4294967294>
Sets the local preference of the matched route, which affects both inbound and outbound directions. The path with the higher preference is preferred.
Command mode: Route map
[no] metric <1-4294967294>
Sets the metric of the matched route.
Command mode: Route map
320 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 196 Routing Map Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] metric-type {1|2}
Assigns the type of OSPF metric. The default is type 1.
Type 1—External routes are calculated using both internal and external metrics.
Type 2—External routes are calculated using only the external metrics. Type 1 routes have more cost than Type 2.
none—Removes the OSPF metric.
Command mode: Route map
precedence <1-255>
Sets the precedence of the route map. The smaller the value, the higher the precedence.
Default value is 10.
Command mode: Route map
[no] weight <0-65534>
Sets the weight of the route map.
Command mode: Route map enable
Enables the route map.
Command mode: Route map no enable
Disables the route map.
Command mode: Route map
no route-map <1-32>
Deletes the route map.
Command mode: Route map
show route-map [<1-32>]
Displays the current route configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 321
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IP Access List Configuration
Note – The route map number (1-32) and the access list number (1-8) represent the IP access list you wish to configure.
Table 197 IP Access List Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] access-list <1-8> match-address <1-256>
Sets the network filter number.
Command mode: Route map
See “Network Filter Configuration” on page 318
for details.
[no] access-list <1-8> metric <1-4294967294>
Sets the metric value in the AS-External (ASE) LSA.
Command mode: Route map
access-list <1-8> action {permit|deny}
Permits or denies action for the access list.
Command mode: Route map
access-list <1-8> enable
Enables the access list.
Command mode: Route map
no access-list <1-8> enable
Disables the access list.
Command mode: Route map
no access-list <1-8>
Deletes the access list.
Command mode: Route map
show route-map <1-32> access-list <1-8>
Displays the current Access List configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
322 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Autonomous System Filter Path Configuration
Note – The rmap number and the path number represent the AS path you wish to configure.
Table 198 AS Filter Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
as-path-list <1-8> as-path <1-65535>
Sets the Autonomous System filter’s path number.
Command mode: Route map
as-path-list <1-8> action {permit|deny}
Permits or denies Autonomous System filter action.
Command mode: Route map
as-path-list <1-8> enable
Enables the Autonomous System filter.
Command mode: Route map
no as-path-list <1-8> enable
Disables the Autonomous System filter.
Command mode: Route map
no as-path-list <1-8>
Deletes the Autonomous System filter.
Command mode: Route map
show route-map <1-32> as-path-list <1-8>
Displays the current Autonomous System filter configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 323
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Routing Information Protocol Configuration
RIP commands are used for configuring Routing Information Protocol parameters. This option is turned off by default.
Table 199 Routing Information Protocol Commands
Command Syntax and Usage router rip
Enter Router RIP configuration mode.
Command mode: Router RIP
timers update <1-120>
Configures the time interval for sending for RIP table updates, in seconds.
The default value is 30 seconds.
Command mode: Router RIP enable
Globally turns RIP on.
Command mode: Router RIP no enable
Globally turns RIP off.
Command mode: Router RIP show ip rip
Displays the current RIP configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
324 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Routing Information Protocol Interface Configuration
The RIP Interface commands are used for configuring Routing Information Protocol parameters for the selected interface.
Note – Do not configure RIP version 1 parameters if your routing equipment uses RIP version 2.
Table 200 RIP Interface Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip rip version {1|2|both}
Configures the RIP version used by this interface. The default value is version 2.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ip rip supply
When enabled, the switch supplies routes to other routers. The default value is enabled.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ip rip listen
When enabled, the switch learns routes from other routers. The default value is enabled.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ip rip poison
When enabled, the switch uses split horizon with poisoned reverse. When disabled, the switch uses only split horizon. The default value is disabled.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ip rip split-horizon
Enables or disables split horizon. The default value is enabled.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ip rip triggered
Enables or disables Triggered Updates. Triggered Updates are used to speed convergence.
When enabled, Triggered Updates force a router to send update messages immediately, even if it is not yet time for the update message. The default value is enabled.
Command mode: Interface IP
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 325
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 200 RIP Interface Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ip rip multicast-updates
Enables or disables multicast updates of the routing table (using address 224.0.0.9). The default value is enabled.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ip rip default-action {listen|supply|both}
When enabled, the switch accepts RIP default routes from other routers, but gives them lower priority than configured default gateways. When disabled, the switch rejects RIP default routes. The default value is none.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ip rip metric [<1-15>]
Configures the route metric, which indicates the relative distance to the destination. The default value is 1.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ip rip authentication type [<password>]
Configures the authentication type. The default is none.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ip rip authentication key <password>
Configures the authentication key password.
Command mode: Interface IP ip rip enable
Enables this RIP interface.
Command mode: Interface IP no ip rip enable
Disables this RIP interface.
Command mode: Interface IP
show interface ip <interface number> rip
Displays the current RIP configuration.
Command mode: All
326 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
RIP Route Redistribution Configuration
The following table describes the RIP Route Redistribution commands.
Table 201 RIP Redistribution Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
redistribute {fixed|static|ospf|eospf|ebgp|ibgp} <1-32>
Adds selected routing maps to the RIP route redistribution list. To add specific route maps, enter routing map numbers, separated by a comma ( , ). To add all 32 route maps, type all.
The routes of the redistribution protocol matched by the route maps in the route redistribution list will be redistributed.
Command mode: Router RIP
no redistribute {fixed|static|ospf|eospf|ebgp|ibgp} <1-32>
Removes the route map from the RIP route redistribution list.
To remove specific route maps, enter routing map numbers, separated by a comma ( , ). To remove all 32 route maps, type all.
Command mode: Router RIP
redistribute {fixed|static|ospf|eospf|ebgp|ibgp} export <1-15>
Exports the routes of this protocol in which the metric and metric type are specified. To remove a previous configuration and stop exporting the routes of the protocol, enter none.
Command mode: Router RIP show ip rip redistribute
Displays the current RIP route redistribute configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 327
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Open Shortest Path First Configuration
Table 202 OSPF Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage router ospf
Enter Router OSPF configuration mode.
Command mode: Global configuration
area-range <1-16>
Configures summary routes for up to 16 IP addresses.
Command mode: Router OSPF
See page 332 to view command options.
ip ospf <interface number>
Configures the OSPF interface.
Command mode: Interface IP
See page 333 to view command options.
area-virtual-link <1-3>
Configures the Virtual Links used to configure OSPF for a Virtual Link.
Command mode: Router OSPF
See page 335 to view command options.
message-digest-key <1-255> md5-key <text string>
Assigns a string to MD5 authentication key.
Command mode: Router OSPF
host <1-128>
Configures OSPF for the host routes. Up to 128 host routes can be configured. Host routes are used for advertising network device IP addresses to external networks to perform server load balancing within OSPF. It also makes Area Border Route (ABR) load sharing and ABR failover possible.
Command mode: Router OSPF
See page 337 to view command options.
328 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 202 OSPF Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
lsdb-limit <LSDB limit (0-12288, 0 for no limit)>
Sets the link state database limit.
Command mode: Router OSPF
[no] default-information <1-16777214> {<AS value (1-2)>}
Sets one default route among multiple choices in an area. Use none for no default.
Command mode: Router OSPF enable
Enables OSPF on the G8124.
Command mode: Router OSPF no enable
Disables OSPF on the G8124.
Command mode: Router OSPF show ip ospf
Displays the current OSPF configuration settings.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 329
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Area Index Configuration
Table 203 Area Index Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
area <0-2> area-id <IP address>
Defines the IP address of the OSPF area number.
Command mode: Router OSPF
area <0-2> type {transit|stub|nssa}
Defines the type of area. For example, when a virtual link has to be established with the backbone, the area type must be defined as transit.
Transit area: allows area summary information to be exchanged between routing devices.
Any area that is not a stub area or NSSA is considered to be transit area.
Stub area: is an area where external routing information is not distributed. Typically, a stub area is connected to only one other area.
NSSA: Not-So-Stubby Area (NSSA) is similar to stub area with additional capabilities. For example, routes originating from within the NSSA can be propagated to adjacent transit and backbone areas. External routes from outside the Autonomous System (AS) can be advertised within the NSSA but are not distributed into other areas.
Command mode: Router OSPF
area <0-2> stub-metric <1-65535>
Configures a stub area to send a numeric metric value. All routes received via that stub area carry the configured metric to potentially influencing routing decisions.
Metric value assigns the priority for choosing the switch for default route. Metric type determines the method for influencing routing decisions for external routes.
Command mode: Router OSPF
[no] area <0-2> authentication-type {password|md5}
None: No authentication required.
Password: Authenticates simple passwords so that only trusted routing devices can participate.
MD5: This parameter is used when MD5 cryptographic authentication is required.
Command mode: Router OSPF
330 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 203 Area Index Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
area <0-2> spf-interval <1-255>
Configures the minimum time interval, in seconds, between two successive SPF (shortest path first) calculations of the shortest path tree using the Dijkstra’s algorithm. The default value is 10 seconds.
Command mode: Router OSPF
area <0-2> enable
Enables the OSPF area.
Command mode: Router OSPF
no area <0-2> enable
Disables the OSPF area.
Command mode: Router OSPF
no area <0-2>
Deletes the OSPF area.
Command mode: Router OSPF
show ip ospf area <0-2>
Displays the current OSPF configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 331
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPF Summary Range Configuration
Table 204 OSPF Summary Range Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
area-range <1-16> address <IP address> <IP netmask>
Displays the base IP address or the IP address mask for the range.
Command mode: Router OSPF
area-range <1-16> area <0-2>
Displays the area index used by the G8124.
Command mode: Router OSPF
[no] area-range <1-16> hide
Hides the OSPF summary range.
Command mode: Router OSPF
area-range <1-16> enable
Enables the OSPF summary range.
Command mode: Router OSPF
no area-range <1-16> enable
Disables the OSPF summary range.
Command mode: Router OSPF
no area-range <1-16>
Deletes the OSPF summary range.
Command mode: Router OSPF
show ip ospf area-range <1-16>
Displays the current OSPF summary range.
Command mode: Router OSPF
332 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPF Interface Configuration
Table 205 OSPF Interface Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip ospf area <0-2>
Configures the OSPF area index.
Command mode: Interface IP
ip ospf priority <0-255>
Configures the priority value for the G8124’s OSPF interfaces.
A priority value of 255 is the highest and 1 is the lowest. A priority value of 0 specifies that the interface cannot be used as Designated Router (DR) or Backup Designated Router (BDR).
Command mode: Interface IP
ip ospf cost <1-65535>
Configures cost set for the selected path—preferred or backup. Usually the cost is inversely proportional to the bandwidth of the interface. Low cost indicates high bandwidth.
Command mode: Interface IP
ip ospf hello-interval <1-65535>
Configures the interval, in seconds, between the hello packets for the interfaces.
Command mode: Interface IP
ip ospf dead-interval <1-65535>
Configures the health parameters of a hello packet, in seconds, before declaring a silent router to be down.
Command mode: Interface IP
ip ospf transit-delay <1-3600>
Configures the transit delay in seconds.
Command mode: Interface IP
ip ospf retransmit-interval <1-3600>
Configures the retransmit interval in seconds.
Command mode: Interface IP
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 333
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 205 OSPF Interface Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ip ospf key <key string>
Sets the authentication key to clear the password.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ip ospf message-digest-key <1-255>
Assigns an MD5 key to the interface.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ip ospf passive-interface
Sets the interface as passive. On a passive interface, you can disable OSPF protocol exchanges, but the router advertises the interface in its LSAs so that IP connectivity to the attached network segment will be established.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ip ospf point-to-point
Sets the interface as point-to-point.
Command mode: Interface IP ip ospf enable
Enables OSPF interface.
Command mode: Interface IP no ip ospf enable
Disables OSPF interface.
Command mode: Interface IP no ip ospf
Deletes the OSPF interface.
Command mode: Interface IP show interface ip <interface number> ospf
Displays the current settings for OSPF interface.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
334 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPF Virtual Link Configuration
Table 206 OSPF Virtual Link Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
area-virtual-link <1-3> area <0-2>
Configures the OSPF area index for the virtual link.
Command mode: Router OSPF
area-virtual-link <1-3> hello-interval <1-65535>
area-virtual-link <1-3> hello-interval <50-65535ms>
Configures the authentication parameters of a hello packet, in seconds or milliseconds. The default value is 10 seconds.
Command mode: Router OSPF
area-virtual-link <1-3> dead-interval <1-65535>
area-virtual-link <1-3> dead-interval <1000-65535ms>
Configures the health parameters of a hello packet, in seconds or milliseconds. The default value is 60 seconds.
Command mode: Router OSPF
area-virtual-link <1-3> transit-delay <1-3600>
Configures the delay in transit, in seconds. The default value is one second.
Command mode: Router OSPF
area-virtual-link <1-3> retransmit-interval <1-3600>
Configures the retransmit interval, in seconds. The default value is five seconds.
Command mode: Router OSPF
area-virtual-link <1-3> neighbor-router <IP address>
Configures the router ID of the virtual neighbor. The default value is 0.0.0.0.
Command mode: Router OSPF
[no] area-virtual-link <1-3> key <password>
Configures the password (up to eight characters) for each virtual link. The default setting is none.
Command mode: Router OSPF
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 335
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 206 OSPF Virtual Link Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
area-virtual-link <1-3> message-digest-key <1-255>
Sets MD5 key ID for each virtual link. The default setting is none.
Command mode: Router OSPF
area-virtual-link <1-3> enable
Enables OSPF virtual link.
Command mode: Router OSPF
no area-virtual-link <1-3> enable
Disables OSPF virtual link.
Command mode: Router OSPF
no area-virtual-link <1-3>
Deletes OSPF virtual link.
Command mode: Router OSPF
show ip ospf area-virtual-link <1-3>
Displays the current OSPF virtual link settings.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
336 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPF Host Entry Configuration
Table 207 OSPF Host Entry Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
host <1-128> address <IP address>
Configures the base IP address for the host entry.
Command mode: Router OSPF
host <1-128> area <0-2>
Configures the area index of the host.
Command mode: Router OSPF
host <1-128> cost <1-65535>
Configures the cost value of the host.
Command mode: Router OSPF
host <1-128> enable
Enables OSPF host entry.
Command mode: Router OSPF
no host <1-128> enable
Disables OSPF host entry.
Command mode: Router OSPF
no host <1-128>
Deletes OSPF host entry.
Command mode: Router OSPF
show ip ospf host <1-128>
Displays the current OSPF host entries.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 337
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPF Route Redistribution Configuration.
Table 208 OSPF Route Redistribution Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
redistribute {fixed|static|rip} <rmap ID (1-32)>
Adds selected routing map to the rmap list.
This option adds a route map to the route redistribution list. The routes of the redistribution protocol matched by the route maps in the route redistribution list will be redistributed.
Command mode: Router OSPF
no redistribute {fixed|static|rip} <rmap ID (1-32)>
Removes the route map from the route redistribution list.
Removes routing maps from the rmap list.
Command mode: Router OSPF
[no] redistribute {fixed|static|rip} export metric
<1-16777214> metric-type {type1|type2}
Exports the routes of this protocol as external OSPF AS-external LSAs in which the metric and metric type are specified. To remove a previous configuration and stop exporting the routes of the protocol, enter none.
Command mode: Router OSPF show ip ospf redistribute
Displays the current route map settings.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
338 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPF MD5 Key Configuration
Table 209 OSPF MD5 Key commands
Command Syntax and Usage
message-digest-key <1-255> md5-key <1-16 characters>
Sets the authentication key for this OSPF packet.
Command mode: Router OSPF
no message-digest-key <1-255>
Deletes the authentication key for this OSPF packet.
Command mode: Router OSPF
show ip ospf message-digest-key <1-255>
Displays the current MD5 key configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Open Shortest Path First Version 3 Configuration
Table 210 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ipv6 router ospf
Enter OSPFv3 configuration mode. Enables or disables OSPFv3 routing protocol.
Command mode: Global configuration abr-type [standard|cisco|ibm]
Configures the Area Border Router (ABR) type, as follows:
Standard
Cisco
IBM
The default setting is standard.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
as-external lsdb-limit <LSDB limit (0-2147483647, -1 for no limit)>
Sets the link state database limit.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 339
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 210 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
exit-overflow-interval <0-4294967295>
Configures the number of seconds that a router takes to exit Overflow State. The default value is 0 (zero).
Command mode: Router OSPF3
reference-bandwidth <0-4294967295>
Configures the reference bandwidth, in kilobits per second, used to calculate the default interface metric. The default value is 100,000.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
timers spf {<SPF delay (0-65535)>} {<SPF hold time (0-65535)>}
Configures the number of seconds that SPF calculation is delayed after a topology change message is received. The default value is 5.
Configures the number of seconds between SPF calculations. The default value is 10.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
router-id <IPv4 address>
Defines the router ID.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
[no] nssaAsbrDfRtTrans
Enables or disables setting of the P-bit in the default Type 7 LSA generated by an NSSA internal ASBR. The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: Router OSPF3 enable
Enables OSPFv3 on the switch.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
340 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 210 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage no enable
Disables OSPFv3 on the switch.
Command mode: Router OSPF3 show ipv6 ospf
Displays the current OSPF configuration settings.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 341
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPFv3 Area Index Configuration
Table 211 OSPFv3 Area Index Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
area <area index> area-id <IP address>
Defines the IP address of the OSPFv3 area number.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area <area index> type {transit|stub|nssa} {no-summary}
Defines the type of area. For example, when a virtual link has to be established with the backbone, the area type must be defined as transit.
Transit area: allows area summary information to be exchanged between routing devices.
Any area that is not a stub area or NSSA is considered to be transit area.
Stub area: is an area where external routing information is not distributed. Typically, a stub area is connected to only one other area.
NSSA: Not-So-Stubby Area (NSSA) is similar to stub area with additional capabilities. For example, routes originating from within the NSSA can be propagated to adjacent transit and backbone areas. External routes from outside the Autonomous System (AS) can be advertised within the NSSA but are not distributed into other areas.
Enables or disables the no-summary option. When enabled, the area-border router neither originates nor propagates Inter-Area-Prefix LSAs into stub/NSSA areas. Instead it generates a default Inter-Area-Prefix LSA.
The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area <area index> default-metric <metric value (1-16777215)>
Configures the cost for the default summary route in a stub area or NSSA.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area <area index> default-metric type <1-3>
Configures the default metric type applied to the route.
This command applies only to area type of Stub/NSSA.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
342 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 211 OSPFv3 Area Index Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
area <area index> stability-interval <1-255>
Configures the stability interval for an NSSA, in seconds. When the interval expires, an elected translator determines that its services are no longer required. The default value is 40.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area <area index> translation-role always|candidate
Configures the translation role for an NSSA area, as follows:
Always: Type 7 LSAs are always translated into Type 5 LSAs.
Candidate: An NSSA border router participates in the translator election process.
The default setting is candidate.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area <area index> enable
Enables the OSPF area.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area <area index> no enable
Disables the OSPF area.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
no area <area index>
Deletes the OSPF area.
Command mode: Router OSPF3 show ipv6 ospf areas
Displays the current OSPFv3 area configuration.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 343
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPFv3 Summary Range Configuration
Table 212 OSPFv3 Summary Range Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
area-range <1-16> address <IPv6 address> <prefix length (1-128)>
Configures the base IPv6 address and subnet prefix length for the range.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area-range <1-16> area <area index (0-2)>
Configures the area index used by the switch.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area-range <1-16> lsa-type summary|Type7
Configures the LSA type, as follows:
Summary LSA
Type7 LSA
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area-range <1-16> tag <0-4294967295>
Configures the route tag.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
[no] area-range <1-16> hide
Hides the OSPFv3 summary range.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area-range <1-16> enable
Enables the OSPFv3 summary range.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area-range <1-16> no enable
Disables the OSPFv3 summary range.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
344 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 212 OSPFv3 Summary Range Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
no area-range <1-16>
Deletes the OSPFv3 summary range.
Command mode: Router OSPF3 show ipv6 ospf area-range
Displays the current OSPFv3 summary range.
Command mode: All
OSPFv3 AS-External Range Configuration
Table 213 OSPFv3 AS_External Range Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
summary-prefix <1-16> address <IPv6 address> <IPv6 prefix length (1-128)>
Configures the base IPv6 address and the subnet prefix length for the range.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
summary-prefix <1-16> area <area index (0-2)>
Configures the area index used by the switch.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
summary-prefix <1-16> aggregation-effect {allowAll|denyAll|
advertise|not-advertise}
Configures the aggregation effect, as follows:
allowAll: If the area ID is 0.0.0.0, aggregated Type-5 LSAs are generated. Aggregated
Type-7 LSAs are generated in all the attached NSSAs for the range.
denyAll: Type-5 and Type-7 LSAs are not generated.
advertise: If the area ID is 0.0.0.0, aggregated Type-5 LSAs are generated. For other area IDs, aggregated Type-7 LSAs are generated in the NSSA area.
not-advertise: If the area ID is 0.0.0.0, Type-5 LSAs are not generated, while all
NSSA LSAs within the range are cleared and aggregated Type-7 LSAs are generated for all NSSAs. For other area IDs, aggregated Type-7 LSAs are not generated in the NSSA area.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 345
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 213 OSPFv3 AS_External Range Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] summary-prefix <1-16> translation
When enabled, the P-bit is set in the generated Type-7 LSA. When disabled, the P-bit is cleared. The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
summary-prefix <1-16> enable
Enables the OSPFv3 AS-external range.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
summary-prefix <1-16> no enable
Disables the OSPFv3 AS-external range.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
no summary-prefix <1-16>
Deletes the OSPFv3 AS-external range.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
show ipv6 ospf summary-prefix <1-16>
Displays the current OSPFv3 AS-external range.
Command mode: All
OSPFv3 Interface Configuration
Table 214 OSPFv3 Interface Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
interface ip <interface number>
Enter Interface IP mode, from Global Configuration mode.
Command mode: Global configuration
ipv6 ospf area <area index (0-2)>
Configures the OSPFv3 area index.
Command mode: Interface IP
346 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 214 OSPFv3 Interface Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
ipv6 ospf area <area index (0-2)> instance <0-255>
Configures the instance ID for the interface.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 ospf priority <priority value (0-255)>
Configures the priority value for the switch’s OSPFv3 interface.
A priority value of 255 is the highest and 1 is the lowest. A priority value of 0 specifies that the interface cannot be used as Designated Router (DR).
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 ospf cost <1-65535>
Configures the metric value for sending a packet on the interface.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 ospf hello-interval <1-65535>
Configures the indicated interval, in seconds, between the hello packets, that the router sends on the interface.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 ospf dead-interval <1-65535>
Configures the time period, in seconds, for which the router waits for hello packet from the neighbor before declaring this neighbor down.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 ospf transmit-delay <1-1800>
Configures the estimated time, in seconds, taken to transmit LS update packet over this interface.
Command mode: Interface IP
[no] ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval <1-1800>
Configures the interval in seconds, between LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to interface.
Command mode: Interface IP
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 347
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 214 OSPFv3 Interface Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ipv6 ospf passive-interface
Enables or disables the passive setting on the interface. On a passive interface, OSPFv3 protocol packets are suppressed.
Command mode: Interface IP ipv6 ospf enable
Enables OSPFv3 on the interface.
Command mode: Interface IP ipv6 ospf no enable
Disables OSPFv3 on the interface.
Command mode: Interface IP no ipv6 ospf
Deletes OSPFv3 from interface.
Command mode: Interface IP show ipv6 ospf interface
Displays the current settings for OSPFv3 interface.
Command mode: Interface IP
OSPFv3 Virtual Link Configuration
Table 215 OSPFv3 Virtual Link Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
area-virtual-link <1-3> area <area index (0-2)>
Configures the OSPF area index.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area-virtual-link <1-3> hello-interval <1-65535)>
Configures the indicated interval, in seconds, between the hello packets, that the router sends on the interface.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
348 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 215 OSPFv3 Virtual Link Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
area-virtual-link <1-3> dead-interval <1-65535>
Configures the time period, in seconds, for which the router waits for hello packet from the neighbor before declaring this neighbor down.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area-virtual-link <1-3> transmit-delay <1-1800>
Configures the estimated time, in seconds, taken to transmit LS update packet over this interface.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area-virtual-link <1-3> retransmit-interval <1-1800>
Configures the interval, in seconds, between link-state advertisement (LSA) retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the OSPFv3 virtual link interface. The default value is five seconds.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area-virtual-link <1-3> neighbor-router <NBR router ID (IP address)>
Configures the router ID of the virtual neighbor. The default setting is 0.0.0.0
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area-virtual-link <1-3> enable
Enables OSPF virtual link.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
area-virtual-link <1-3> no enable
Disables OSPF virtual link.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
no area-virtual-link <1-3>
Deletes OSPF virtual link.
Command mode: Router OSPF3 show ipv6 ospf area-virtual-link
Displays the current OSPFv3 virtual link settings.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 349
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPFv3 Host Entry Configuration
Table 216 OSPFv3 Host Entry Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
host <1-128> address <IPv6 address> <prefix length (1-128)>
Configures the base IPv6 address and the subnet prefix length for the host entry.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
host <1-128> area <area index (0-2)>
Configures the area index of the host.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
host <1-128> cost <1-65535>
Configures the cost value of the host.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
host <1-128> enable
Enables the host entry.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
host <1-128> no enable
Disables the host entry.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
no host <1-128>
Deletes the host entry.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
show ipv6 ospf host [<1-128>]
Displays the current OSPFv3 host entries.
Command mode: All
350 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPFv3 Redist Entry Configuration
Table 217 OSPFv3 Redist Entry Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
redist-config <1-128> address <IPv6 address> <IPv6 prefix length (1-128)>
Configures the base IPv6 address and the subnet prefix length for the redistribution entry.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
redist-config <1-128> metric-value <1-16777215>
Configures the route metric value applied to the route before it is advertised into the OSPFv3 domain.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
redist-config <1-128> metric-type asExttype1|asExttype2
Configures the metric type applied to the route before it is advertised into the OSPFv3 domain.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
[no] redist-config <1-128> tag <0-4294967295>
Configures the route tag.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
redist-config <1-128> enable
Enables the OSPFv3 redistribution entry.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
redist-config <1-128> no enable
Disables the OSPFv3 redistribution entry.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
no redist-config <1-128>
Deletes the OSPFv3 redistribution entry.
Command mode: Router OSPF3 show ipv6 ospf redist-config
Displays the current OSPFv3 redistribution configuration entries.
Command mode: Router OSPF3
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 351
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
OSPFv3 Redistribute Configuration
Table 218 OSPFv3 Redistribute Configuration Options
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] redistribute {connected|static} export <metric value (1-16777215)>
<metric type (1-2)> <tag (0-4294967295)>
Exports the routes of this protocol as external OSPFv3 AS-external LSAs in which the metric, metric type, and route tag are specified. To remove a previous configuration and stop exporting the routes of the protocol, use the no form of the command.
Command mode: Router OSPF3 show ipv6 ospf
Displays the current OSPFv3 route redistribution settings.
Command mode: All
352 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Border Gateway Protocol Configuration
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) is an Internet protocol that enables routers on a network to share routing information with each other and advertise information about the segments of the IP address space they can access within their network with routers on external networks. BGP allows you to decide what is the “best” route for a packet to take from your network to a destination on another network, rather than simply setting a default route from your border router(s) to your upstream provider(s). You can configure BGP either within an autonomous system or between different autonomous systems. When run within an autonomous system, it's called internal BGP (iBGP).
When run between different autonomous systems, it's called external BGP (eBGP). BGP is defined in RFC 1771.
BGP commands enable you to configure the switch to receive routes and to advertise static routes, fixed routes and virtual server IP addresses with other internal and external routers. In the current
BLADEOS implementation, the RackSwitch G8124 does not advertise BGP routes that are learned from one iBGP speaker to another iBGP speaker.
BGP is turned off by default.
Note – Fixed routes are subnet routes. There is one fixed route per IP interface.
Table 219 Border Gateway Protocol Commands
Command Syntax and Usage router bgp
Enter Router BGP configuration mode.
Command mode: Global configuration
neighbor <1-16>
Configures each BGP peer. Each border router, within an autonomous system, exchanges routing information with routers on other external networks.
Command mode: Router BGP
To view command options, see
.
as <0-65535>
Set Autonomous System number.
Command mode: Router BGP
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 353
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 219 Border Gateway Protocol Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
local-preference <0-4294967294>
Sets the local preference. The path with the higher value is preferred.
When multiple peers advertise the same route, use the route with the shortest AS path as the preferred route if you are using eBGP, or use the local preference if you are using iBGP.
Command mode: Router BGP enable
Globally turns BGP on.
Command mode: Router BGP no enable
Globally turns BGP off.
Command mode: Router BGP show ip bgp
Displays the current BGP configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BGP Peer Configuration
These commands are used to configure BGP peers, which are border routers that exchange routing information with routers on internal and external networks. The peer option is disabled by default.
Table 220 BGP Peer Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
neighbor <1-16> remote-address <IP address>
Defines the IP address for the specified peer (border router), using dotted decimal notation.
The default address is 0.0.0.0.
Command mode: Router BGP
neighbor <1-16> remote-as <1-65535>
Sets the remote autonomous system number for the specified peer.
Command mode: Router BGP
354 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 220 BGP Peer Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
neighbor <1-16> timers hold-time <0, 3-65535>
Sets the period of time, in seconds, that will elapse before the peer session is torn down because the switch hasn’t received a “keep alive” message from the peer. The default value is
180 seconds.
Command mode: Router BGP
neighbor <1-16> timers keep-alive <0, 1-21845>
Sets the keep-alive time for the specified peer, in seconds. The default value is 60 seconds.
Command mode: Router BGP
neighbor <1-16> advertisement-interval <1-65535>
Sets time, in seconds, between advertisements. The default value is 60 seconds.
Command mode: Router BGP
neighbor <1-16> retry-interval <1-65535>
Sets connection retry interval, in seconds. The default value is 120 seconds.
Command mode: Router BGP
neighbor <1-16> route-origination-interval <1-65535>
Sets the minimum time between route originations, in seconds. The default value is 15 seconds.
Command mode: Router BGP
neighbor <1-16> time-to-live <1-255>
Time-to-live (TTL) is a value in an IP packet that tells a network router whether or not the packet has been in the network too long and should be discarded. TTL specifies a certain time span in seconds that, when exhausted, would cause the packet to be discarded. The TTL is determined by the number of router hops the packet is allowed before it must be discarded.
This command specifies the number of router hops that the IP packet can make. This value is used to restrict the number of “hops” the advertisement makes. It is also used to support multi-hops, which allow BGP peers to talk across a routed network. The default number is set at 1.
Note: The TTL value is significant only to eBGP peers, for iBGP peers the TTL value in the
IP packets is always 255 (regardless of the configured value).
Command mode: Router BGP
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 355
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 220 BGP Peer Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
neighbor <1-16> route-map in <1-32>
Adds route map into in-route map list.
Command mode: Router BGP
neighbor <1-16> route-map out <1-32>
Adds route map into out-route map list.
Command mode: Router BGP
no neighbor <1-16> route-map in <1-32>
Removes route map from in-route map list.
Command mode: Router BGP
no neighbor <1-16> route-map out <1-32>
Removes route map from out-route map list.
Command mode: Router BGP
no neighbor <1-16> shutdown
Enables this peer configuration.
Command mode: Router BGP
neighbor <1-16> shutdown
Disables this peer configuration.
Command mode: Router BGP
no neighbor <1-16>
Deletes this peer configuration.
Command mode: Router BGP
show ip bgp neighbor [<1-16>]
Displays the current BGP peer configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
356 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
BGP Redistribution Configuration
Table 221 BGP Redistribution Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] neighbor <1-16> redistribute default-metric <1-4294967294>
Sets default metric of advertised routes.
Command mode: Router BGP
[no] neighbor <1-16> redistribute default-action
{import|originate|redistribute}
Sets default route action.
Defaults routes can be configured as import, originate, redistribute, or none.
None: No routes are configured
Import: Import these routes.
Originate: The switch sends a default route to peers if it does not have any default routes in its routing table.
Redistribute: Default routes are either configured through default gateway or learned through other protocols and redistributed to peer. If the routes are learned from default gateway configuration, you have to enable static routes since the routes from default gateway are static routes. Similarly, if the routes are learned from a certain routing protocol, you have to enable that protocol.
Command mode: Router BGP
[no] neighbor <1-16> redistribute rip
Enables or disables advertising RIP routes.
Command mode: Router BGP
[no] neighbor <1-16> redistribute ospf
Enables or disables advertising OSPF routes.
Command mode: Router BGP
[no] neighbor <1-16> redistribute fixed
Enables or disables advertising fixed routes.
Command mode: Router BGP
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 357
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 221 BGP Redistribution Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] neighbor <1-16> redistribute static
Enables or disables advertising static routes.
Command mode: Router BGP
show ip bgp neighbor <1-16> redistribute
Displays current redistribution configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BGP Aggregation Configuration
These commands enable you to configure BGP aggregation to specify the routes/range of IP destinations a peer router accepts from other peers. All matched routes are aggregated to one route, to reduce the size of the routing table. By default, the first aggregation number is enabled and the rest are disabled.
Table 222 BGP Aggregation Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
aggregate-address <1-16> <IP address> <IP netmask>
Defines the starting subnet IP address for this aggregation, using dotted decimal notation. The default address is 0.0.0.0.
Command mode: Router BGP
aggregate-address <1-16> enable
Enables this BGP aggregation.
Command mode: Router BGP
no aggregate-address <1-16> enable
Disables this BGP aggregation.
Command mode: Router BGP
358 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 222 BGP Aggregation Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
no aggregate-address <1-16>
Deletes this BGP aggregation.
Command mode: Router BGP
show ip bgp aggregate-address [<1-16>]
Displays the current BGP aggregation configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
IGMP Configuration
describes the commands used to configure basic IGMP parameters.
Table 223 IGMP Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage ip igmp enable
Globally turns IGMP on.
Command mode: Global configuration no ip igmp enable
Globally turns IGMP off.
Command mode: Global configuration show ip igmp
Displays the current IGMP configuration parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 359
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IGMP Snooping Configuration
IGMP Snooping allows the switch to forward multicast traffic only to those ports that request it.
IGMP Snooping prevents multicast traffic from being flooded to all ports. The switch learns which server hosts are interested in receiving multicast traffic, and forwards it only to ports connected to those servers.
describes the commands used to configure IGMP Snooping.
Table 224 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip igmp snoop timeout <1-255>
Configures the timeout value for IGMP Membership Reports (host). Once the timeout value is reached, the switch removes the host from its IGMP table, if the conditions are met. The range is from 1 to 255 seconds. The default is 10 seconds.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip igmp snoop mrouter-timeout <1-600>
Configures the timeout value for IGMP Membership Queries (mrouter). Once the timeout value is reached, the switch removes the multicast router from its IGMP table, if the proper conditions are met. The range is from 1 to 600 seconds. The default is 255 seconds.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip igmp snoop query-interval <1-600>
Sets the IGMP router query interval, in seconds. The default value is 125.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip igmp snoop robust <2-10>
Configures the IGMP Robustness variable, which allows you to tune the switch for expected packet loss on the subnet. If the subnet is expected to be lossy (high rate of packet loss), increase the value. The default value is 2.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] ip igmp snoop flood
Configures the switch to flood unregistered IP multicast traffic to all ports. The default setting is enabled.
Command mode: Global configuration
360 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 224 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ip igmp snoop aggregate
Enables or disables IGMP Membership Report aggregation.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip igmp snoop source-ip <IP address>
Configures the source IP address used as a proxy for IGMP Group Specific Queries.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip igmp snoop vlan <VLAN number>
Adds the selected VLAN(s) to IGMP Snooping.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip igmp snoop vlan <VLAN number>
Removes the selected VLAN(s) from IGMP Snooping.
Command mode: Global configuration no ip igmp snoop vlan all
Removes all VLANs from IGMP Snooping.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] ip igmp snoop vlan <VLAN number> fastleave
Enables or disables Fastleave processing. Fastleave allows the switch to immediately remove a port from the IGMP port list, if the host sends a Leave message, and the proper conditions are met. This command is disabled by default.
Command mode: Global configuration ip igmp snoop enable
Enables IGMP Snooping.
Command mode: Global configuration no ip igmp snoop enable
Disables IGMP Snooping.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 361
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 224 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage default ip igmp snoop
Resets IGMP Snooping parameters to their default values.
Command mode: Global configuration show ip igmp snoop
Displays the current IGMP Snooping parameters.
Command mode: All
IGMPv3 Configuration
describes the commands used to configure IGMP version 3.
Table 225 IGMP version 3 Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip igmp snoop igmpv3 sources <1-64>
Configures the maximum number of IGMP multicast sources to snoop from within the group record. Use this command to limit the number of IGMP sources to provide more refined control. The default value is 8.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] ip igmp snoop igmpv3 v1v2
Enables or disables snooping on IGMP version 1 and version 2 reports. When disabled, the switch drops IGMPv1 and IGMPv2 reports. The default value is enabled.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] ip igmp snoop igmpv3 exclude
Enables or disables snooping on IGMPv3 Exclude Reports. When disabled, the switch ignores Exclude Reports. The default value is enabled.
Command mode: Global configuration ip igmp snoop igmpv3 enable
Enables IGMP version 3. The default value is enabled.
Command mode: Global configuration
362 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 225 IGMP version 3 Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage no ip igmp snoop igmpv3 enable
Disables IGMP version 3.
Command mode: Global configuration show ip igmp snoop igmpv3
Displays the current IGMP v3 Snooping configuration.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
IGMP Static Multicast Router Configuration
describes the commands used to configure a static multicast router.
Note – When static Mrouters are used, the switch continues learning dynamic Mrouters via IGMP snooping. However, dynamic Mrouters may not replace static Mrouters. If a dynamic Mrouter has the same port and VLAN combination as a static Mrouter, the dynamic Mrouter is not learned.
Table 226 IGMP Static Multicast Router Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip igmp mrouter <port alias or number> <VLAN number> <version (1-3)>
Selects a port/VLAN combination on which the static multicast router is connected, and configures the IGMP version of the multicast router.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip igmp mrouter <port alias or number> <VLAN number> <version (1-3)>
Removes a static multicast router from the selected port/VLAN combination.
Command mode: Global configuration clear ip igmp mrouter
Clears all static multicast routers from the switch.
Command mode: Global configuration show ip igmp mrouter
Displays the current IGMP Static Multicast Router parameters.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 363
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IGMP Filtering Configuration
describes the commands used to configure an IGMP filter.
Table 227 IGMP Filtering Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip igmp profile <1-16>
Configures the IGMP filter.
Command mode: Global configuration
To view command options, see
.
ip igmp filtering
Enables IGMP filtering globally.
Command mode: Global configuration no ip igmp filtering
Disables IGMP filtering globally.
Command mode: Global configuration show ip igmp filtering
Displays the current IGMP Filtering parameters.
Command mode: All
364 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IGMP Filter Definition
describes the commands used to define an IGMP filter.
Table 228 IGMP Filter Definition Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip igmp profile <1-16> range <IP address 1> <IP address 2>
Configures the range of IP multicast addresses for this filter.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip igmp profile <1-16> action {allow|deny}
Allows or denies multicast traffic for the IP multicast addresses specified. The default action is deny.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip igmp profile <1-16> enable
Enables this IGMP filter.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip igmp profile <1-16> enable
Disables this IGMP filter.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip igmp profile <1-16>
Deletes this filter’s parameter definitions.
Command mode: Global configuration
show ip igmp profile <1-16>
Displays the current IGMP filter.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 365
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IGMP Filtering Port Configuration
describes the commands used to configure a port for IGMP filtering.
Table 229 IGMP Filter Port Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ip igmp filtering
Enables or disables IGMP filtering on this port.
Command mode: Interface port
ip igmp profile <1-16>
Adds an IGMP filter to this port.
Command mode: Interface port
no ip igmp profile <1-16>
Removes an IGMP filter from this port.
Command mode: Interface port
show interface port <port alias or number> igmp-filtering
Displays the current IGMP filter parameters for this port.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
366 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IGMP Querier Configuration
describes the commands used to configure IGMP Querier.
Table 230 IGMP Querier Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip igmp querier vlan <VLAN number> source-ip <IP address>
Configures the IGMP source IP address for the selected VLAN.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip igmp querier vlan <VLAN number> max-response <1-256>
Configures the maximum time, in tenths of a second, allowed before responding to a
Membership Query message. The default value is 100.
By varying the Query Response Interval, an administrator may tune the burstiness of IGMP messages on the subnet; larger values make the traffic less bursty, as host responses are spread out over a larger interval.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip igmp querier vlan <VLAN number> query-interval <1-608>
Configures the interval between IGMP Query broadcasts. The default value is 125 seconds.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip igmp querier vlan <VLAN number> robustness <2-10>
Configures the IGMP Robustness variable, which is the number of times that the switch sends each IGMP message. The default value is 2.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip igmp querier vlan <VLAN number> election-type [ipv4|mac]
Sets the IGMP Querier election criteria as IP address or Mac address. The default setting is
IPv4.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip igmp querier vlan <VLAN number> startup-interval <1-608>
Configures the Startup Query Interval, which is the interval between General Queries sent out at startup.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 367
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 230 IGMP Querier Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip igmp querier vlan <VLAN number> startup-count <1-10>
Configures the Startup Query Count, which is the number of IGMP Queries sent out at startup. Each Query is separated by the Startup Query Interval. The default value is 2.
Command mode: Global configuration
ip igmp querier vlan <VLAN number> version [v1|v2|v3]
Configures the IGMP version. The default version is v3.
Command mode: Global configuration ip igmp querier enable
Enables IGMP Querier.
Command mode: Global configuration no ip igmp querier enable
Disables IGMP Querier.
Command mode: Global configuration
show ip igmp querier vlan <VLAN number>
Displays IGMP Querier information for the selected VLAN.
Command mode: Global configuration show ip igmp querier
Displays the current IGMP Filtering parameters.
Command mode: All
368 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Domain Name System Configuration
The Domain Name System (DNS) commands are used for defining the primary and secondary DNS servers on your local network, and for setting the default domain name served by the switch services. DNS parameters must be configured prior to using hostname parameters with the ping, traceroute, and tftp commands.
Table 231 Domain Name Service Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ip dns primary-server <IP address>
You are prompted to set the IPv4 address for your primary DNS server, using dotted decimal notation.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] ip dns secondary-server <IP address>
You are prompted to set the IPv4 address for your secondary DNS server, using dotted decimal notation. If the primary DNS server fails, the configured secondary will be used instead.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] ip dns domain-name <string>
Sets the default domain name used by the switch.
For example: mycompany.com
Command mode: Global configuration show ip dns
Displays the current Domain Name System settings.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 369
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Bootstrap Protocol Relay Configuration
The Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) Relay commands are used to allow hosts to obtain their configurations from a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. The BOOTP configuration enables the switch to forward a client request for an IP address to two DHCP/BOOTP servers with IP addresses that have been configured on the G8124 .
BOOTP relay is turned off by default.
Table 232 Bootstrap Protocol Relay Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] ip bootp-relay {server1|server2} <IP address>
Sets the IP address of the first or second BOOTP server. To set an IPv4 address, use dotted decimal notation.
Command mode: Global configuration ip bootp-relay enable
Globally turns on BOOTP relay.
Command mode: Global configuration no ip bootp-relay enable
Globally turns off BOOTP relay.
Command mode: Global configuration
370 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
VRRP Configuration
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) support on the G8124 provides redundancy between routers in a LAN. This is accomplished by configuring the same virtual router IP address and ID number on each participating VRRP-capable routing device. One of the virtual routers is then elected as the master, based on a number of priority criteria, and assumes control of the shared virtual router IP address. If the master fails, one of the backup virtual routers will assume routing authority and take control of the virtual router IP address.
By default, VRRP is disabled. BLADEOS has extended VRRP to include virtual servers as well, allowing for full active/active redundancy between switches. For more information on VRRP, see the “High Availability” chapter in the BLADEOS 6.3 Application Guide.
Table 233 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Commands
Command Syntax and Usage router vrrp
Enter Router VRRP configuration mode.
Command mode: Global configuration enable
Globally enables VRRP on this switch.
Command mode: Router VRRP no enable
Globally disables VRRP on this switch.
Command mode: Router VRRP show ip vrrp
Displays the current VRRP parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 371
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Virtual Router Configuration
These commands are used for configuring virtual routers for this switch. A virtual router is defined by its virtual router ID and an IP address. On each VRRP-capable routing device participating in redundancy for this virtual router, a virtual router will be configured to share the same virtual router
ID and IP address.
Virtual routers are disabled by default.
Table 234 VRRP Virtual Router Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
virtual-router <1-15> virtual-router-id <1-128>
Defines the virtual router ID (VRID). This is used in conjunction with the
[no] virtual-router <VRID> address <IP address> command below to define a virtual router on this switch. To create a pool of VRRP-enabled routing devices which can provide redundancy to each other, each participating VRRP device must be configured with the same virtual router.
The VRID for standard virtual routers (where the virtual router IP address is not the same as any virtual server) can be any integer between 1 and 128. The default value is 1.
All VRID values must be unique within the VLAN to which the virtual router’s IP interface belongs.
Command mode: Router VRRP
[no] virtual-router <1-15> address <IP address>
Defines the IP address for this virtual router using dotted decimal notation. This is used in conjunction with the VRID (above) to configure the same virtual router on each participating
VRRP device. The default address is 0.0.0.0.
Command mode: Router VRRP
virtual-router <1-15> interface <interface number>
Selects a switch IP interface. If the IP interface has the same IP address as the addr option above, this switch is considered the “owner” of the defined virtual router. An owner has a special priority of 255 (highest) and will always assume the role of master router, even if it must pre-empt another virtual router which has assumed master routing authority. This pre-emption occurs even if the preem option below is disabled. The default value is 1.
Command mode: Router VRRP
372 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 234 VRRP Virtual Router Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
virtual-router <1-15> priority <1-254>
Defines the election priority bias for this virtual server. The priority value can be any integer between 1 and 254. The default value is 100.
During the master router election process, the routing device with the highest virtual router priority number wins. If there is a tie, the device with the highest IP interface address wins. If this virtual router’s IP address is the same as the one used by the IP interface, the priority for this virtual router will automatically be set to 255 (highest).
When priority tracking is used, this base priority value can be modified according to a number of performance and operational criteria.
Command mode: Router VRRP
virtual-router <1-15> timers advertise <1-255>
Defines the time interval between VRRP master advertisements. This can be any integer between 1 and 255 seconds. The default value is 1.
Command mode: Router VRRP
virtual-router <1-15> timers preempt-delay-time <0-255>
Configures the preempt delay interval. This timer is configured on the VRRP Owner and prevents the switch from transitioning back to Master state until the preempt delay interval has expired. Ensure that the interval is long enough for OSPF or other routing protocols to converge.
Command mode: Router VRRP
[no] virtual-router <1-15> preemption
Enables or disables master preemption. When enabled, if this virtual router is in backup mode but has a higher priority than the current master, this virtual router will preempt the lower priority master and assume control. Note that even when preemption is disabled, this virtual router will always pre-empt any other master if this switch is the owner (the IP interface address and virtual router addr are the same). By default, this option is enabled.
Command mode: Router VRRP
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 373
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 234 VRRP Virtual Router Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] virtual-router <1-15> fast-advertise
Enables or disables Fast Advertisements. When enabled, the VRRP master advertisements interval is calculated in units of centiseconds, instead of seconds. For example, if adver is set to 1 and fadver is enabled, master advertisements are sent every .01 second.
When you disable fast advertisement, the advertisement interval is set to the default value of 1 second. To support Fast Advertisements, set the interval between 20-100 centiseconds.
Command mode: Router VRRP
virtual-router <1-15> enable
Enables this virtual router.
Command mode: Router VRRP
no virtual-router <1-15> enable
Disables this virtual router.
Command mode: Router VRRP
no virtual-router <1-15>
Deletes this virtual router from the switch configuration.
Command mode: Router VRRP
show ip vrrp virtual-router <1-15>
Displays the current configuration information for this virtual router.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
374 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Virtual Router Priority Tracking Configuration
These commands are used for modifying the priority system used when electing the master router from a pool of virtual routers. Various tracking criteria can be used to bias the election results. Each time one of the tracking criteria is met, the priority level for the virtual router is increased by an amount defined through the VRRP Tracking commands.
Criteria are tracked dynamically, continuously updating virtual router priority levels when enabled.
If the virtual router preemption option is enabled, this virtual router can assume master routing authority when its priority level rises above that of the current master.
Some tracking criteria apply to standard virtual routers, otherwise called “virtual interface routers.”
A virtual server router is defined as any virtual router whose IP address is the same as any configured virtual server IP address.
Table 235 VRRP Priority Tracking Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] virtual-router <1-15> track virtual-routers
When enabled, the priority for this virtual router will be increased for each virtual router in master mode on this switch. This is useful for making sure that traffic for any particular client/server pairing are handled by the same switch, increasing routing and load balancing efficiency. This command is disabled by default.
Command mode: Router VRRP
[no] virtual-router <1-15> track interfaces
When enabled, the priority for this virtual router will be increased for each other IP interface active on this switch. An IP interface is considered active when there is at least one active port on the same VLAN. This helps elect the virtual routers with the most available routes as the master. This command is disabled by default.
Command mode: Router VRRP
[no] virtual-router <1-15> track ports
When enabled, the priority for this virtual router will be increased for each active port on the same VLAN. A port is considered “active” if it has a link and is forwarding traffic. This helps elect the virtual routers with the most available ports as the master. This command is disabled by default.
Command mode: Router VRRP
show ip vrrp virtual-router <1-15> track
Displays the current configuration for priority tracking for this virtual router.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 375
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Virtual Router Group Configuration
Virtual Router Group commands are used for associating all virtual routers into a single logical virtual router, which forces all virtual routers on the G8124 to either be master or backup as a group.
A virtual router is defined by its virtual router ID and an IP address. On each VRRP-capable routing device participating in redundancy for this virtual router, a virtual router will be configured to share the same virtual router ID and IP address.
Note – This option is required to be configured only when using at least two G8124 s in a hot-standby failover configuration, where only one switch is active at any time .
Table 236 VRRP Virtual Router Group Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
group virtual-router-id <1-128>
Defines the virtual router ID (VRID).
The VRID for standard virtual routers (where the virtual router IP address is not the same as any virtual server) can be any integer between 1 and 128. All VRID values must be unique within the VLAN to which the virtual router’s IP interface (see interface below) belongs.
The default virtual router ID is 1.
Command mode: Router VRRP
group interface <interface number>
Selects a switch IP interface. The default switch IP interface number is 1.
Command mode: Router VRRP
group priority <1-254>
Defines the election priority bias for this virtual router group. This can be any integer between
1 and 254. The default value is 100.
During the master router election process, the routing device with the highest virtual router priority number wins. If there is a tie, the device with the highest IP interface address wins. If this virtual router’s IP address (addr) is the same as the one used by the IP interface, the priority for this virtual router will automatically be set to 255 (highest).
When priority tracking is used, this base priority value can be modified according to a number of performance and operational criteria.
Command mode: Router VRRP
376 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 236 VRRP Virtual Router Group Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
group advertisement <1-255>
Defines the time interval between VRRP master advertisements. This can be any integer between 1 and 255 seconds. The default is 1.
Command mode: Router VRRP
[no] group preemption
Enables or disables master pre-emption. When enabled, if the virtual router group is in backup mode but has a higher priority than the current master, this virtual router will pre-empt the lower priority master and assume control. Note that even when preemption is disabled, this virtual router will always pre-empt any other master if this switch is the owner (the IP interface address and virtual router address are the same). By default, this option is enabled.
Command mode: Router VRRP
[no] group fast-advertise
Enables or disables Fast Advertisements. When enabled, the VRRP master advertisements interval is calculated in units of centiseconds, instead of seconds. For example, if adver is set to 1 and fadver is enabled, master advertisements are sent every .01 second.
When you disable fast advertisement, the advertisement interval is set to the default value of 1 second. To support Fast Advertisements, set the interval between 20-100 centiseconds.
Command mode: Router VRRP group enable
Enables the virtual router group.
Command mode: Router VRRP no group enable
Disables the virtual router group.
Command mode: Router VRRP
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 377
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 236 VRRP Virtual Router Group Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage no group
Deletes the virtual router group from the switch configuration.
Command mode: Router VRRP show ip vrrp group
Displays the current configuration information for the virtual router group.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Virtual Router Group Priority Tracking Configuration
Note – If Virtual Router Group Tracking is enabled, then the tracking option will be available only under group option. The tracking setting for the other individual virtual routers will be ignored.
Table 237 Virtual Router Group Priority Tracking Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] group track interfaces
When enabled, the priority for this virtual router will be increased for each other IP interface active on this switch. An IP interface is considered active when there is at least one active port on the same VLAN. This helps elect the virtual routers with the most available routes as the master. This command is disabled by default.
Command mode: Router VRRP
[no] group track ports
When enabled, the priority for this virtual router will be increased for each active port on the same VLAN. A port is considered “active” if it has a link and is forwarding traffic. This helps elect the virtual routers with the most available ports as the master. This command is disabled by default.
Command mode: Router VRRP show ip vrrp group track
Displays the current configuration for priority tracking for this virtual router.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
378 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
VRRP Interface Configuration
Note – The interface represents the IP interface on which authentication parameters must be configured.
These commands are used for configuring VRRP authentication parameters for the IP interfaces used with the virtual routers.
Table 238 VRRP Interface Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
interface <interface number> authentication {password|none}
Defines the type of authentication that will be used: none (no authentication) or password
(password authentication).
Command mode: Router VRRP
[no] interface <interface number> password <password>
Defines a plain text password up to eight characters long. This password will be added to each
VRRP packet transmitted by this interface when password authentication is chosen (see
interface authentication above).
Command mode: Router VRRP
no interface <interface number>
Clears the authentication configuration parameters for this IP interface. The IP interface itself is not deleted.
Command mode: Router VRRP
show ip vrrp interface <interface number>
Displays the current configuration for this IP interface’s authentication parameters.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 379
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
VRRP Tracking Configuration
These commands are used for setting weights for the various criteria used to modify priority levels during the master router election process. Each time one of the tracking criteria is met (see “VRRP
increased by a defined amount.
Table 239 VRRP Tracking Configuration Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
tracking-priority-increment virtual-routers <0-254>
Defines the priority increment value (0 through 254) for virtual routers in master mode detected on this switch. The default value is 2.
Command mode: Router VRRP
tracking-priority-increment interfaces <0-254>
Defines the priority increment value for active IP interfaces detected on this switch. The default value is 2.
Command mode: Router VRRP
tracking-priority-increment ports <0-254>
Defines the priority increment value for active ports on the virtual router’s VLAN. The default value is 2.
Command mode: Router VRRP show ip vrrp tracking-priority-increment
Displays the current configuration of priority tracking increment values.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Note – These priority tracking options only define increment values. These options do not affect the VRRP master router election process until options under the VRRP Virtual Router Priority
Tracking Commands (see page 375 ) are enabled.
380 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IPv6 Default Gateway Configuration
The switch supports IPv6 default gateways, as follows:
Gateway 1: data traffic
Gateway 3: management port A
Gateway 4: management port B
describes the IPv6 Default Gateway Configuration commands.
Table 240 IPv6 Default Gateway Configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip gateway6 {1|3|4} address <IPv6 address>
Configures the IPv6 address of the default gateway, in hexadecimal format with colons (such as 3001:0:0:0:0:0:abcd:12).
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] ip gateway6 {1|3|4} enable
Enables or disables the default gateway.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip gateway6 {1|3|4}
Deletes the default gateway.
Command mode: Global configuration
show ipv6 gateway6 {1|3|4}
Displays the current IPv6 default gateway configuration.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 381
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IPv6 Static Route Configuration
describes the IPv6 static route configuration commands.
Table 241 IPv6 Static Route Configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip route6 <IPv6 address> <prefix length> <IPv6 gateway address>
[<interface number>]
Adds an IPv6 static route.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip route6 <IPv6 address> <prefix length>
Removes the selected route.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip route6 [destination-address <IPv6 address>|
gateway <default gateway address>|all]
Clears the selected IPv6 static routes.
Command mode: Global configuration
382 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Cache Configuration
describes the IPv6 Neighbor Discovery cache configuration commands.
Table 242 IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Cache Configuration commands
Command Syntax and Usage
ip neighbors <IPv6 address> <MAC address> vlan <VLAN number>
port <port number or alias>
Adds a static entry to the Neighbor Discovery cache table.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip neighbors {<IPv6 address> |all}
Deletes the selected entry from the static Neighbor Discovery cache table.
Command mode: Global configuration
no ip neighbors [all if|all interface port|all vlan|all]
Clears the selected static entries in the Neighbor Discovery cache table.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 383
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Converged Enhanced Ethernet Configuration
describes the Converged Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) configuration commands.
Table 243 CEE commands
Command Syntax and Usage cee enable
Globally turns CEE on.
Command mode: Global configuration no cee enable
Globally turns CEE off.
Command mode: Global configuration show cee
Displays the current CEE parameters.
Command mode: All
ETS Global Configuration
Enhanced Transmission Selection (ETS) allows you to allocate bandwidth to different traffic types, based on 802.1p priority.
Note – ETS configuration supersedes the QoS 802.1p menu. When ETS is enabled, you cannot configure the 802.1p menu options.
384 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
ETS Global Priority Group Configuration
describes the global ETS Priority Group configuration options.
Table 244 Global ETS Priority Group commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] cee global ets priority-group pgid <0-7, 15>
bandwidth <802.1p priority (0-7)> <bandwidth percentage (0-100)>
Configures the link bandwidth allocation for the Priority Group, as a percentage from 1% to
100%.
Command mode: Global configuration
cee global ets priority-group pgid <0-7, 15>
description <1-31 characters>
Enter text that describes this Priority Group.
Command mode: Global configuration
cee global ets priority-group pgid <0-7, 15> priority <0-7>
Adds one or more 802.1p priority values to the Priority Group. Enter one value per line, null to end.
Command mode: Global configuration show cee global ets
Displays the current global ETS Priority Group parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 385
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Priority Flow Control Configuration
Priority-based Flow Control (PFC) enhances flow control by allowing the switch to pause traffic based on its 802.1p priority value, while allowing traffic at other priority levels to continue.
802.1p PFC Configuration
describes the 802.1p Priority Flow Control (PFC) configuration options.
Table 245 PFC 802.1p commands
Command Syntax and Usage
cee global pfc priority <0-7> enable
Enables Priority Flow Control on the selected 802.1p priority.
Command mode: Global configuration
no cee global pfc priority <0-7> enable
Disables Priority Flow Control on the selected 802.1p priority.
Command mode: Global configuration
cee cee global pfc priority <0-7> description <1-31 characters>
Enter text to describe the priority value.
Command mode: Global configuration
show cee global pfc priority <0-7>
Displays the current 802.1p Priority Flow Control parameters.
Command mode: All
386 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
DCBX Port Configuration
describes the port DCB Capability Exchange Protocol (DCBX) configuration options.
Table 246 Port DCBX commands
Command Syntax and Usage
cee port <port alias or number> dcbx app_proto advertise
Enables or disables DCBX Application Protocol advertisements of configuration data. When enabled, the Advertisement flag is set to 1 (advertise data to the peer device).
Command mode: Global configuration
cee port <port alias or number> dcbx app_proto willing
Enables or disables Application Protocol willingness to accept configuration data from the peer device. When enabled, the Willing flag is set to 1 (willing to accept data).
Command mode: Global configuration
cee port <port alias or number> dcbx ets advertise
Enables or disables DCBX ETS advertisements of configuration data. When enabled, the
Advertisement flag is set to 1 (advertise data to the peer device).
Command mode: Global configuration
cee port <port alias or number> dcbx ets willing
Enables or disables ETS willingness to accept configuration data from the peer device. When enabled, the Willing flag is set to 1 (willing to accept data).
Command mode: Global configuration
cee port <port alias or number> dcbx pfc advertise
Enables or disables DCBX PFC advertisements of configuration data. When enabled, the
Advertisement flag is set to 1 (advertise data to the peer device).
Command mode: Global configuration
cee port <port alias or number> dcbx pfc willing
Enables or disables PFC willingness to accept configuration data from the peer device. When enabled, the Willing flag is set to 1 (willing to accept data).
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 387
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 246 Port DCBX commands
Command Syntax and Usage
no cee port <port alias or number> dcbx enable
Disables DCBX on the port.
Command mode: Global configuration
cee port <port alias or number> dcbx enable
Enables DCBX on the port.
Command mode: Global configuration
show cee port <port alias or number> dcbx
Displays the current port DCBX parameters.
Command mode: All
Fiber Channel over Ethernet Configuration
Fiber Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) transports Fiber Channel frames over an Ethernet fabric. The
CEE features and FCoE features allow you to create a lossless Ethernet transport mechanism.
describes the FCoE configuration options.
Table 247 FCoE commands
Command Syntax and Usage fcoe fips enable
Globally turns FIP Snooping on.
Command mode: Global configuration no fcoe fips enable
Globally turns FIP Snooping off.
Command mode: Global configuration
388 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 247 FCoE commands
Command Syntax and Usage fcoe fips timeout-acl
Enables or disables ACL time-out removal. When enabled, ACLs associated with expired
FCFs and FCoE connections are removed from the system.
Command mode: Global configuration show fcoe
Displays the current FCoE parameters.
Command mode: All
FIPS Port Configuration
FIP Snooping allows the switch to monitor FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) frames to gather discovery, initialization, and maintenance data. This data is used to automatically configure ACLs that provide FCoE connections and data security.
describes the port Fiber Channel over Ethernet Initialization Protocol (FIP) Snooping configuration options.
Table 248 Port FIP Snooping commands
Command Syntax and Usage
fcoe fips port <port alias or number> fcf-mode [auto|on|off]
Configures FCoE Forwarding (FCF) on the port, as follows:
on: Configures the port as a Fiber Channel Forwarding (FCF) port.
off: Configures the port as an FCoE node (ENode).
auto: Automatically detect the configuration of the connected device, and configure this port to match.
Command mode: Global configuration
fcoe fips port <port alias or number> enable
Enables FIP Snooping on the port. The default setting is enabled.
Command mode: Global configuration
no fcoe fips port <port alias or number> enable
Disables FIP Snooping on the port.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 389
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Remote Monitoring Configuration
Remote Monitoring (RMON) allows you to monitor traffic flowing through the switch. The RMON
MIB is described in RFC 1757.
The following sections describe the Remote Monitoring (RMON) configuration options.
“RMON History Configuration” on page 390
“RMON Event Configuration” on page 391
“RMON Alarm Configuration” on page 392
RMON History Configuration
describes the RMON History commands.
Table 249 RMON History commands
Command Syntax and Usage
rmon history <1-65535> interface-oid <1-127 characters>
Configures the interface MIB Object Identifier. The IFOID must correspond to the standard interface OID, as follows:
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1.x
where x is the ifIndex
Command mode: Global configuration
rmon history <1-65535> requested-buckets <1-65535>
Configures the requested number of buckets, which is the number of discrete time intervals over which data is to be saved. The default value is 30.
The maximum number of buckets that can be granted is 50.
Command mode: Global configuration
rmon history <1-65535> polling-interval <1-3600>
Configures the time interval over which the data is sampled for each bucket.
The default value is 1800.
Command mode: Global configuration
390 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 249 RMON History commands
Command Syntax and Usage
rmon history <1-65535> owner <1-127 characters>
Enter a text string that identifies the person or entity that uses this History index.
Command mode: Global configuration
no rmon history <1-65535>
Deletes the selected History index.
Command mode: Global configuration show rmon history
Displays the current RMON History parameters.
Command mode: All
RMON Event Configuration
describes the RMON Event commands.
Table 250 RMON Event commands
Command Syntax and Usage
rmon event <1-65535> description <1-127 characters>
Enter a text string to describe the event.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] rmon event <1-65535> type log|trap|both
Selects the type of notification provided for this event. For log events, an entry is made in the log table and sent to the configured syslog host. For trap events, an SNMP trap is sent to the management station.
Command mode: Global configuration
rmon event <1-65535> owner <1-127 characters>
Enter a text string that identifies the person or entity that uses this event index.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 391
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 250 RMON Event commands
Command Syntax and Usage
no rmon event <1-65535>
Deletes the selected RMON Event index.
Command mode: Global configuration show rmon event
Displays the current RMON Event parameters.
Command mode: All
RMON Alarm Configuration
The Alarm RMON group can track rising or falling values for a MIB object. The MIB object must be a counter, gauge, integer, or time interval. Each alarm index must correspond to an event index that triggers once the alarm threshold is crossed.
describes the RMON Alarm commands.
Table 251 RMON Alarm commands
Command Syntax and Usage
rmon alarm <1-65535> oid <1-127 characters>
Configures an alarm MIB Object Identifier.
Command mode: Global configuration
rmon alarm <1-65535> interval <1-65535>
Configures the time interval over which data is sampled and compared with the rising and falling thresholds. The default value is 1800.
Command mode: Global configuration
rmon alarm <1-65535> sample abs|delta
Configures the method of sampling the selected variable and calculating the value to be compared against the thresholds, as follows:
abs—absolute value, the value of the selected variable is compared directly with the thresholds at the end of the sampling interval.
delta—delta value, the value of the selected variable at the last sample is subtracted from the current value, and the difference compared with the thresholds.
Command mode: Global configuration
392 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 251 RMON Alarm commands
Command Syntax and Usage
rmon alarm <1-65535> alarm-type rising|falling|either
Configures the alarm type as rising, falling, or either (rising or falling).
Command mode: Global configuration
rmon alarm <1-65535> rising-limit <-2147483647 - 2147483647>
Configures the rising threshold for the sampled statistic. When the current sampled value is greater than or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval was less than this threshold, a single event is generated.
Command mode: Global configuration
rmon alarm <1-65535> falling-limit <-2147483647 - 214748364)
Configures the falling threshold for the sampled statistic. When the current sampled value is less than or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval was greater than this threshold, a single event is generated.
Command mode: Global configuration
rmon alarm <1-65535> rising-crossing-index <1-65535>
Configures the rising alarm event index that is triggered when a rising threshold is crossed.
Command mode: Global configuration
rmon alarm <1-65535> falling-crossing-index <1-65535>
Configures the falling alarm event index that is triggered when a falling threshold is crossed.
Command mode: Global configuration
rmon alarm <1-65535> owner <1-127 characters>
Enter a text string that identifies the person or entity that uses this alarm index.
Command mode: Global configuration
no rmon alarm <1-65535>
Deletes the selected RMON Alarm index.
Command mode: Global configuration show rmon alarm
Displays the current RMON Alarm parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 393
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Virtualization Configuration
describes the virtualization configuration options.
Table 252 Virtualization Configurations Options
Command Syntax and Usage virt enable
Enables VMready. Before you enable VMready, you must define one or more server ports.
See “Server Port Configuration” on page 241
.
Command mode: Global configuration no virt enable
Disables VMready.
Note: This command deletes all configured VM groups.
Command mode: Global configuration show virt
Displays the current virtualization parameters.
Command mode: All
394 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
VM Policy Bandwidth Management
describes the bandwidth management options for the selected VM. Use these commands to limit the bandwidth used by each VM.
Table 253 VM Bandwidth Management Options
Command Syntax and Usage
virt vmpolicy vmbwidth [<MAC address>|<UUID>|<name>|
<IP address>|<index number>] txrate <64-10000000>
The first value configures Committed Rate—the amount of bandwidth available to traffic transmitted from the VM to the switch, in kilobits per second. Enter the value in multiples of 64.
The second values configures the maximum burst size, in Kilobits. Enter one of the following values: 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096.
The third value represents the ACL assigned to the transmission rate. The ACL is automatically, in sequential order, if not specified by the user. If there are no available ACLs, the TXrate cannot be configured. Each TXrate configuration reduces the number of available
ACLs by one.
Command mode: Global configuration
virt vmpolicy vmbwidth [<MAC address>|<UUID>|<name>|
<IP address>|<index number>] rxrate <64-10000000>
The first value configures Committed Rate—the amount of bandwidth available to traffic transmitted from the switch to the VM, in kilobits per second. Enter the value in multiples of 64.
The second values configures the maximum burst size, in Kilobits. Enter one of the following values: 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] virt vmpolicy vmbwidth [<MAC address>|<UUID>|<name>|
<IP address>|<index number>] bwctrl
Enables or disables bandwidth control on the VM policy.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 395
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 253 VM Bandwidth Management Options
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] virt vmpolicy vmbwidth [<MAC address>|<UUID>|<name>|
<IP address>|<index number>]
Deletes the bandwidth management settings from this VM policy.
Command mode: Global configuration show virt vmpolicy vmbandwidth
Displays the current VM bandwidth management parameters.
Command mode: All
Virtual NIC Configuration
describes the Virtual NIC (vNIC) configuration options.
Table 254 Virtual NIC options (/cfg/virt/vnic)
Command Syntax and Usage vnic enable
Globally turns vNIC on.
Command mode: Global configuration no vnic enable
Globally turns vNIC off.
Command mode: Global configuration show vnic
Displays the current vNIC parameters.
Command mode: Global configuration
396 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
vNIC Port Configuration
describes the Virtual NIC (vNIC) port configuration options.
Table 255 vNIC Port commands
Command Syntax and Usage
vnic port <port alias or number> index <1-4>
Enters vNIC Configuration mode.
Note: This command is valid for internal server ports only.
Command mode: Global configuration
bandwidth <1-100>
Configures the maximum bandwidth allocated to this vNIC, in increments of 100 Mbps. For example:
1 = 100 Mbps
10 = 1000 Mbps
Command mode: vNIC configuration enable
Enables the vNIC.
Command mode: vNIC configuration no enable
Disables the vNIC.
Command mode: vNIC configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 397
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Virtual NIC Group Configuration
describes the Virtual NIC (vNIC) Group configuration options.
Table 256 vNIC Group commands
Command Syntax and Usage
vnic vnicgroup <1-32>
Enters vNIC Group Configuration mode.
Command mode: Global Configuration
vlan <VLAN number>
Assigns a VLAN to the vNIC Group.
Command mode: vNIC Group configuration
[no] failover
Enables or disables uplink failover for the vNIC Group. Uplink Failover for the vNIC Group will disable only the affected vNIC links on the port. Other port functions continue to operate normally.
The default setting is disabled.
Command mode: vNIC Group configuration
member <vNIC number>
Adds a vNIC to the vNIC Group. The vNIC ID is comprised of the port number and the vNIC number. For example: 1.1
Command mode: vNIC Group configuration
no member <vNIC number>
Removes the selected vNIC from the vNIC Group.
Command mode: vNIC Group configuration
port <port number or alias>
Adds the selected switch port to the vNIC Group.
Command mode: vNIC Group configuration
no port <port number or alias>
Removes the selected switch port from the vNIC Group.
Command mode: vNIC Group configuration
398 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 256 vNIC Group commands
Command Syntax and Usage
trunk <trunk number>
Adds the selected trunk group to the vNIC Group.
Command mode: vNIC Group configuration
no trunk <trunk number>
Removes the selected trunk group from the vNIC Group.
Command mode: vNIC Group configuration enable
Enables the vNIC Group.
Command mode: vNIC Group configuration no enable
Disables the vNIC Group.
Command mode: vNIC Group configuration
no vnic vnicgroup <1-32>
Deletes the selected vNIC Group.
Command mode: Global configuration show vnicgroup
Displays the current vNIC Group parameters.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 399
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
VM Group Configuration
describes the VM group configuration options.A VM group is a collection of members, such as VMs, ports, or trunk groups. Members of a VM group share certain properties, including
VLAN membership, ACLs (VMAP), and VM profiles.
Table 257 VM Group commands
Command Syntax and Usage
virt vmgroup <1-32> vlan <VLAN number>
Assigns a VLAN to this VM group. If you do not assign a VLAN to the VM group, the switch automatically assigns an unused VLAN when adding a port or a VM to the VM Group.
Note: If you add a VM profile to this group, the group will use the VLAN assigned to the profile.
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] virt vmgroup <1-32> vmap <1-128> serverports|non-serverports
Assigns the selected VLAN Map to this group. You can choose to limit operation of the
VLAN Map to server ports only or non-server ports only. If you do not select a port type, the
VMAP is applied to the entire VM Group.
For more information about configuring VLAN Maps, see
“VMAP Configuration” on page 262 .
Command mode: Global configuration
[no] virt vmgroup <1-32> tag
Enables or disables VLAN tagging on ports in this VM group.
Command mode: Global configuration
virt vmgroup <1-32> vm [<MAC address>|<UUID>|<name>|<IP address>|
<index number>]
Adds a VM to the VM group. Enter a unique identifier to select a VM.
The UUID and name parameters apply only if Virtual Center information is configured
(virt vmware vcspec).
The VM index number is found in the VM information dump (show virt vm).
Note: If the VM is connected to a port that is contained within the VM group, do not add the
VM to the VM group.
Command mode: Global configuration
400 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 257 VM Group commands
Command Syntax and Usage
no virt vmgroup <1-32> vm [<MAC address>|<UUID>|<name>|
<IP address>|<index number>]
Removes a VM from the VM group. Enter a unique identifier to select a VM.
The UUID and name parameters apply only if Virtual Center information is configured
(virt vmware vcspec).
The VM index number is found in the VM information dump (show virt vm).
Command mode: Global configuration
virt vmgroup <1-32> profile <profile name (1-39 characters)>
Adds the selected VM profile to the VM group.
Command mode: Global configuration
no virt vmgroup <1-32> profile
Removes the VM profile assigned to the VM group.
Command mode: Global configuration
virt vmgroup <1-32> port <port alias or number>
Adds the selected port to the VM group.
Note: A port can be added to a VM group only if no VMs on that port are members of the
VM group.
Command mode: Global configuration
no virt vmgroup <1-32> port <port alias or number>
Removes the selected port from the VM group.
Command mode: Global configuration
virt vmgroup <1-32> portchannel <trunk number>
Adds the selected trunk group to the VM group.
Command mode: Global configuration
no virt vmgroup <1-32> portchannel <trunk number>
Removes the selected trunk group from the VM group.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 401
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 257 VM Group commands
Command Syntax and Usage
virt vmgroup <1-32> key <1-65535>
Adds an LACP admin key to the VM group. LACP trunks formed with this admin key will be included in the VM group.
Command mode: Global configuration
no virt vmgroup <1-32> key <1-65535>
Removes an LACP admin key from the VM group.
Command mode: Global configuration
show virt vmgroup <1-32>
Displays the current VM group parameters.
Command mode: All
VM Profile Configuration
describes the VM Profiles configuration options.
Table 258 VM Profiles commands
Command Syntax and Usage
virt vmprofile <profile name (1-39 characters)>
Defines a name for the VM profile. The switch supports up to 32 VM profiles.
Command mode: Global configuration
no virt vmprofile <profile name (1-39 characters)>
Deletes the selected VM profile.
Command mode: Global configuration
virt vmprofile edit <profile name (1-39 characters)> vlan <VLAN number>
Assigns a VLAN to the VM profile.
Command mode: Global configuration
402 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 258 VM Profiles commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] virt vmprofile edit <profile name (1-39 characters)> shaping
[<average (1-1000000000)> <burst (1-1000000000)> <peak (1-1000000000)>]
Configures traffic shaping parameters implemented in the hypervisor, as follows:
Average traffic, in Kilobits per second
Maximum burst size, in Kilobytes
Peak traffic, in Kilobits per second
Delete traffic shaping parameters.
Command mode: Global configuration
show virt vmprofile [<profile name>]
Displays the current VM Profile parameters.
Command mode: All
VM Ware Configuration
describes the VMware configuration options.When the user configures the VMware
Virtual Center, the VM Agent module in the switch can perform advanced functionality by communicating with the VMware management console. The Virtual Center provides VM and Host names, IP addresses, Virtual Switch and port group information. The VM Agent on the switch communicates with the Virtual Center to synchronize VM profiles between the switch and the
VMware virtual switch.
Table 259 VM Ware commands
Command Syntax and Usage
virt vmware hbport <1-65535>
Configures the UDP port number used for heartbeat communication from the VM host to the
Virtual Center. The default value is port 902.
Command mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 403
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 259 VM Ware commands
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] virt vmware vcspec [<IP address>|[<username> noauth]
Defines the Virtual Center credentials on the switch. Once you configure the Virtual Center,
VM Agent functionality is enabled across the system.
You are prompted for the following information:
IP address of the Virtual Center
User name and password for the Virtual Center
Whether to authenticate the SSL security certificate (yes or no)
Command mode: Global configuration show virt vmware
Displays the current VMware parameters.
Command mode: All
Configuration Dump
The dump program writes the current switch configuration to the terminal screen. To start the dump program, at the prompt, enter:
Router(config)# show running-config
The configuration is displayed with parameters that have been changed from the default values. The screen display can be captured, edited, and placed in a script file, which can be used to configure other switches through a Telnet connection. When using Telnet to configure a new switch, paste the configuration commands from the script file at the command line prompt of the switch. The active configuration can also be saved or loaded via FTP/TFTP, as described on
.
404 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Saving the Active Switch Configuration
When the copy running-config {ftp|tftp} command is used, the switch’s active configuration commands (as displayed using show running-config) will be uploaded to the specified script configuration file on the FTP/TFTP server. To start the switch configuration upload, at the prompt, enter:
Router(config)# copy running-config ftp or
Router(config)# copy running-config tftp
The switch prompts you for the server address and filename.
Note – The output file is formatted with line-breaks but no carriage returns—the file cannot be viewed with editors that require carriage returns (such as Microsoft Notepad).
Note – If the FTP/TFTP server is running SunOS or the Solaris operating system, the specified configuration file must exist prior to executing the copy running-config command and must be writable (set with proper permission, and not locked by any application). The contents of the specified file will be replaced with the current configuration data.
Restoring the Active Switch Configuration
When the copy {ftp|tftp} running-config command is used, the active configuration will be replaced with the commands found in the specified configuration file. The file can contain a full switch configuration or a partial switch configuration.
To start the switch configuration download, at the prompt, enter:
Router(config)# copy ftp running-config or
Router(config)# copy tftp running-config
The switch prompts you for the server address and filename.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands 405
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
406 Chapter 4: Configuration Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
C
HAPTER
5
Operations Commands
Operations commands generally affect switch performance immediately, but do not alter permanent switch configurations. For example, you can use Operations commands to immediately disable a port (without the need to apply or save the change), with the understanding that when the switch is reset, the port returns to its normally configured operation.
These commands enable you to alter switch operational characteristics without affecting switch configuration.
Table 260 General Operations Commands
Command Syntax and Usage password <1-128 characters>
Allows the user to change the password. You must enter the current password in use for validation. The switch prompts for a new password between 1-128 characters.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC access tnetsshc
Closes all open Telnet and SSH connections.
Command Mode: Global configuration clear logging
Clears all Syslog messages.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC ntp send
Allows the user to send requests to the NTP server.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 407
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Operations-Level Port Commands
Operations-level port options are used for temporarily disabling or enabling a port, and for re-setting the port.
Table 261 Port Operations Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
no interface port <port number or alias> shutdown
Temporarily enables the port. The port will be returned to its configured operation mode when the switch is reset.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
interface port <port number or alias> shutdown
Temporarily disables the port. The port will be returned to its configured operation mode when the switch is reset.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
interface port <port number or alias> learning
Temporarily enables FDB learning on the port.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
no interface port <port number or alias> learning
Temporarily disables FDB learning on the port.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
show interface port <port number or alias> operation
Displays the port interface operational state.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
408 Chapter 5: Operations Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Operations-Level FCoE Commands
Fiber Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) operations commands are listed in the following table.
Table 262 FCoE Operations Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
no fcoe fips fcf <MAC address>
Deletes the selected FCoE Forwarder (FCF), and any associated ACLs.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 5: Operations Commands 409
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Operations-Level VRRP Commands
Table 263 Virtual Router Redundancy Operations Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
router vrrp backup {<virtual router number (1-128)>|group}
Forces the specified master virtual router on this switch into backup mode. This is generally used for passing master control back to a preferred switch once the preferred switch has been returned to service after a failure. When this command is executed, the current master gives up control and initiates a new election by temporarily advertising its own priority level as 0
(lowest). After the new election, the virtual router forced into backup mode by this command will resume master control in the following cases:
This switch owns the virtual router (the IP addresses of the virtual router and its IP interface are the same)
This switch’s virtual router has a higher priority and preemption is enabled.
There are no other virtual routers available to take master control.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
Operations-Level BGP Commands
Table 264 IP BGP Operations Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
router bgp start <1-16>
Starts the peer session.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
router bgp stop <1-16>
Stops the peer session.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC show ip bgp state
Displays the current BGP operational state.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
410 Chapter 5: Operations Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
VMware Operations
Use these commands to perform minor adjustments to the VMware operation. Use these commands to perform Virtual Switch operations directly from the switch. Note that these commands require the configuration of Virtual Center access information (virt vmware vcspec).
Table 265 VMware Operations Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
virt vmware pg [<Port Group name> <host ID> <VSwitch name> <VLAN number>
<shaping-enabled> <average-Kbps> <burst-KB> <peak-Kbps>]
Adds a Port Group to a VMware host. You are prompted for the following information:
Port Group name
VMware host ID (Use host UUID, host IP address, or host name.)
Virtual Switch name
VLAN ID of the Port Group
Whether to enable the traffic-shaping profile (1 or 0). If you choose 1 (yes), you are prompted to enter the traffic shaping parameters.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
virt vmware vsw <host ID> <Virtual Switch name>
Adds a Virtual Switch to a VMware host. Use one of the following identifiers to specify the host:
UUID
IP address
Host name
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
no virt vmware pg <Port Group name> <host ID>
Removes a Port Group from a VMware host. Use one of the following identifiers to specify the host:
UUID
IP address
Host name
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 5: Operations Commands 411
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 265 VMware Operations Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
no virt vmware vsw <host ID> <Virtual Switch name>
Removes a Virtual Switch from a VMware host. Use one of the following identifiers to specify the host:
UUID
IP address
Host name
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
virt vmware export <VM profile name> <VMware host ID (one per line, ‘null’ to end)>
<Virtual Switch name>
Exports a VM Profile to one or more VMware hosts. This command allows you to distribute a VM Profile to VMware hosts.
Use one of the following identifiers to specify each host:
UUID
IP address
Host name
The switch displays a list of available Virtual Switches. You may enter a Virtual Switch name from the list, or enter a new name to create a new Virtual Switch.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC virt vmware scan
Performs a scan of the VM Agent, and updates VM information.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
virt vmware vmacpg <VNIC MAC address> <Port Group name>
Changes a VNIC’s configured Port Group.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
virt vmware updpg <Port Group name> <host ID> <VLAN number>
Updates a VMware host’s Port Group parameters.
Command Mode: Privileged EXEC
412 Chapter 5: Operations Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
C
HAPTER
6
Boot Options
To use the Boot Options commands, you must be logged in to the switch as the administrator. The
Boot Options commands provide options for:
Selecting a switch software image to be used when the switch is next reset
Selecting a configuration block to be used when the switch is next reset
Downloading or uploading a new software image to the switch via FTP/TFTP
In addition to the Boot commands, you can use a Web browser or SNMP to work with switch image and configuration files. To use SNMP, refer to “Working with Switch Images and Configuration
Files” in the Command Reference.
The boot options are discussed in the following sections.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 413
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Scheduled Reboot of the Switch
This feature allows the switch administrator to schedule a reboot to occur at a particular time in future. This feature is particularly helpful if the user needs to perform switch upgrades during off-peak hours. You can set the reboot time, cancel a previously scheduled reboot, and check the time of the current reboot schedule.
Table 266 Scheduled Reboot Options
Command Syntax and Usage
boot schedule <day> <time (hh:mm)>
Configures the switch reset time. The following options are valid for the day value: monday tuesday wednesday thursday friday saturday sunday
Command Mode: Global configuration no boot schedule
Cancels the switch reset time.
Command Mode: Global configuration show boot
Displays the current switch reboot schedule.
Command Mode: All except User EXEC
414 Chapter 6: Boot Options BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Netboot Configuration
Netboot allows the switch to automatically download its configuration file over the network during switch reboot, and apply the new configuration. Upon reboot, the switch includes the following options in its DHCP requests:
Option 66 (TFTP server address)
Option 67 (file path)
If the DHCP server returns the information, the switch initiates a TFTP file transfer, and loads the configuration file into the active configuration block. As the switch boots up, it applies the new configuration file. Note that the option 66 TFTP server address must be specified in IP-address format (host name is not supported).
If DHCP is not enabled, or the DHCP server does not return the required information, the switch uses the manually-configured TFTP server address and file path.
Table 267 Netboot Options
Command Syntax and Usage boot netboot enable
Enables Netboot. When enabled, the switch boots into factory-default configuration, and attempts to download a new configuration file.
Command Mode: Global configuration no boot netboot enable
Disables Netboot.
Command Mode: Global configuration
[no] boot netboot tftp <IP address>
Configures the IP address of the TFTP server used for manual configuration. This server is used if DHCP is not enabled, or if the DHCP server does not return the required information.
Command Mode: Global configuration
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 6: Boot Options 415
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 267 Netboot Options
Command Syntax and Usage
[no] boot netboot cfgfile <1-31 characters>
Defines the file path for the configuration file on the TFTP server. For example:
/directory/sub/config.cfg
Command Mode: Global configuration show boot
Displays the current Netboot parameters.
Command Mode: All
416 Chapter 6: Boot Options BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Updating the Switch Software Image
The switch software image is the executable code running on the RackSwitch G8124 . A version of the image ships with the switch, and comes pre-installed on the device. As new versions of the image are released, you can upgrade the software running on your switch.
Click on software updates. Use the following command to determine the current software version: show boot
Upgrading the software image on your switch requires the following:
Loading the new image onto a FTP or TFTP server on your network
Transferring the new image from the FTP or TFTP server to your switch
Selecting the new software image to be loaded into switch memory the next time the switch is reset
Loading New Software to Your Switch
The switch can store up to two different software images, called image1 and image2, as well as boot software, called boot. When you load new software, you must specify where it should be placed: either into image1, image2, or boot.
For example, if your active image is currently loaded into image1, you would probably load the new image software into image2. This lets you test the new software and reload the original active image (stored in image1), if needed.
To load a new software image to your switch, you need the following:
The image or boot software loaded on a FTP/TFTP server on your network
The hostname or IP address of the FTP/TFTP server
The name of the new software image or boot file
Note – The DNS parameters must be configured if specifying hostnames.
When the above requirements are met, use the following procedure to download the new software to your switch.
1.
In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the following command:
Router# copy { ftp|tftp } { image1 | image2 | boot-image }
Select a port, or press <Enter> to use the default (management port).
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 6: Boot Options 417
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
2.
Enter the hostname or IP address of the FTP or TFTP server.
Address or name of remote host: <IP address or hostname>
3.
Enter the name of the new software file on the server.
Source file name: <filename>
The exact form of the name will vary by server. However, the file location is normally relative to the
FTP or TFTP directory (usually tftpboot).
4.
Enter your username and password for the server, if applicable.
User name: { <username> | <Enter> }
5.
The system prompts you to confirm your request.
You should next select a software image to run, as described below.
Selecting a Software Image to Run
You can select which software image (image1 or image2) you want to run in switch memory for the next reboot.
1.
In Global Configuration mode, enter:
Router(config)# boot image { image1 | image2 }
2.
Enter the name of the image you want the switch to use upon the next boot.
The system informs you of which image set to be loaded at the next reset:
Next boot will use switch software image1 instead of image2.
Uploading a Software Image from Your Switch
You can upload a software image from the switch to a FTP or TFTP server.
1.
In Privileged EXEC mode, enter:
Router# copy { image1 | image2 | boot-image } { ftp|tftp }
Select a port, or press <Enter> to use the default (management port).
418 Chapter 6: Boot Options BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
2.
Enter the name or the IP address of the FTP or TFTP server:
Address or name of remote host: <IP address or hostname>
3.
Enter the name of the file into which the image will be uploaded on the FTP or TFTP server:
Destination file name: <filename>
4.
Enter your username and password for the server, if applicable.
User name: { <username> | <Enter> }
5.
The system then requests confirmation of what you have entered. To have the file uploaded, enter Y.
image2 currently contains Software Version 6.3.0
that was downloaded at 0:23:39 Thu Jan 1, 2010.
Upload will transfer image2 (2788535 bytes) to file "image1"
on FTP/TFTP server 1.90.90.95.
Confirm upload operation (y/n) ? y
Selecting a Configuration Block
When you make configuration changes to the RackSwitch G8124, you must save the changes so that they are retained beyond the next time the switch is reset. When you perform a save operation
(copy running-config startup-config ) , your new configuration changes are placed in the active configuration block. The previous configuration is copied into the backup configuration block.
There is also a factory configuration block. This holds the default configuration set by the factory when your RackSwitch G8124 was manufactured. Under certain circumstances, it may be desirable to reset the switch configuration to the default. This can be useful when a custom-configured
RackSwitch G8124 is moved to a network environment where it will be re-configured for a different purpose.
In Global Configuration mode, use the following command to set which configuration block you want the switch to load the next time it is reset:
Router (config)# boot configuration-block { active | backup | factory }
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 6: Boot Options 419
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Resetting the Switch
You can reset the switch to make your software image file and configuration block changes occur.
Note – Resetting the switch causes the Spanning Tree Group to restart. This process can be lengthy, depending on the topology of your network.
Enter the following command to reset (reload) the switch:
>> Router# reload
You are prompted to confirm your request.
Reset will use software "image2" and the active config block.
>> Note that this will RESTART the Spanning Tree,
>> which will likely cause an interruption in network service.
Confirm reload (y/n) ?
Accessing the BLADEOS CLI
The default command-line interface for the G8124 is the ISCLI. To access the BLADEOS CLI, enter the following command from the ISCLI:
Router(config)# boot cli-mode bladeos-cli
To access the ISCLI, enter the following command from the BLADEOS CLI and reset the G8124:
Main# boot/mode iscli
Users can select the CLI mode upon login, if the following ISCLI command is enabled:
Router(config)# boot cli-mode prompt
Only an administrator connected through the CLI can view and enable the prompt command.
When prompt is enabled, the first user to log in can select the CLI mode. Subsequent users must use the selected CLI mode, until all users have logged out.
420 Chapter 6: Boot Options BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Changing the Switch Profile
The BLADEOS software for the G8124 can be configured to operate in different modes for different deployment scenarios. The deployment profile changes some of the basic switch behavior, shifting switch resources in order to optimize capacity levels to meet the needs of different types of networks. For more information about deployment profiles, see the BLADEOS 6.3 Application
Guide.
To change the deployment profile, select the new profile and reset the G8124. Use the following command to select a new profile:
Main# boot/profile {default|routing}
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 6: Boot Options 421
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Using the Boot Management Menu
The Boot Management menu allows you to switch the software image, reset the switch to factory defaults, or to recover from a failed software download.
You can interrupt the boot process and enter the Boot Management menu from the serial console port. When the system displays Memory Test, press <Shift B>. The Boot Management menu appears.
Resetting the System ...
Memory Test ................................
Boot Management Menu
1 - Change booting image
2 - Change configuration block
3 - Xmodem download
4 - Exit
Please choose your menu option: 1
Current boot image is 1. Enter image to boot: 1 or 2: 2
Booting from image 2
The Boot Management menu allows you to perform the following actions:
To change the booting image, press 1 and follow the screen prompts.
To change the configuration block, press 2, and follow the screen prompts.
To perform an Xmodem download, press 3 and follow the screen prompts.
To exit the Boot Management menu, press 4. The booting process continues.
Recovering from a Failed Upgrade
Use the following procedure to recover from a failed software upgrade.
1.
Connect a PC to the serial port of the switch.
2.
Open a terminal emulator program that supports XModem Download (for example, HyperTerminal,
CRT, PuTTY) and select the following serial port characteristics:
Speed: 9600
Data Bits: 8
Stop Bits: 1
Parity: None
Flow Control: None
422 Chapter 6: Boot Options BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
3.
Boot the switch and access the Boot Management menu by pressing <Shift B> while the Memory
Test is in progress and the dots are being displayed.
4.
Select 3 for Xmodem download. When you see the following message, change the Serial Port characteristics to 115200 bps:
## Switch baudrate to 115200 bps and press ENTER ...
5.
Press <Enter> to set the system into download accept mode. When the readiness meter displays (a series of “C” characters), start XModem on your terminal emulator.
6.
Select the Boot Image to download. The XModem initiates the file transfer. When the download is complete, a message similar to the following is displayed: yzModem - CRC mode, 62494(SOH)/0(STX)/0(CAN) packets, 6 retries
Extracting images ... Do *NOT* power cycle the switch.
**** VMLINUX ****
Un-Protected 10 sectors
Erasing Flash............. done
Writing to Flash.............done
Protected 10 sectors
**** RAMDISK ****
Un-Protected 44 sectors
Erasing Flash............................................... done
Writing to Flash...............................................done
Protected 44 sectors
**** BOOT CODE ****
Un-Protected 8 sectors
Erasing Flash........... done
Writing to Flash...........done
Protected 8 sectors
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 6: Boot Options 423
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
7.
When you see the following message, change the Serial Port characteristics to 9600 bps:
## Switch baudrate to 9600 bps and press ESC ...
8.
Press the Escape key (<Esc>) to re-display the Boot Management menu.
9.
Select 3 to start a new XModem Download. When you see the following message, change the
Serial Port characteristics to 115200 bps:
## Switch baudrate to 115200 bps and press ENTER ...
10.
Press <Enter> to continue the download.
11.
Select the OS Image to download. The XModem initiates the file transfer. When the download is complete, a message similar to the following is displayed: yzModem - CRC mode, 27186(SOH)/0(STX)/0(CAN) packets, 6 retries
Extracting images ... Do *NOT* power cycle the switch.
**** Switch OS ****
Please choose the Switch OS Image to upgrade [1|2|n] :
12.
Select the image number to load the new image (1 or 2). It is recommended that you select 1.
A message similar to the following is displayed:
Switch OS Image 1 ...
Un-Protected 27 sectors
Erasing Flash.............................. done
Writing to Flash..............................done
Protected 27 sectors
13.
When you see the following message, change the Serial Port characteristics to 9600 bps:
## Switch baudrate to 9600 bps and press ESC ...
14.
Press the Escape key (<Esc>) to re-display the Boot Management menu.
Select 4 to exit and boot the new image.
424 Chapter 6: Boot Options BMD00186-B, April 2010
C
HAPTER
7
Maintenance Commands
The maintenance commands are used to manage dump information and forward database information. They also include debugging commands to help with troubleshooting.
Dump information contains internal switch state data that is written to flash memory on the
RackSwitch G8124 after any one of the following occurs:
The watchdog timer forces a switch reset. The purpose of the watchdog timer is to reboot the switch if the switch software freezes.
The switch detects a hardware or software problem that requires a reboot.
To use the maintenance commands, you must be logged in to the switch as the administrator.
Table 268 General Maintenance Commands
Command Syntax and Usage show flash-dump-uuencode
Displays dump information in uuencoded format.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
copy flash-dump tftp
Saves the system dump information via TFTP.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
copy flash-dump ftp
Saves the system dump information via FTP.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
BMD00186-B, April 2010 425
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 268 General Maintenance Commands
Command Syntax and Usage clear flash-dump
Clears dump information from flash memory.
Command mode: All except User EXEC show tech-support
Dumps all G8124 information, statistics, and configuration. You can log the output (tsdmp) into a file.
Command mode: All except User EXEC copy tech-support tftp
Redirects the technical support dump (tsdmp) to an external TFTP server.
Command mode: All except User EXEC copy tech-support ftp
Redirects the technical support dump (tsdmp) to an external FTP server.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Forwarding Database Maintenance
The Forwarding Database commands can be used to view information and to delete a MAC address from the forwarding database or to clear the entire forwarding database. This is helpful in identifying problems associated with MAC address learning and packet forwarding decisions.
Table 269 FDB Manipulation Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show mac-address-table address <MAC address>
Displays a single database entry by its MAC address. If not specified, you are prompted for the MAC address of the device. Enter the MAC address using one of the following formats:
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx (such as 08:00:20:12:34:56) xxxxxxxxxxxx (such as 080020123456)
Command mode: All except User EXEC
426 Chapter 7: Maintenance Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Table 269 FDB Manipulation Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show mac-address-table interface port <port number or alias>
Displays all FDB entries for a particular port.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
show mac-address-table vlan <VLAN number>
Displays all FDB entries on a single VLAN.
Command mode: All except User EXEC show mac-address-table multicast
Displays all Multicast MAC entries in the FDB.
Command mode: All
no mac-address-table {<MAC address>|all}
Removes static FDB entries.
Command mode: All except User EXEC clear mac-address-table
Clears the entire Forwarding Database from switch memory.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Debugging Commands
The Miscellaneous Debug Commands display trace buffer information about events that can be helpful in understanding switch operation. You can view the following information using the debug commands:
Events traced by the Management Processor (MP)
Events traced to a buffer area when a reset occurs
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 7: Maintenance Commands 427
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
If the switch resets for any reason, the MP trace buffer is saved into the snap trace buffer area. The output from these commands can be interpreted by Technical Support personnel.
Table 270 Miscellaneous Debug Commands
Command Syntax and Usage debug debug-flags
This command sets the flags that are used for debugging purposes.
Command mode: All except User EXEC debug mp-trace
Displays the Management Processor trace buffer. Header information similar to the following is shown:
MP trace buffer at 13:28:15 Fri May 25, 2001; mask: 0x2ffdf748
The buffer information is displayed after the header.
Command mode: All except User EXEC debug mp-snap
Displays the Management Processor snap (or post-mortem) trace buffer. This buffer contains information traced at the time that a reset occurred.
Command mode: All except User EXEC clear flash-config
Deletes all flash configuration blocks.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
428 Chapter 7: Maintenance Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
LLDP Cache Manipulation
describes the LLDP cache manipulation commands.
Table 271 LLDP Cache Manipulation commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show lldp port <port alias or number>
Displays Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) port information.
Command mode: All show lldp receive
Displays information about the LLDP receive state machine.
Command mode: All show lldp transmit
Displays information about the LLDP transmit state machine.
Command mode: All
show lldp remote-device <1-256>
Displays information received from LLDP -capable devices.
Command mode: All show lldp
Displays all LLDP information.
Command mode: All clear lldp
Clears the LLDP cache.
Command mode: All
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 7: Maintenance Commands 429
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
ARP Cache Maintenance
Table 272 Address Resolution Protocol Maintenance Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show ip arp find <IP address>
Shows a single ARP entry by IP address.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
show ip arp interface port <port number or alias>
Shows ARP entries on selected ports.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
show ip arp vlan <VLAN number>
Shows ARP entries on a single VLAN.
Command mode: All except User EXEC show ip arp reply
Shows the list of IP addresses which the switch will respond to for ARP requests.
Command mode: All except User EXEC show ip arp
Shows all ARP entries.
Command mode: All except User EXEC clear ip arp-cache
Clears the entire ARP list from switch memory.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Note – To display all or a portion of ARP entries currently held in the switch, you can also refer to
.
430 Chapter 7: Maintenance Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IP Route Manipulation
Table 273 IP Route Manipulation Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show ip route address <IP address>
Shows a single route by destination IP address.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
show ip route gateway <IP address>
Shows routes to a default gateway.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
show ip route type {indirect|direct|local|broadcast|
martian|multicast}
Shows routes of a single type.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
For a description of IP routing types, see
show ip route tag {fixed|static|address|rip|ospf|broadcast|
martian|multicast}
Shows routes of a single tag.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
For a description of IP routing tags, see Table 35 on page 79
show ip route interface <IP interface>
Shows routes on a single interface.
Command mode: All except User EXEC show ip route
Shows all routes.
Command mode: All except User EXEC clear ip route
Clears the route table from switch memory.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Note –
To display all routes, you can also refer to “IP Routing Information” on page 77
.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 7: Maintenance Commands 431
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IGMP Snooping Maintenance
describes the IGMP Snooping maintenance commands.
Table 274 IGMP Multicast Group Maintenance Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show ip igmp groups address <IP address>
Displays a single IGMP multicast group by its IP address.
Command mode: All
show ip igmp groups vlan <VLAN number>
Displays all IGMP multicast groups on a single VLAN.
Command mode: All
show ip igmp groups interface port <port number or alias>
Displays all IGMP multicast groups on selected ports.
Command mode: All
show ip igmp groups portchannel <trunk number>
Displays all IGMP multicast groups on a single trunk group.
Command mode: All
show ip igmp groups detail <IP address>
Displays detailed information about a single IGMP multicast group.
Command mode: All show ip igmp groups
Displays information for all multicast groups.
Command mode: All clear ip igmp groups
Clears the IGMP group table.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
432 Chapter 7: Maintenance Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IGMP Multicast Routers Maintenance
The following table describes the maintenance commands for IGMP multicast routers (Mrouters).
Table 275 IGMP Multicast Router Maintenance Commands
Command Syntax and Usage
show ip igmp mrouter vlan <VLAN number>
Displays IGMP Mrouter information for a single VLAN.
Command mode: All show ip igmp mrouter
Displays information for all Mrouters.
Command mode: All clear ip igmp mrouter
Clears the IGMP Mrouter port table.
Command mode: All except User EXEC
Uuencode Flash Dump
Using this command, dump information is presented in uuencoded format. This format makes it easy to capture the dump information as a file or a string of characters.
If you want to capture dump information to a file, set your communication software on your workstation to capture session data prior to issuing the show flash-dump-uuencode command. This will ensure that you do not lose any information. Once entered, the show flash-dump-uuencode command will cause approximately 23,300 lines of data to be displayed on your screen and copied into the file.
Using the show flash-dump-uuencode command, dump information can be read multiple times. The command does not cause the information to be updated or cleared from flash memory.
Note – Dump information is not cleared automatically. In order for any subsequent dump information to be written to flash memory, you must manually clear the dump region. For more
information on clearing the dump region, see page 435 .
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 7: Maintenance Commands 433
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
To access dump information, enter:
Router# show flash-dump-uuencode
The dump information is displayed on your screen and, if you have configured your communication software to do so, captured to a file. If the dump region is empty, the following appears:
No FLASH dump available.
TFTP or FTP System Dump Put
Use these commands to put (save) the system dump to a TFTP or FTP server.
Note – If the TFTP/FTP server is running SunOS or the Solaris operating system, the specified copy flash-dump tftp (or ftp) file must exist prior to executing the copy flash-dump tftp command (or copy flash-dump tftp), and must be writable (set with proper permission, and not locked by any application). The contents of the specified file will be replaced with the current dump data.
To save dump information via TFTP, enter:
Router# copy flash-dump tftp <server filename>
You are prompted for the TFTP server IP address or hostname, and the filename of the target dump file.
To save dump information via FTP, enter:
Router# copy flash-dump ftp <server filename>
You are prompted for the FTP server IPv4 address or hostname, your username and password, and the filename of the target dump file.
434 Chapter 7: Maintenance Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
Clearing Dump Information
To clear dump information from flash memory, enter:
Router# clear flash-dump
The switch clears the dump region of flash memory and displays the following message:
FLASH dump region cleared.
If the flash dump region is already clear, the switch displays the following message:
FLASH dump region is already clear.
Unscheduled System Dumps
If there is an unscheduled system dump to flash memory, the following message is displayed when you log on to the switch:
Note: A system dump exists in FLASH. The dump was saved at 13:43:22 Wednesday January 30, 2010. Use show flash-dump uuencode to extract the dump for analysis and clear flash-dump to clear the FLASH region. The region must be cleared before another dump can be saved.
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Chapter 7: Maintenance Commands 435
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
436 Chapter 7: Maintenance Commands BMD00186-B, April 2010
Index
Numerics
802.1p information ............................................ 108
A abbreviating commands (CLI) access control
.............................. 24 user ........................................................... 234
ACL Port commands
ACL port mirroring
ACL statistics
......................................... 248
........................................... 253
................................................... 192 active configuration block active IP interface
.......................... 202, 419
.............................................. 378 active port
VLAN ....................................................... 378 active switch configuration gtcfg ......................................................... 405 ptcfg ......................................................... 405 restoring .................................................... 405 active switch, saving and loading configuration .... 405 addr
IP route tag .................................................. 79 administrator account ........................................... 26 aging
STP information ..................................... 64, 67 autonomous system filter action .......................... 323 autonomous system filter path action as
........................................................ 323
.............................................................. 323 aspath ........................................................ 323
B backup configuration block ................................ 419 bandwidth allocation
Priority Groups ........................................... 385
BMD00186-B, April 2010
BGP configuration ...............................................353
eBGP iBGP
.........................................................353
filters, aggregation configuration ...................358
..........................................................353
in route .......................................................356
IP address, border router ...............................354
IP route tag ...................................................79
keep-alive time peer
............................................355
...........................................................353
peer configuration ........................................354
redistribution configuration ...........................357
remote autonomous system router hops
...........................354
..................................................355
BLOCKING (port state) .......................................65
.....................................422
Boot Management menu
Boot options ......................................................413
bootstrap protocol ..............................................370
Border Gateway Protocol configuration
......................................79
...............................................353
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) operations-level options ................................410
BPDU ...............................................................276
bridge priority ................................................64, 70
Bridge Protocol Data Unit ...................................276
Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU)
Bridge Spanning-Tree parameters
..................64, 70
........................276
broadcast
IP route tag ...................................................79
IP route type .................................................78
C capture dump information to a file
CEE configuration
.......................433
..............................................384
Cisco Ether Channel ...........................................285
CIST information .................................................69
clear dump information ........................................435
437
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference command (help) modes
.................................................. 22 commands abbreviations ................................................ 24 conventions used in this manual ...................... 14 shortcuts ...................................................... 24 tab completion .............................................. 25 commands, ISCLI
......................................................... 20 configuration
CIST ......................................................... 271 default gateway interval, for health checks default gateway IP address dump command
..... 309
........................... 309
.......................................... 404 failover ...................................................... 291 flow control ............................................... 245
IP static route port link speed port mirroring port trunking
............................................. 313
............................................ 245
............................................. 263
.............................................. 285 save changes .............................................. 202 switch IP address ........................................ 305
VLAN default (PVID)
VLAN IP interface
................................. 242
...................................... 306
VLAN tagging ........................................... 242 configuration block active backup
........................................................ 419
....................................................... 419 factory ....................................................... 419 selection .................................................... 419
Configuration commands ................................... 201 configuring routing information protocol
Converged Enhanced Ethernet
COS queue information
............. 325
............................ 384
...................................... 108 cost
STP information
STP port option
CPU statistics .................................................... 191
CPU utilization
............................... 65, 67, 70
.......................................... 278
................................................. 191
D daylight savings time
DCBX configuration
......................................... 203
DCB Capability Exchange Protocol .................... 387
.......................................... 387
DCBX information debugging
............................................ 126
......................................................... 425 default gateway information default password
.................................................. 76 interval, for health checks ............................ 309
................................................. 26
438 Index delete
FDB entry ..................................................427
direct (IP route type) directed broadcasts
.............................................78
.............................................318
DISABLED (port state) disconnect idle timeout downloading software
........................................65
.........................................26
.........................................417
dump configuration command ................................404
maintenance ................................................425
duplex mode link status dynamic routes
.............................................27, 117
...................................................431
E
ECMP hashing configuration
ECMP route information
..............................313
.......................................99
Enhanced Transmission Selection
ENode
........................384
...............................................................389
Error disable and recovery system ........................................................205
error disable and recovery port ............................................................244
EtherChannel as used with port trunking
ETS configuration
.............................285
..............................................384
ETS Priority Group ............................................385
F factory configuration block .................................419
failover configuration ...............................................291
FCF port ............................................................389
FCoE configuration
FCoE Forwarding
............................................388
...............................................389
FCoE Initialization Protocol ................................389
...................................................193
FCoE statistics
FDB statistics ....................................................155
Fiber Channel over Ethernet
FIP Snooping
................................388
.....................................................389
fixed
IP route tag flag field
...................................................79
..............................................................81
flow control .................................................27, 117 configuring .................................................245
forwarding configuration
IP forwarding configuration forwarding database (FDB) delete entry
..........................318
.................................425
.................................................427
BMD00186-B, April 2010
Forwarding Database Information
Forwarding Database maintenance forwarding state (FWD)
......................... 52
...................... 426
..................... 53, 64, 70, 72 fwd (STP bridge option) ..................................... 277
FwdDel (forward delay), bridge port ......... 64, 67, 70
G gateway
IPv6 .......................................................... 381 gtcfg (TFTP load command) ............................... 405
H health checks default gateway interval, retries .................... 309 retry, number of failed health checks ............. 309 hello
STP information help
Hot Links configuration hot-standby failover
..................................... 295
........................................... 376 hprompt
............................... 64, 67, 70
.................................................................... 22 system option
HTTPS
............................................. 204
............................................................. 237
I
ICMP statistics .................................................. 167 idle timeout overview ...................................................... 26
IEEE standards
802.1d
802.1s
................................................. 64, 275
....................................................... 270
802.1w
802.1x
...................................................... 270
......................................................... 63
IGMP configuration ........................................... 359
IGMP information
IGMP Snooping
IGMP statistics
............................................. 101
................................................ 360
.................................................. 173 image downloading .............................................. 417 software, selecting indirect (IP route type)
...................................... 418
......................................... 78
Information commands
Interface change stats
........................................ 27
................................. 178, 184
IP address
ARP information .......................................... 80 configuring default gateway ......................... 309
IP forwarding directed broadcasts ...................................... 318
BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
IP forwarding information .....................................76
IP Information .............................................76, 100
IP interface active .........................................................378
configuring address configuring VLANs
IP interfaces
......................................305
.....................................306
.........................................................78
information
IP route tag
...................................................76
...................................................79
priority increment value (ifs) for VRRP ..........380
IP network filter configuration .............................318
IP Route Manipulation ........................................431
IP routing tag parameters
IP statistics
...............................................79
IP Static Route commands ..................................313
........................................................164
IPv6 default gateway ..........................................381
IPv6 Neighbor Discovery ............................307, 311
IPv6 Neighbor Discovery cache ...........................383
IPv6 static route .................................................382
ISCLI commands modes ..........................................................20
L
LACP ...............................................................289
Layer 2 commands ...............................................46
Layer 3 commands ...............................................75
...............................................................214
LDAP
LEARNING (port state) ............................64, 65, 70
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol ................214
link speed, configuring .......................................245
Link Aggregation Control Protocol
Link Layer Detection Protocol
......................289
.............................281
link status ............................................................27
command ...................................................117
duplex mode port speed
.........................................27, 117
.............................................27, 117
Link Status Information linkt (SNMP option)
......................................117
...........................................218
LISTENING (port state) .......................................65
LLDP configuration ...............................................281
statistics .....................................................158
local (IP route type) ..............................................78
log syslog messages ..........................................206
Index 439
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
M
MAC (media access control) address 29, 43, 52, 80, 426
Maintenance commands manual style conventions
..................................... 425
Management Processor (MP) display MAC address
.............................. 427
.............................. 29, 43
..................................... 14 martian
IP route tag (filtered) ..................................... 79
IP route type (filtered out)
MaxAge (STP information)
.............................. 78
...................... 64, 67, 70
MD5 cryptographic authentication
MD5 key
...................... 330
.......................................................... 334 media access control ............................................ 52 meter
ACL .......................................................... 258
Miscellaneous Debug commands monitor port
MP
........................ 427
...................................................... 263
................................................................... 427 mp packet ........................................................ 188
MRouter information ......................................... 105 multicast
IP route type ................................................. 78
Multiple Spanning Tree configuration .............................................. 270 mxage (STP bridge option) ................................. 276
N nbr change statistics ................................... 177, 183
Neighbor Discovery cache configuration
Neighbor Discovery, IPv6 notice ............................................................... 203
NTP synchronization
............. 383
.......................... 307, 311
......................................... 216
O
OAM Discovery information statistics online help
.................................................. 62
..................................................... 159
.......................................................... 22
Operations commands ........................................ 407 operations-level BGP options
Operations-Level Port Options
............................. 410 operations-level VRRP options
............................ 408
........................... 410
440 Index ospf area index ...................................................330
authentication key ........................................334
cost of the selected path cost value of the host
................................333
....................................337
dead, declaring a silent router to be down 333, 347 dead, health parameter of a hello packet export
.335, 349
........................................................338
fixed routes .................................................353
hello, authentication parameter of a hello packet 335,
348 host entry configuration host routes
................................337
..................................................328
interface .....................................................328
.................................333
interface configuration link state database ................................329, 339
Not-So-Stubby Area range number
............................330, 342 priority value of the switch interface ..............333
..............................................328
route redistribution configuration ...................338
spf, shortest path first stub area
...................................331
.............................................330, 342 summary range configuration transit area
........................332
..........................................330, 342 transit delay type
................................................333
...................................................330, 342 virtual link ..................................................328
virtual link configuration ..............................335
virtual neighbor, router ID
OSPF Database Information
OSPF General Information
....................335, 349
..................................88
....................................87
OSPF Information ................................................85
OSPF Information Route Codes .............................90
ospfv3 configuration ...............................................339
P parameters tag ...............................................................79
type .............................................................78
Password user access control password
.......................................234
administrator account .....................................26
default ..........................................................26
user account passwords
..................................................26
............................................................25
PFC configuration ping
..............................................386
....................................................................22
poisoned reverse, as used with split horizon ..........325
BMD00186-B, April 2010
Port configuration .............................................. 242 port configuration .............................................. 242
Port Error Disable and Recovery ......................... 244 port mirroring
ACLs ........................................................ 253 configuration
Port number
.............................................. 263
...................................................... 117 port speed ................................................... 27, 117 port states
UNK (unknown) port trunking
........................................... 53 description ................................................. 285 port trunking configuration ................................. 285 ports disabling (temporarily) information
................................ 246
................................................ 118 membership of the VLAN ........................ 47, 74 priority .................................................. 65, 70
VLAN ID ............................................ 28, 118 preemption assuming VRRP master routing authority ....... 375
Priority Flow Control ......................................... 386
Priority Groups prisrv
ETS .......................................................... 385 primary radius server ........................... 208, 214
Private VLAN ................................................... 301 ptcfg (TFTP save command)
PVID (port VLAN ID)
.............................. 405
................................. 28, 118
R
Rapid Spanning Tree information read community string (SNMP option) receive flow control reference ports re-mark
......................... 66
................ 218
........................................... 245
.................................................... 53
............................................................. 259
Remote Monitoring (RMON) ............................. 390 retries radius server ............................................... 209 retry
RIP health checks for default gateway .................. 309
.................................................................. 325 rip
IP route tag
RIP Information
RIP information
.................................................. 79
RIP configuration .............................................. 324
.................................................. 97
.................................................. 96
RMON configuration route statistics
.............................................. 390
................................................... 166
BMD00186-B, April 2010
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference router hops ........................................................355
Routing Information Protocol ......................324, 325 routing information protocol configuration ...............................................325
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) poisoned reverse split horizon
.......................79
..........................................325
Rx/Tx statistics
................................................325
version 1 parameters
RSTP information
....................................325
................................................66
..........................................176, 182
S save (global command) .......................................202
secret radius server
Secure Shell
...............................................208
.......................................................207
shortcuts (CLI) .....................................................24
snap traces buffer .........................................................428
SNMP configuration ...........................................217
SNMP options
SNMP statistics
SNMPv3
...................................................217
..................................................194
...........................................................220
software image .........................................................417
image file and version ..............................29, 43 software upgrade recovery .....................................................422
spanning tree configuration ...............................................275
Spanning Tree Protocol ........................................72
Spanning-Tree Protocol bridge parameters ........................................276
bridge priority .........................................64, 70
...........................................278
port cost option root bridge ......................................64, 70, 276 switch reset effect split horizon
........................................420
.......................................................325
state (STP information) .............................65, 68, 71 static
IP route tag ...................................................79
static route rem ............................................................313
static route, IPv6 ................................................382
statis route add ............................................................313
statistics management processor
Statistics commands
.................................187
...........................................137
Index 441
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference subnets
IP interface switch
................................................ 305 name and location resetting
................................... 29, 43
..................................................... 420 system contact (SNMP option) date and time information
................................ 217
.......................................... 29, 43
.................................................. 43 location (SNMP option) ............................... 217
System Error Disable and Recovery
System Information
.................... 205
............................................. 29 system options hprompt tnport
..................................................... 204
........................................................ 232 wport ........................................................ 232
T tab completion (CLI)
TACACS+
........................................... 25
........................................................ 210
TCP statistics ............................................ 170, 190
Telnet configuring switches using ........................... 404 telnet radius server ....................................... 209, 215 text conventions
TFTP
.................................................. 14
............................................................... 417
PUT and GET commands
TFTP server
............................ 405
...................................................... 405 timeout radius server ............................................... 209 timeouts idle connection timers kickoff
............................................. 26
............................................ 179, 184 tnport system option trace buffer
............................................. 232
....................................................... 427 traceroute ............................................................ 23 transmit flow control .......................................... 245 trunk group information trunk hash algorithm
....................................... 72
.......................................... 287 type of area ospf ................................................... 330, 342 type parameters ................................................... 78 typographic conventions, manual .......................... 14
U
UCB statistics ................................................... 190
442 Index
UDLD configuration ...............................................247
information
UDP statistics
...................................................61
....................................................172
UniDirectional Link Detection unknown (UNK) port state
............................247
....................................53
Unscheduled System Dump ................................435
upgrade recover from failure upgrade, switch software
.....................................422
.....................................417
user access control configuration user account
.........................234
.........................................................26
Uuencode Flash Dump .......................................433
V virtual router description ..................................................372
tracking criteria ...........................................375
virtual router group configuration ........................376
virtual router group priority tracking
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol
....................378
....................371
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) authentication parameters for IP interfaces ......379
operations-level options ................................410
priority tracking options ...............354, 358, 375 virtual routers increasing priority level of ............................375
priority increment values (vrs) for VRRP ........380
virtualization configuration ...............................................394
information .................................................120
VLAN active port ...................................................378
configuration ...............................................299
VLAN tagging port configuration port restrictions
........................................242
...........................................300
VLANs
ARP entry information information name
...................................80
...................................................74
......................................................47, 74 port membership tagging
.....................................47, 74 setting default number (PVID)
.........................................28, 118, 300
VLAN Number
......................242
.............................................74
BMD00186-B, April 2010
VM bandwidth management group configuration
............................... 395
..................................... 400 information ................................................ 120 policy configuration profile configuration
.................................... 395
VMware configuration
VMware information
VMware operations
.................................... 402
................................ 403
................................... 121
..................................... 411
VNIC configuration information
.............................................. 396 group configuration ..................................... 398
................................................ 124
VRRP interface configuration master advertisements tracking configuration
VRRP configuration
VRRP Information
................................. 379
................................. 373
................................. 380
.......................................... 371
............................................ 106
VRRP master advertisements time interval
VRRP statistics
............................................... 377
................................................. 185
W watchdog timer ................................................. 425 weights wport setting virtual router priority values ............... 380
............................................................... 232
BLADEOS 6.3 Command Reference
BMD00186-B, April 2010 Index 443
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project